Children learn mindfulness meditation in gym class at school. (Photo by Drazen Zigic on Shutterstock)
Writing, reading, math and mindfulness? That last subject is increasingly joining the three classic courses, as more young students in the United States are practicing mindfulness, meaning focusing on paying attention to the present moment without judgment.
In the past 20 years in the U.S., mindfulness transitioned from being a new-age curiosity to becoming a more mainstream part of American culture, as people learned more about how mindfulness can reduce their stress and improve their well-being.
Researchers estimate that over 1 million children in the U.S. have been exposed to mindfulness in their schools, mostly at the elementary level, often taught by classroom teachers or school counselors.
I have been researching mindfulness in K-12 American schools for 15 years. I have investigated the impact of mindfulness on students, explored the experiences of teachers who teach mindfulness in K-12 schools, and examined the challenges and benefits of implementing mindfulness in these settings.
I have noticed that mindfulness programs vary in what particular mindfulness skills are taught and what lesson objectives are. This makes it difficult to compare across studies and draw conclusions about how mindfulness helps students in schools.
What Is Mindfulness?
Different definitions of mindfulness exist. Some people might think mindfulness means simply practicing breathing, for example.
A common definition from Jon Kabat-Zinn, a mindfulness expert who helped popularize mindfulness in Western countries, says mindfulness is about “paying attention in a particular way, on purpose, nonjudgmentally, in the present moment.”
Essentially, mindfulness is a way of being. It is a person’s approach to each moment and their orientation to both inner and outer experience, the pleasant and the unpleasant. Fundamental to mindfulness is how a person chooses to direct their attention.
In practice, mindfulness can involve different practices, including guided meditations, mindful movement and breathing. Mindfulness programs can also help people develop a variety of skills, including openness to experiences and more focused attention.
Practicing Mindfulness At Schools
A few years ago, I decided to investigate school mindfulness programs themselves and consider what it means for children to learn mindfulness at schools. What do the programs actually teach?
I believe that understanding this information can help educators, parents and policymakers make more informed decisions about whether mindfulness belongs in their schools.
In 2023, my colleagues and I conducted a deep dive into 12 readily available mindfulness curricula for K-12 students to investigate what the programs contained. Across programs, we found no consistency of content, teaching practices or time commitment.
For example, some mindfulness programs in K-12 schools incorporate a lot of movement, with some specifically teaching yoga poses. Others emphasize interpersonal skills such as practicing acts of kindness, while others focus mostly on self-oriented skills such as focused attention, which may occur by focusing on one’s breath.
We also found that some programs have students do a lot of mindfulness practices, such as mindful movement or mindful listening, while others teach about mindfulness, such as learning how the brain functions.
Finally, the number of lessons in a curriculum ranged from five to 44, meaning some programs occurred over just a few weeks and some required an entire school year. Despite indications that mindfulness has some positive impacts for school-age children, the evidence is also not consistent, as shown by other research.
One of the largest recent studies of mindfulness in schools found in 2022 no change in students who received mindfulness instruction.
Some experts believe, though, that the lack of results in this 2022 study on mindfulness was partially due to a curriculum that might have been too advanced for middle school-age children.
The Connection Between Mindfulness And Education
Since attention is critical for students’ success in school, it is not surprising that mindfulness appeals to many educators.
Research on student engagement and executive functioning supports the claim that any student’s ability to filter out distractions and prioritize the objects of their thoughts improves their academic success.
Mindfulness programs have been shown to improve students’ mental health and decrease students’ and teachers’ stress levels.
Mindfulness has also been shown to help children emotionally regulate.
Even before social media, teachers perennially struggled to get students to pay attention. Reviews of multiple studies have shown some positive effects of mindfulness on outcomes, including improvements in academic achievement and school adjustment.
A 2023 report from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention cites mindfulness as one of six evidence-based strategies K-12 schools should use to promote students’ mental health and well-being.
Air conditioners are linked to “sick building syndrome.” (Photo by goffkein.pro on Shutterstock)
Air conditioning can feel heaven-sent on hot summer days. It keeps temperatures comfortable and controls humidity, making indoor environments tolerable even on the most brutally warm days.
But some people avoid using air conditioning (AC) no matter how hot it gets outside, out of fear that it will make them sick. While this may sound far-fetched to some, as a microbiologist I can say this fear isn’t altogether unfounded.
If an air conditioning system malfunctions or isn’t properly maintained, it can become contaminated with infectious microbes. This can turn your AC unit into a potential source of numerous airborne infections – ranging from the common cold to pneumonia.
Sick Buildings
“Sick building syndrome” is the general name for symptoms that can develop after spending extended periods of time in air-conditioned environments. Symptoms can include headaches, dizziness, congested or runny nose, persistent cough or wheeze, skin irritation or rashes, trouble focusing on work and tiredness.
The condition tends to occur in people who work in office settings, but can happen to anyone who spends extended periods of time in air-conditioned buildings such as hospitals. The symptoms of sick building syndrome tend to get worse the longer you’re in a particular building, and are alleviated after you leave.
A 2023 study from India compared 200 healthy adults who worked at least six-to-eight hours per day in an air-conditioned office with 200 healthy adults who didn’t work in AC. The AC group experienced more symptoms consistent with sick building syndrome over the two-year study period – particularly a higher prevalence of allergies. Importantly, clinical tests showed those who were exposed to AC had poorer lung function and were absent from work more often, compared with the non-AC group.
Other studies have confirmed that AC office workers have a higher prevalence of sick building syndrome than those who do not work in an air-conditioned environment.
It’s suspected that one cause of sick building syndrome is malfunctioning air conditioners. When an AC unit isn’t working properly, it can release allergens, chemicals and airborne microorganisms into the air that it would normally have trapped.
Malfunctioning air conditioners can also release chemical vapors from AC cleaning products or refrigerants into the building’s air. Chemicals such as benzene, formaldehyde and toluene are toxic and can irritate the respiratory system.
Poorly maintained air conditioning systems can also harbor bacterial pathogens which can cause serious infections.
Legionella pneumophila is the bacteria that causes Legionnaires’ disease – a lung infection contracted from inhaling droplets of water containing these bacteria. They tend to grow in water-rich environments such as hot tubs or air conditioning systems.
A Legionella infection is most often caught in communal places such as hotels, hospitals or offices, where the bacteria have contaminated the water supply. Symptoms of Legionnaires’ disease are similar to pneumonia, causing coughing, shortness of breath, chest discomfort, fever and general flu-like symptoms. Symptoms usually begin to show between two and 14 days after being exposed to Legionella.
Legionella infections can be life-threatening and often require hospitalization. Recovery can take several weeks.
Fungal And Viral Infections
The accumulation of dust and moisture inside air conditioning systems can also create the right conditions for other infectious microbes to grow.
For instance, research on hospital AC systems has found that fungi such as Aspergillus, Penicillium, Cladosporium and Rhizopusspecies commonly accumulate within the water-rich areas of hospital ventilation systems.
These fungal infections can be serious in vulnerable patients such as those who are immunocompromised, have had an organ transplant or are on dialysis – as well as babies who were born premature. For example, Aspergillus causes pneumonia, abscesses of the lungs, brain, liver, spleen, kidneys and skin, and can also infect burns and wounds.
Symptoms of fungal infections are mostly respiratory and include persistent wheeze or cough, fever, shortness of breath, tiredness and unexplained loss of weight.
Viral infections can also be caught from air conditioning. One case study revealed that children in a Chinese kindergarten class were infected with the norovirus pathogen from their AC system. This caused 20 students to experience the stomach flu.
While norovirus is usually transmitted through close contact with an infected person or after touching a contaminated surface, in this instance it was confirmed, unusually, that the virus was spread through the air – originating from the air conditioning unit in a class restroom. Several other cases of norovirus being spread this way have been reported.
However, air conditioners can also help stop the spread of airborne viruses. Research shows AC units that are regularly maintained and sanitized can reduce circulating levels of common viruses, including COVID.
Another reason AC may increase your risk of catching an infection is due to the way air conditioners control humidity levels. This makes inside air drier than outside air.
Spending extended periods of time in low-humidity environments can dry out the mucus membranes in your nose and throat. This can affect how well they prevent bacteria and fungi from getting in your body – and can leave you more vulnerable to developing a deep-tissue infection of the sinuses.
Your car breaks down on a Tuesday morning, and the repair bill comes to $500. If you’re part of Generation Z, there’s a good chance you have nothing set aside to cover it. A new survey from Credit One Bank reveals that 62% of Gen Z have no emergency savings at all, nearly double the rate of baby boomers. There’s a very clear widening gap in financial preparedness happening between generations.
The study, which surveyed 1,150 Americans, found that while older generations have had time to build financial cushions, younger adults are entering adulthood with far less of a safety net. Many lean more heavily on credit cards when faced with unexpected expenses, especially those under 35 and students.
When asked how they’d handle a $500 emergency, 51% of all consumers said they’d turn to a credit card, with that number rising to 60% among respondents under 35 and 70% among students. The findings highlight a significant disconnect between the common advice to “use cash” and the reality of how people actually respond in a crisis.
Gen Z and Millennials Rely Heavily on Credit Cards for Emergencies
Generational differences in preparedness are clear. While 65% of baby boomers have cash on hand for emergencies, Gen Z faces the most severe savings shortfall, with nearly two-thirds having no emergency savings at all.
Gen X is the least prepared to weather long-term financial shocks. About three-quarters (74%) don’t have more than six months of savings, with millennials (71%) and Gen Z (68%) not far behind.
Credit reliance becomes more pronounced in larger emergencies. One in four Gen Z and millennials say they’d max out their credit cards to handle a financial emergency. Nearly half (48% of Gen Zers and 47% of millennials) say they’d even go over their credit limit, knowing they’d face a penalty, compared to just one in three baby boomers.
About half of Gen Zers (48%) and millennials (49%) say they need a higher credit limit for emergencies, versus only 27% of baby boomers. Only 38% of Gen Zers have any emergency cash savings, making credit more necessity than choice for many.
Most Americans Have Less Than 6 Months Emergency Savings
Two-thirds of all consumers have six months or less in emergency savings, with many far short of recommended targets. High income doesn’t guarantee preparedness: just one in four people earning over $80,000 have enough savings to cover a year’s worth of expenses, and more than half (56%) wouldn’t last six months — only slightly better than the national average.
Among those with a rainy-day fund, preparedness varies widely. Married consumers are more than twice as likely as singles to have at least $2,000 saved (37% vs. 17%). One-third of adults 55 and older have reached that $2,000 milestone, compared to just one in five younger adults.
Overall, 54% of consumers have an emergency fund, but 16% have no savings at all and no plans to start one. Only 27% say they could cover a major expense without relying on credit.
Women More Likely Than Men to Use Credit for Emergency Expenses
Women are more likely to turn to credit cards in an emergency (44% vs. 36% of men), while men are more likely to rely on cash (64% vs. 56% of women). For a $500 emergency specifically, 55% of women would use credit, compared to 47% of men.
Credit reliance also differs by income and geography. Half of those earning under $40,000 say they’d use credit in a crisis, compared to just 35% of those making $80,000 or more. Urban residents are the most likely to see credit as a backup (48%), followed by rural residents (41%) and suburban residents (38%).
Most Americans don’t have a dedicated credit card for emergencies. In fact, 76% lack one entirely, meaning they’d rely on everyday-use cards as a fallback.
Cash Still Dominates Daily Spending Despite Credit Card Emergency Reliance
Despite the emergency credit trend, cash is still the most common payment method for daily expenses (79%), followed by debit cards (78%) and credit cards (66%). Mobile payments have grown to 31% adoption, while cryptocurrency remains niche at 7%.
Credit card ownership shows a generational divide: just 48% of Gen Zers have a credit card, compared to two-thirds of millennials and Gen Xers, and three-quarters of baby boomers. Gen Z and millennials are more likely to hold cryptocurrency than other generations (about one in ten), though Gen X and millennials lead in mobile payment adoption.
The survey paints a clear picture: while many Americans want to use cash for emergencies, limited savings often force them to lean on credit instead, pushing them into debt.
Does anyone else think we’ve all become a bit too protein-obsessed? Once upon a time, we got our protein from meat, fish, dairy and pulses. Now it seems like every consumable product comes loaded with it — from energy bars to protein-packed cereals and baked goods.
I’m surprised no one’s thought of stirring it into their tea for a boost. Oh wait, they have.
That’s not to say I’m anti-protein. Far from it. Protein plays an essential role in body functions such as growth, immunity and digestion. It’s important that we get enough of it each day. But the million-dollar questions we should be asking are: how much do we actually need? When is it too much, or too little? And where should we be getting it from?
Protein is one of the three macronutrients we need in the largest amounts – the others being carbohydrates and fats. Micronutrients such as vitamins and minerals are important too, but they’re needed in much smaller quantities — typically milligrams, or even micrograms.
Protein is involved in a huge range of physiological processes. It’s of course crucial for muscle growth and repair. Bodybuilders looking for an Adonis (or Amazonian) physique often consume large amounts alongside strength training. But protein isn’t just about muscles – it’s a core structural material for bone, skin, hair and nails too.
It also plays vital roles inside the body. It allows muscles to contract, makes up digestive and metabolic enzymes, and is a key component of hemoglobin (which carries oxygen), ferritin (which stores iron) and antibodies (which fight infection).
But remember: protein doesn’t work in isolation. Our bodies also rely on carbohydrates and fats — providing short and long-term energy sources that are just as important.
Carbohydrates provide four calories of energy per gram, and fats provide nine calories per gram. While protein can also be used as an energy source – also producing four calories per gram – carbs are more accessible for tissues to use rapidly. And crucially, building muscle also requires fuel. So, if your diet is too low in carbohydrates, your muscle gains may stall and you may find yourself depleted of energy.
In general, protein is filling and can help reduce snacking. And too little protein can be harmful. Protein deficiency can occur due to inadequate diet, eating disorders, or conditions such as cancer, Crohn’s, or liver disease. Symptoms include fatigue, muscle wasting and a weakened immune system.
Because protein also helps regulate fluid balance in the body, a deficiency can lead to swelling or edema. In severe cases, as seen in some developing countries, the condition kwashiorkor — marked by a swollen belly — can result from inadequate protein intake.
How Much?
It can sometimes be difficult to work out how much protein you should be eating each day, especially when different sources give variable advice.
A good starting point is to consider your overall energy requirements. Government recommendations in the UK suggest that up to 35% of your daily calories should come from fat, and up to 50% from carbohydrates. That leaves a minimum of 15% for protein — which for someone on a 2,500-calorie diet works out to about 95g of protein per day.
Another calculation accounts for your body size too, giving a value more specific to the individual. Around 0.8g protein per kilogram of body weight for a sedentary adult is advised.
For athletes and bodybuilders – who often aim for around 2g per kilogram — this can mean as much as 200g of protein a day. And that’s hard to achieve through regular food alone. For context, 30 eggs contain 200g of protein, as does 2.5kg of cooked beans. Certain foods have more protein (like the go-to chicken breast), though the overall volume of food required can still be high.
That’s where protein powder often comes in — usually offering 20g–30g of protein per scoop – as supplementation. It’s absolutely fine to incorporate some powder or shakes into a healthy diet alongside wholefoods, which are the best protein sources. But it’s important to set limits – and avoid the temptation to go overboard.
Too Much
Is it possible to be taking on too much protein? The answer is yes, if you’re regularly consuming more than your body needs.
Excess protein is broken down and excreted through the kidneys, which may cause dehydration and place additional strain on renal function. Unused protein can also be converted into fat, potentially leading to weight gain. High-protein diets are sometimes associated with gastrointestinal side effects such as bloating, diarrhea and bad breath.
And while many high-protein foods are healthier, others (such as red or processed meats) may also be high in saturated fat, which can increase the risk of serious conditions like heart disease.
The beetle-mimic cockroach species Diploptera punctata. (Photo by yod67 on Shutterstock)
A strange species of cockroach that produces milk for its young has helped scientists uncover something unexpected: when pregnant mothers don’t get enough sleep, their pregnancies last significantly longer and their bodies struggle to produce the nutrients their babies need.
In a new study, researchers found that sleep-deprived Diploptera punctata cockroaches had gestation periods nearly 25 days longer than well-rested counterparts. These exhausted mothers also produced around 50% less of the protein-rich milk essential for their babies’ development—though the number of babies born remained the same.
While the researchers don’t claim the mothers deliberately adjusted their pregnancies, they speculate that the extended gestation may be a biological response that helps make up for lower nutrient availability. In their words, the findings “suggest that the decreased milk protein production is compensated for by increasing the duration of the pregnancy to yield an equal number of progeny.”
How the “Milk Cockroach” Nurtures Its Young
Diploptera punctata might seem like an oddball subject for pregnancy research, but this Pacific beetle mimic cockroach shares an unusual trait with mammals: it gives birth to live young and feeds them with milk-like proteins inside its body. Its eggs lack a yolk, and developing offspring are nourished in a brood sac over the course of a roughly three-month pregnancy.
This form of internal nourishment, known as matrotrophic viviparity, is rare among insects but is also found in tsetse flies and some reptiles and fish. While not exactly mammalian, the cockroach’s reproductive method makes it an intriguing model for studying how pregnancy and sleep might interact, even in species far removed from humans.
How Pregnancy Changes Cockroach Behavior
Researchers from the University of Cincinnati and the University of Bristol used motion sensors and video tracking to monitor groups of cockroaches: males, non-pregnant females, and late-stage pregnant females.
Males remained active throughout the night. Pregnant females, by contrast, ventured out less often and were more cautious. They traveled shorter distances from their shelters and emerged less frequently than non-pregnant females.
When they did leave their hiding spots, it was most often during the two-hour period after sunset, a time the researchers identified as the peak activity window for scavenging behavior. This change may reflect an evolved strategy to avoid predators or conserve energy while carrying young.
Sleep Disruption Extends Pregnancy by Nearly a Month
To understand how sleep affects pregnancy, scientists exposed pregnant females to mechanical disturbances. This entailed the authors shaking the insects’ containers for five minutes, either two or four times during their normal 12-hour rest period.
The control group, which was not disturbed, had gestation lengths just under 70 days. Those disturbed four times a day saw their pregnancies stretch by nearly 25 days. Even moderate disruption (twice daily) resulted in pregnancies that were roughly 10 days longer.
This gestational delay tracked with a decline in milk production: transcript levels for milk protein dropped by about 50% in the most sleep-deprived group. Yet despite reduced milk protein expression, these mothers still produced the same number of babies, hinting that longer pregnancies may have helped compensate.
What Humans Can Learn From These Pregnant Cockroaches
The study offers a rare opportunity to examine the effects of sleep deprivation on pregnancy under tightly controlled lab conditions, something that can’t ethically be done with humans.
Though it doesn’t directly translate to people, the work echoes findings from human studies linking poor maternal sleep to increased risks of miscarriage, premature birth, and low birth weight. This cockroach model gives researchers a new way to explore how disrupted rest affects fetal development and birth timing, findings that may eventually lead to better maternal care guidelines.
Even more intriguing is the cockroach’s apparent ability to adjust gestation length in response to sleep and nutritional stress. It’s not clear whether the delay is driven by the mother, the offspring, or both. Still, the biological flexibility it suggests could have broader implications for understanding pregnancy timing across species.
A Reminder That Sleep Is Essential—Even for Insects
The research reinforces what doctors typically tell their pregnant patients: regular, high-quality sleep is a biological necessity. For D. punctata, insufficient sleep interferes with milk production and delays birth, putting additional strain on the mother.
Despite being well-fed in the lab, these mothers still paid a cost for losing sleep: longer pregnancies mean longer periods of vulnerability and energy expenditure. In the end, even an insect as evolutionarily distant as a cockroach shows how vital rest is for bringing the next generation into the world.
Cancer survivors could have dormant cells “woken up” from the flu virus or COVID-19. (Credit: ABO PHOTOGRAPHY/Shutterstock)
Common respiratory infections like the flu and COVID-19 might jolt dormant cancer cells back to life in survivors, causing them to multiply and spread in the lungs. This new research offers a potential explanation for why cancer deaths rose during the COVID-19 pandemic, suggesting it wasn’t solely due to delayed screenings and treatments.
In a lab study published in Nature, scientists found that when mice with dormant breast cancer cells were infected with the flu, the number of those sleeping cancer cells in their lungs increased by 100 to 1,000 times within just two weeks. A similar dramatic effect was observed when the mice were infected with a version of the coronavirus that causes COVID-19.
Most people think of cancer as either present or absent, but the reality is more complex. After successful cancer treatment, tiny clusters of cancer cells (sometimes just single cells) can remain in a dormant state for years or even decades. These sleeping cells stay alive but don’t grow or spread, and this dormancy is why some cancer patients experience a recurrence long after their initial treatment.
Why Respiratory Infections Trigger Cancer Cell Growth
The research team from the University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus used genetically modified mice that develop breast cancer similar to humans. These mice naturally develop dormant cancer cells in their lungs that can remain inactive for up to a year, which mimics what happens in human cancer survivors.
When researchers infected these mice with the influenza A virus, the dormant cancer cells began dividing within three days. By 15 days post-infection, the number of cancer cells had increased dramatically, and they remained elevated even months later.
The key to this awakening is a protein called interleukin-6, or IL-6. When viruses infect the lungs, they trigger inflammation, and as part of this response, lung cells produce IL-6. This protein acts as a wake-up call for the dormant cancer cells. Scientists proved IL-6’s central role by using mice that were genetically engineered to lack the protein. When these mice caught the flu, their dormant cancer cells stayed asleep. The viral infection proceeded normally, but without IL-6, the cancer cells remained dormant.
The process unfolds in two distinct phases. First, the viral infection and IL-6 production cause the cells to awaken and multiply rapidly. After the acute infection subsides and IL-6 levels drop, immune cells called CD4+ T cells take over to maintain the expanded cancer cell population. Instead of eliminating the awakened cancer cells, these immune cells actually protect them by suppressing other immune cells, called CD8+ T cells, that would normally hunt down and destroy the cancer.
Human Data Supports Lab Findings
Human data from two large databases supports these laboratory findings. A study of the UK Biobank, which tracked nearly 5,000 cancer survivors who had been in remission for at least five years before the pandemic, found that those who tested positive for COVID-19 had a higher risk of death.
COVID-positive cancer survivors were 4.5 times more likely to die from any cause compared to those who tested negative.
Even after excluding deaths directly caused by COVID-19, the positive group still had a 2.56 times higher mortality rate.
Most concerning was cancer-specific mortality, where COVID-positive survivors were 1.85 times more likely to die from cancer.
A separate analysis of the Flatiron Health database, which contains medical records from nearly 37,000 women with breast cancer, revealed that those who contracted COVID-19 after their cancer diagnosis had a 44% increased risk of developing lung metastases compared to women who didn’t get the virus. The increased risk of cancer death was greatest in the months immediately following the COVID-19 infection and decreased over time, a trend that mirrors what researchers observed in mice.
Cancer Survivors Need Better Protection from Respiratory Viruses
These findings provide a potential explanation for a puzzling observation from the early pandemic: cancer death rates rose significantly in 2020 and 2021, beyond what could be fully explained by COVID-19 deaths or delays in cancer care. Millions of COVID-19 infections may have awakened dormant cancer cells in survivors, leading to increased recurrences and deaths.
The research opens up new possibilities for protecting cancer survivors from infection-triggered recurrences. For example, some treatments for severe COVID-19, such as drugs that block IL-6 signaling, might be able to prevent the virus-induced reawakening of cancer cells. However, the timing of such a treatment would be critical to prevent the cancer from waking up without interfering with the body’s ability to fight the infection.
For the millions of Americans with a history of cancer, this study suggests that the threat of recurrence extends far beyond what oncologists traditionally monitor. The invisible battle between dormant cancer cells and the immune system continues long after the final treatment, and respiratory viruses have emerged as an unexpected threat in that ongoing fight.
American seniors are receiving billions of dollars’ worth of medical care that may not help them, and Medicare is footing most of the bill. A new study reveals that Medicare beneficiaries receive $4.4 billion annually in medical services that offer little to no clinical benefit, with $3.6 billion paid by Medicare and $800 million in out-of-pocket costs.
These so-called “low-value” tests, procedures, and screenings are commonly used despite evidence showing they provide minimal benefit and sometimes cause harm. Services like prostate cancer screening for elderly men, spinal injections for low back pain, and head scans for routine headaches are among those identified as overused.
Dr. David Kim from the University of Chicago and Dr. A. Mark Fendrick from the University of Michigan analyzed 47 medical services frequently labeled low-value. Their research, published in JAMA Health Forum, estimates how much money could be saved if such services were reduced or eliminated across the Medicare system.
The $4.4 billion estimate includes both what Medicare pays directly and what beneficiaries contribute in out-of-pocket payments. These services are classified as low-value based on national guidelines and expert consensus that they generally do not improve outcomes in the populations receiving them.
Which Medical Services Drive the Most Medicare Spending?
The study used Medicare claims data from 3.7 million beneficiaries between 2018 and 2020, representing a 5% sample of the national population aged 65 and older. The researchers applied strict criteria to avoid mislabeling necessary services as wasteful. For example, men with a history of elevated PSA levels or prostate cancer were excluded from the low-value prostate screening group.
Twenty of the 47 services accounted for 95% of all low-value spending. Among the most costly: screening for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) in asymptomatic patients, testing for bacteria in urine without urinary symptoms, and use of feeding tubes in patients with advanced dementia. While the first two were specifically identified as “most costly,” the third was listed among the top 20, though its relative ranking was not specified in the text.
Five of the services studied, including PSA testing for prostate cancer, screening for asymptomatic carotid artery stenosis, and electrocardiograms for routine cardiac screening, received a “grade D” from the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF), meaning they are not recommended due to lack of benefit or potential for harm. These five services alone accounted for $2.6 billion of the $4.4 billion annual total.
Most Common Low-Value Medical Services
The study also looked at which unnecessary services are most frequently performed. Four of the top five were imaging procedures: for plantar fasciitis (heel pain), headaches, syncope (fainting), and low back pain. Although “imaging for plantar fasciitis” appears at the top of the prevalence chart, the paper does not explicitly say it was the most common overall. It is, however, among the most frequently used low-value services.
Other high-prevalence services included prostate-specific antigen (PSA) testing in older men and spinal injections for low back pain. The study does not specifically list all 20 services in the main text, but they appear in accompanying figures.
The authors recorded 2.6 million instances of low-value care each year in their 5% Medicare sample. When scaled to the national Medicare population of 65.7 million people, that suggests tens of millions of such services are delivered annually.
Hidden Costs of Unnecessary Medical Care
The $4.4 billion figure likely underestimates the true cost of low-value care. The study authors describe their estimate as conservative, since it does not include the cost of follow-up care often triggered by an unnecessary test or procedure, a phenomenon known as a “care cascade.”
For example, a previous study cited by the authors found that each dollar spent on low-value PSA screening resulted in an additional $6 in related downstream costs among Medicare Advantage enrollees. These costs stem from additional tests, appointments, and procedures, though the specific nature of the care cascade was not detailed in this new paper.
Beyond financial waste, patients may also face real harms from unnecessary services. These include exposure to radiation, complications from invasive procedures, and emotional stress from false positives. Some treatments, such as feeding tubes for dementia patients, may even lower quality of life without improving survival.
How to Save Billions and Improve Care
The Affordable Care Act grants the U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary the authority to stop Medicare payments for preventive services that receive a USPSTF grade D. By eliminating payments for just the five most expensive grade D services, the study estimates that Medicare could save $2.6 billion annually.
Other reforms could include adding prior authorization requirements for select services, modifying electronic health record order sets to remove low-value options, and increasing clinician education around evidence-based guidelines.
Still, eliminating low-value care entirely will be difficult. Providers may “game” the system by recoding services to bypass restrictions; for example, coding a head scan ordered for syncope as one for trauma. Some may substitute other unnecessary services. Patient expectations and fear of malpractice lawsuits can also drive overuse.
Every day, adults inhale an estimated 68,000 microplastic particles just from indoor air, which is equivalent to about three to four particles per breath, research shows. Scientists say this daily total is roughly 100 times higher than earlier estimates based on larger particles.
French researchers made this startling discovery by using advanced detection methods to spot plastic fragments invisible to earlier studies. Unlike previous work that could only identify particles larger than 10 micrometers, this investigation focused on the tiniest fragments measuring just 1–10 micrometers, or about 10 times thinner than a human hair.
“The health impacts of MP inhalation may be more substantial than we realize,” the research team wrote in their paper, published in PLOS One.
That’s because particles this small can penetrate the deepest parts of the lungs, cross into the bloodstream, and potentially reach vital organs. In car cabins, concentrations were especially of concern, measuring more than four times what the researchers measured in apartments.
How Scientists Detected These Invisible Particles
Microplastics form when larger plastic items such as bottles, bags, and textiles break down. While contamination in oceans and rivers is well known, detecting these fragments in indoor air has been a challenge. The term “microplastic” refers to plastic particles between 1 micrometer and 5mm in size. While scientists have known for years that these particles contaminate oceans and rivers, understanding their presence in indoor air has proven more challenging.
The research team from France’s Géosciences Environnement Toulouse used a technique called Raman spectroscopy to identify and count these nearly invisible particles. This method can detect plastic fragments as small as 1 micrometer, a major advancement over the standard approach that only catches particles 10 to 20 times larger.
Researchers collected air samples from three apartments in Toulouse, France, and two different cars during various driving trips. The process proved incredibly time-consuming. Analyzing just one square millimeter of filter required 14 hours of spectra collection and produced about 3,600 individual particle readings. This intensive approach meant the team could only examine 16 samples total, but the results provided unprecedented detail about the smallest plastic particles in indoor air.
Analysis revealed 10 different types of plastic polymers floating in indoor air In homes, polyethylene (the plastic used in shopping bags and food containers) dominated, making up 76% of all particles found. Nearly all detected particles (97%) appeared as irregular fragments rather than fibers, and an overwhelming 94% measured between 1 and 10 micrometers.
Why Microplastic Particles Are More Dangerous
Particles greater than 10 micrometers usually get trapped in the upper respiratory tract and are cleared by coughing or swallowing. But the 1–10 micrometer fragments can bypass these defenses and lodge deep in lung tissue.
The health concerns extend beyond the physical presence of plastic particles. These fragments often carry toxic chemical additives and can absorb harmful pollutants from the environment. When lodged in body tissues, they may release these chemicals, potentially disrupting hormone functions and increasing cancer risks.
Occupational studies have already documented serious health problems among workers exposed to high levels of airborne plastic particles. Textile industry employees, for example, show three times the normal rate of lung cancer, particularly those working with synthetic fibers like nylon.
Even larger particles that get trapped in the respiratory system contribute to plastic exposure through an indirect pathway. These particles get cleared by the body’s natural cleaning mechanisms and are then swallowed, leading to gastrointestinal exposure. The researchers estimate this indirect route may exceed current estimates of dietary microplastic intake from food and beverages.
Vehicle Interiors Create Microplastic Hotspots
Vehicle interiors emerged as particularly intense sources of plastic particle exposure, with air samples containing 2,238 particles per cubic meter versus 528 particles per cubic meter in homes. The confined spaces contain numerous synthetic materials that constantly shed microscopic fragments through wear, temperature changes, and UV exposure from sunlight.
Polyamide and polyethylene (common materials in car upholstery and interior components) dominated the plastic particles found in vehicle air samples. Cars showed a different contamination pattern than homes, with polyamide (25%) and other interior materials like dashboard plastics leading the contamination instead of the polyethylene that dominated household air.
The constant vibration, temperature fluctuations, and physical wear of driving appears to accelerate the breakdown of these materials into respirable particles. Since people in developed countries spend approximately 5% of their time in vehicles according to the study, this concentrated exposure represents a significant source of daily microplastic inhalation.
What Research Shows About Global Exposure
Comparing results with other published studies on indoor air quality showed remarkable consistency. Despite different methods and locations, research from around the world showed similar patterns of microplastic distribution, pointing to a global phenomenon rather than isolated incidents.
Scientists still need direct measurements of the smallest particles (nanoplastics below 1 micrometer) to complete the exposure picture. The study’s mathematical models indicate these ultra-tiny fragments could number in the millions per cubic meter of air, representing potentially massive daily exposures.
Future research should examine how factors like ventilation, cleaning practices, building materials, and human activities influence indoor microplastic concentrations. Understanding these variables could help develop strategies to reduce exposure levels.
Lemon Tops Nutritional Chart in Study by William Paterson University
For years, apples and bananas have been staples in health-conscious diets. Known for their fiber, vitamin C, potassium, and overall versatility, these fruits have earned a reputation as go-to healthy options. However, a recent study by researchers at William Paterson University has shifted the spotlight to a lesser-celebrated citrus fruit — lemon. After assessing 41 fruits on various health metrics, the study concluded that lemon ranks highest in nutritional value.
The researchers evaluated fruits based on nutritional density, vitamin content, antioxidants, and health benefits. Lemons, despite their modest size and tangy flavor, came out on top for their impressive combination of vitamin C, soluble fiber, flavonoids, and other plant compounds. These nutrients are known to support immunity, aid digestion, and reduce the risk of cardiovascular issues.
What gives lemon a unique edge is not just its vitamin profile, but also how it interacts with the body. While naturally acidic in taste, lemons have an alkalizing effect once metabolized. This contributes to better pH balance in the body, which can benefit gut health and overall digestion.
More Than Just juice: Full Potential of Lemons
The study also highlighted the benefits of lemon peel, which many people overlook. Lemon peels are rich in limonene — an essential oil with antimicrobial and potential anti-cancer properties. Unlike thinner-skinned limes, lemons have a thicker peel that holds a higher concentration of these beneficial oils. Including grated peel in meals not only adds flavor but may also offer additional health advantages.
Moreover, the flavonoids in lemons may help lower blood pressure and cholesterol, contributing to long-term heart health. Combined with its soluble fiber content, lemon helps stabilize blood sugar levels and promotes the growth of beneficial gut bacteria.
Everyday Ways To Include Lemons In Diet
Even for those who find lemons too sour to eat directly, there are simple ways to make them part of daily meals. Adding lemon juice to warm water — especially with a bit of honey — is a popular morning ritual that can help kick-start digestion. A squeeze of lemon over salads, soups, or rice bowls not only enhances flavor but also adds nutritional value. Grating lemon zest into dishes or desserts can deliver a subtle citrus note along with a dose of antioxidants.
Town along the Ohio River (Photo by Carl Schlabach)
A new study calls into question the general assumptions about waterfront living, showing that Americans living close to the coast tend to live longer lives, while those near inland waters like lakes and rivers actually have shorter life expectancies.
Yes, it’s long been thought that living near waterways brings benefits for everyone. But it turns out that the location of your blue space matters far more than simply living near any water at all.
Researchers from Ohio State University analyzed data from 66,263 census tracts across the continental United States, creating one of the most comprehensive studies of its kind. They compared life expectancy data from 2010–2015 with proximity to both coastal waters and inland water bodies, while accounting for dozens of other factors that influence longevity.
Americans living within 31 miles of the coast showed consistently higher life expectancy rates compared to areas near large inland water bodies. The average American in the study lived 78.3 years, but that number varied based on their relationship with water.
How Climate, Air Quality, and Income Differ Near Coasts vs Inland Waters
The differences between coastal and inland water environments are stark. Areas near inland waters averaged 21 scorching days per year with temperatures above 95°F, while coastal areas saw just 2.2 such days. Coastal residents also breathe cleaner air, with lower levels of air pollution and wildfire smoke.
Money plays a major role too. Mean household income near coastal waters reached $91,075 compared to just $67,774 near inland water bodies — a gap of more than $23,000 per year. Higher incomes often translate into better healthcare access, nutrition, and overall quality of life.
Coastal geography may also provide logistical and health advantages. These areas tend to feature flatter terrain and better transportation access, while inland water regions are more mountainous and harder to navigate, affecting everything from emergency response times to daily stress.
The ocean acts as a natural climate moderator, helping purify air and regulate temperature. Coastal areas experience less extreme weather overall, with fewer dangerously cold days and more stable seasonal patterns. Recreational access to beaches and opportunities for outdoor activity, such as swimming or walking along the shore, may also offer added health benefits not always matched by inland water features.
Why Inland Water Impacts Life Expectancy Differently in Cities and Rural Areas
Here’s where the research gets particularly interesting: the negative effects of inland waters primarily impact urban areas, while rural communities near inland waters actually see modest life expectancy benefits.
In cities, proximity to large inland water bodies correlates with shorter lifespans. But in rural areas, the relationship flips. Urban inland waters face greater pollution, flood risks, and air quality challenges, while rural inland waters can offer recreational and aesthetic benefits without the same environmental hazards.
This urban-rural split reveals that context matters enormously when evaluating how water proximity affects health outcomes.
What the Findings Mean for Public Health
These results, published in Environmental Research, carry serious consequences for the millions of Americans living near inland waters. The Great Lakes region, mountain lake communities, and riverside cities may need to address environmental factors that could be undermining residents’ health and longevity.
The research team acknowledged limitations in their work, including the inability to measure actual water quality or track how individuals personally interact with nearby water bodies. They also couldn’t include behavioral factors like smoking, diet, and exercise in their analysis.
However, the massive scale of the study — covering virtually every American community — provides robust evidence for the patterns they identified. The consistency of results across multiple statistical approaches strengthens confidence in their conclusions.
Rather than assuming all waterfront living offers the same benefits, Americans might want to consider whether their blue space comes with an ocean breeze or sits inland. The difference, the authors suggest, may be associated with meaningful differences in health and longevity.
Picture this: it’s your first day at a new job. You’re about to introduce yourself to a large group of people you’ll be working with – and promptly fall flat on your face. Not exactly the entrance you had in mind. We’ve all cringed at moments like these — whether they happen to us or to others. That instant, full-body wince, and the shared, silent relief that it didn’t happen to you.
Embarrassment is a universal, visceral and oddly contagious emotion. It’s what psychologists call a self-conscious emotion. This means it hinges on our awareness of ourselves through others’ eyes.
Unlike shame or guilt, embarrassment isn’t usually moral — it’s about looking awkward or inept. Context matters too. We feel more embarrassed in front of people whose opinions we value or who hold power.
Yet while embarrassment may feel uncomfortable, it actually has surprising social and psychological benefits.
Empathy And Social Connection
Evolutionary psychologists believe embarrassment developed as a social corrective – a way to acknowledge mistakes, signal remorse and reduce conflict within groups. This instinct probably helped our ancestors stay in the group, which was critical for survival. People who showed embarrassment were seen as more trustworthy and cooperative.
In this way, embarrassment can invite empathy and forgiveness, strengthening relationships. It signals that we care what others think, promoting approachability and emotional closeness. So, while it’s uncomfortable in the moment, embarrassment probably evolved to keep communities cohesive.
Embarrassment is also contagious. Most of us have cringed on someone else’s behalf. This shows how deeply tuned our social brains are. We empathize with others’ awkwardness, often rushing to reassure them. This empathy helps preserve harmony and can also help us build connection with others.
Trust And Virtue
Visible signs of embarrassment – such as blushing or stumbling over words – are often seen as signs of honesty and generosity. One study found that people who show embarrassment are judged to be more trustworthy and sociable.
Blushing may have evolved on purpose to be a visible, honest signal of humility that others instinctively trust. Experiments even show we’re more likely to forgive someone who looks embarrassed than someone who acts indifferent.
Learning Social Norms
Forgetting you’re not on mute in a Zoom meeting, sending a message to the wrong group chat or realizing your shirt’s inside out after an important meeting. These moments may be minor, but our brains still process them as social threats – albeit small ones.
In this way, embarrassment helps us adhere to social norms and expectations – many of which are unwritten and only discovered once we’ve flubbed them by mistake. Embarrassment acts as an internal guide, helping us remember social missteps and encouraging us to conform to shared expectations – not out of shame, but because it feels right. It also nudges us whenever we stray near the edges of what’s socially comfortable, helping us course-correct swiftly.
The way we react to an embarrassing situation is also important in helping us learn from our experiences. Many of us laugh nervously when embarrassed. This effectively reframes the incident from threatening to harmlessly amusing in our minds.
Humility And Authenticity
Embarrassment keeps egos in check, signals emotional intelligence and makes us more relatable. In a curated world, an awkward moment can humanize us and build credibility.
However, while moderate embarrassment is healthy and constructive, excessive fear of it can become harmful – crossing into social anxiety.
Your Brain On Embarrassment
Embarrassment isn’t generated by a single “embarrassment center” in the brain. Rather, it’s generated by a network of different brain regions working together.
The medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) is a region in the front of the brain that’s active during self-reflection and when thinking about how others perceive us. It’s also involved in storing social memories – which is why an embarrassing memory, even from years ago, can still make you cringe when it pops into your head.
The anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) is the reason you blush, your heart pounds and you feel sweaty when you’re deeply embarrassed. The ACC activates your “fight or flight” reaction. When the ACC fires up, it also helps us adjust our behavior – aiding in impulse control and helping us learn from the mistake so we don’t do it again.
The amygdala is the brain’s emotional alarm bell. When we get embarrassed, the amygdala registers the emotional intensity of the situation – especially the fear of being seen negatively.
People with social anxiety show an imbalance between the mPFC and amygdala. Their mPFC is under-active (so they’re less able to rationalize others’ perspectives), while their amygdala is overactive (causing excessive fear signals). This combination makes it hard for them to accurately gauge social situations, often interpreting them as more threatening and embarrassing than they really are.
Finally, the insula, a region located deep in the brain, helps us tune into our emotions and bodily states. This creates that gut-level discomfort we feel during embarrassing moments. All these regions work in concert during an embarrassing moment.
Embarrassment is uncomfortable, yes – but it’s also a reminder that we care about others and want to belong. It’s part of what makes us human. So the next time you experience an embarrassing moment, try to laugh it off and remember that the moment is helping us to learn and connect.
The locals residing in Liechtenstein possess enough money to let them live a life without doing any work. This allows them to have enough time to pursue a hobby they love.
Liechtenstein has a population of approximately 30,000 people. (Photo Credit: Instagram)
Tucked away like a hidden gem between Switzerland and Austria, lies a country that has no airport, no currency and no language. Yet, “it is one of the richest and safest countries on Earth” with pristine natural beauty, majestic castles, and a crime rate so low that only seven people are in jail. Sounds unbelievable? Well, such a place exists and it is called Liechtenstein. A video on this offbeat European wonderland has now gone viral on Instagram.
The caption offered an overview of Liechtenstein, boasting medieval castles and snow-capped Alps with a population of approximately 30,000 people. It read, “Ever heard of Liechtenstein? Most people have not. But this tiny nation tucked between Switzerland and Austria is wildly unique. No airport — you have to fly into another country. No currency — they use the Swiss Franc. No official language of their own — German is borrowed. And yet, it is one of the richest and safest countries on Earth. Liechtenstein proves this: You do not need size, flash, or your own rules to thrive.”
Wealthiest Country In Europe
Do you know Liechtenstein is the second-wealthiest country in Europe in terms of per capita GDP, “even wealthier than the king of Britain?” The locals here possess enough money to let them live a life without doing any work. It allows them to have enough time to pursue a hobby they love.” The residents “benefit from low taxes and have no external debt.” Their equation is based on mutual respect and flaunting your affluence is something they look down upon. Due to barely-there crime rates, there are about 100 police officers in Liechtenstein and people don’t even bother to lock their doors at night.
Internet Calls It Utopia
The post received multiple reactions from travel enthusiasts who were floored by Liechtenstein’s beauty and unique lifestyle. “It looks like a dream,” gushed a user. “This is what life should be all over the world,” chimed in another. “Want my country to become like this in terms of wealth, no crime, honest and hardworking people,” hoped one person.
Archaeologists found evidence of infant cannibalism from 850,000 years ago at Gran Dolina cave. A human neck bone with cut marks indicated intentional decapitation.
Archaeologists digging at the Gran Dolina cave site (Credit-IPHES)
Spanish archaeologists found evidence of ‘infant cannibalism’ around 850,000 years ago. Researchers discovered a human neck bone while digging at the Gran Dolina cave site in Atapuerca, northern Spain. The remains show clear cut marks consistent with intentional decapitation.
“This case is particularly striking, not only because of the child’s age, but also due to the precision of the cut marks,” says Dr. Palmira Saladié, IPHES-CERCA researcher and co-director of the Gran Dolina excavation alongside Dr. Andreu Ollé. The IPHES researchers also mentioned that some bones also show defleshing marks and intentional fractures, typical indicators of meat exploitation similar to those found on animal bones consumed by these same humans.
“The vertebra presents clear incisions at key anatomical points for disarticulating the head. It is direct evidence that the child was processed like any other prey,” Saladié added.
The child was a Homo antecessor, a species that was the last link between Homo sapiens and Neanderthals. Several of the other bones found over the years have cut marks. The archaeologists are certain that our ancestors were cannibals and ate children.
However, this is not the first incident linked to human cannibalism. About 30 years ago, first known case of human cannibalism worldwide. The experts cited by IPHES in its report explained, “that we are documenting now is the continuity of that behaviour: the treatment of the dead was not exceptional, but repeated.”
Working 50+ hours a week while watching rent consume half your paycheck has become the American nightmare in certain cities. A new study reveals which urban areas are pushing residents to their breaking point, and the results expose deep cracks in how we live and work across the country.
With 77% of Americans feeling stressed about the nation’s future and 73% worried about the economy, according to the American Psychological Association, your zip code could be the difference between manageable daily pressure and overwhelming anxiety.
America’s Most Stressed Cities
Detroit tops the list as the country’s most stressed city, and the numbers tell a brutal story. The Motor City has the highest unemployment rate in America at 11.4% and the lowest household income when accounting for living costs—just over $38,000 per year.
Money troubles go far beyond just unemployment. Detroit residents face the nation’s highest poverty rate at 31.5% and struggle with credit scores averaging 624, which banks consider “bad credit.” Family life takes a hit too, with the second-highest divorce rate and proportion of single-parent households nationwide.
Cleveland ranks second, largely due to household incomes under $43,000 after adjusting for living costs. The financial strain shows up everywhere: Cleveland has the fourth-highest rate of families falling behind on bills, the second-highest foreclosure rate, and leads the nation in divorces at over 41%.
Baltimore rounds out the top three, where housing costs devour family budgets. The average rent for a two-bedroom apartment consumes nearly 40% of household income—the third-highest burden in America. Homeowners aren’t safe either, with the seventh-highest rate of mortgages where families owe significantly more than their homes are worth.
Where Geography Determines Your Mental Health
Regional patterns emerge clearly from the data. Southern and Rust Belt cities dominate the most stressed rankings, with Memphis, Shreveport, and Birmingham all landing in the top 10. Meanwhile, smaller Western cities and college towns tend to offer more manageable lifestyles.
Work stress varies dramatically by location. Pearl City, Hawaii, offers the most relaxed work environment, while Scottsdale, Arizona, and Cheyenne, Wyoming, tie for the most demanding work schedules. Financial stress follows similar geographic patterns, with Cleveland leading the nation in money worries.
Crime adds another layer of anxiety for residents in stressed cities. Baltimore experiences some of the highest violent crime rates nationally, along with the sixth-most mass shootings between March 2020 and March 2025. Detroit faces similar safety challenges, creating a cycle where economic stress and public safety concerns feed off each other.
South Burlington, Vermont, claims the least stressed spot overall, showing that smaller communities can offer significantly better quality of life despite potentially lower salaries.
Expert Solutions for Urban Stress
“Where you live can play a big role in how stressed you are. Cities with high crime rates, weak economies, less effective public health and congested transportation systems naturally lead to elevated stress levels for residents. When moving, it’s important to consider how a certain city may impact your mental health – not just your financial opportunities,” explains Chip Lupo, WalletHub Analyst.
Workplace Stress Solutions
Dr. Michael Peterson from the University of Delaware identifies two key factors in the workplace that employers can address. “The two major drivers of employee work-related stress are demand—control imbalances, and effort—reward imbalances,” he explains. The first occurs when employees lack decision-making power over their work pace and processes, often due to micromanagement. The second happens when “an employee does not receive sufficient reward for the amount of effort they put into their work.”
Dr. Rachel Wu from UC Riverside emphasizes workplace flexibility: “Personal issues often require flexibility in remote options or time off. As long as the work gets done at some other point, the employers could allow more flexibility to help employees. For good employees, micromanaging also creates unnecessary work-related stress.”
Financial Stress Management
For managing money troubles, Dr. Peterson offers concrete strategies: “Financial stress occurs when people lose control of their money and/or the expenses that they incur to live.” He recommends two key solutions: creating a budget to track spending and building an emergency fund. “Financial advisors recommend that everyone work toward saving three to six months’ worth of expenses in an emergency fund,” he notes.
Dr. Wu suggests making financial management less overwhelming: “Perhaps they can make it a game. First they can list their fixed expenses, and then try to figure out which of those fixed expenses can be removed or reduced. Couponing/deal hunting can be challenging, but also quite fun.”
Family Stress and Policy Solutions
Childcare is also a major policy issue. “Much more quality, affordable daycare is a necessity because quality daycare is no longer affordable for most families,” says Dr. Wu. “The universal preschool program would be an excellent place to start.”
Dr. Peterson emphasizes communication for family financial stress: “Finances are always a source of family stress because as money becomes less available the demands of the family often don’t change. Communication is perhaps the biggest remedy to this problem.”
He also calls for policy changes: “Governments should work toward easing the financial burden of families rather than carelessly passing on uncontrolled government spending through a myriad of taxes, regulations, and oppressive policies.”
When asked about 2025’s biggest financial stressors, Dr. Peterson points to inflation and job insecurity: “Right now, the top financial stressors are potential for job loss and rising inflation. The facts indicate that our dollar does not buy the same amount as it did two or three years ago.” He warns that “Job loss is also a real threat especially in certain industries, and as Artificial Intelligence (AI) is incorporated more into the workplace.”
Dr. Wu echoes similar concerns: “I think uncertainty in the financial markets and employment opportunities, as well as housing prices and inflation (especially food prices) are big financial stressors this year. It’s become much harder to stretch the dollar, and many families have to buy much less food for the same amount of money.”
Although 10,000 steps per day can still be a suitable target for those who are more active, 7,000 steps per day might be a more realistic and achievable target for many
The same step count was associated with a 25% lower risk of cardiovascular disease incidence and meaningful reductions in the risks of type 2 diabetes (14%), dementia (38%), depression (22%), cancer (6%), and falls (28%).
Walking around 7,000 steps a day could be enough to significantly reduce the risk of dying early and developing serious health conditions, according to a major new analysis published in the medical journal, The Lancet.
Drawing on 57 studies involving more than 160,000 adults worldwide, the research claims to provide the most comprehensive evidence to date that modest daily step counts are strongly linked to improved health outcomes.
“Based on our meta-analyses, compared with 2,000 steps per day, 7,000 steps per day was associated with a 47% lower risk of all-cause mortality,” the authors of the study wrote. The same step count was associated with a 25% lower risk of cardiovascular disease incidence and meaningful reductions in the risks of type 2 diabetes (14%), dementia (38%), depression (22%), cancer (6%), and falls (28%).
This is the first large-scale study to examine not just death rates, but a broad set of health outcomes. “An inverse non-linear dose-response association was found, with inflection points at around 5,000-7,000 steps per day,” the study said, indicating that health gains tend to level off beyond this range for most conditions.
While walking more than 7,000 steps continued to provide additional benefits for some outcomes—particularly heart disease—the authors suggest that 7,000 steps may be a more realistic and impactful daily target for the general public than the commonly promoted 10,000-step goal. “Although 10,000 steps per day can still be a suitable target for those who are more active, 7,000 steps per day is associated with clinically important improvements in health outcomes and might be a more realistic and achievable target for many people,” the researchers concluded.
The study, titled ‘Daily steps and health outcomes in adults – a systematic review and dose response meta analysis’, also found that even relatively modest activity—such as 4,000 steps a day—was measurably better than very low step counts, such as 2,000 per day.
“Daily step volume is consistently associated with lower risks of major health outcomes. Although risk reductions occur even at lower step counts, they continue with increasing steps per day,” it said, while concluding that “approximately 7,000 steps per day was associated with risk reductions for all outcomes examined and might serve as a practical quantitative public health target”.
How was the study done?
The study team, led by researchers from Australia, the UK and the US, reviewed data from publications between 2014 and early 2025, with 31 studies included in meta-analyses. Step counts were recorded using devices, allowing for objective measurement across diverse populations. However, the authors noted that the “certainty of evidence varied across outcomes”, with stronger evidence for cardiovascular disease and all-cause mortality, and lower certainty for outcomes such as cancer and dementia due to fewer studies and limitations in study design.
Still, the authors emphasised that step counts provide a straightforward and widely accessible way to encourage more physical activity. “Daily step count is a simple and easily communicated measure of physical activity,” they wrote, calling for public health policies to consider step-based targets as part of future guidelines. They also advised that results should be interpreted in light of limitations such as the age of participants and the potential for confounding variables.
CHARLOTTESVILLE, Va. — Weight loss medications like Ozempic and Wegovy have become household names, promising dramatic results for millions struggling with obesity. But new research out of the University of Virginia reveals a troubling side effect that could undermine long-term health: these drugs may be destroying muscle mass and failing to improve the heart and lung fitness that’s crucial for staying alive.
The study, published in The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, found that popular GLP-1 receptor agonists — including semaglutide (Ozempic, Wegovy) and tirzepatide (Mounjaro, Zepbound) — cause people to lose substantial amounts of muscle alongside fat. Even more concerning, despite their proven cardiovascular benefits, these medications appear to do little for cardiorespiratory fitness, a key predictor of mortality.
The researchers found that approximately 25% to 40% of weight loss from these drugs comes from fat-free mass (which includes muscle), at rates that far exceed normal aging. While healthy adults typically lose about 0.8% of their muscle mass each year due to aging, people taking these weight loss drugs can lose muscle much faster. In major clinical trials, participants lost anywhere from 25% to 40% of their total weight from muscle rather than fat alone.
Why GLP-1 Drugs Don’t Improve Heart and Lung Fitness
The research reveals a puzzling contradiction in modern obesity treatment. While these medications have revolutionized weight management and shown remarkable success in reducing heart attacks and strokes, they’re not delivering the fitness improvements doctors would expect from such dramatic weight loss.
Cardiorespiratory fitness — essentially how well the heart, lungs, and muscles work together during exercise — is one of the strongest predictors of mortality risk. People with poor fitness have much higher chances of dying from any cause, regardless of their weight. Typically, losing substantial amounts of weight should improve this fitness level, but the new research suggests these drugs aren’t delivering that benefit.
The study’s authors analyzed multiple clinical trials involving thousands of participants taking various GLP-1 medications. Across nearly every study examined, participants either saw no improvement in their peak oxygen consumption (a gold standard measure of fitness) or showed only modest gains that could be attributed to factors other than the medication itself.
How Weight Loss Drugs Like Ozempic and Mounjaro Trigger Muscle Loss
The muscle loss stems from several factors related to how these medications work. GLP-1 drugs dramatically reduce appetite, leading to severe caloric restriction that can trigger the body to break down muscle tissue for energy. During periods of low food intake, the body increases muscle protein breakdown while decreasing muscle protein synthesis, essentially breaking down muscle to meet its energy needs.
Many people taking these medications also experience fatigue and gastrointestinal side effects that reduce their physical activity levels. Less movement means less stimulus for the body to maintain muscle mass, creating a cycle of muscle loss.
The researchers noted that prolonged caloric restriction also impacts cardiac protein balance, reducing synthesis while sparing degradation. This could explain why some studies found reductions in stroke volume (the amount of blood the heart pumps with each beat) in people taking these medications.
Exercise Training Shows Promise for Preserving Muscle
The study identified a potential solution: combining these medications with exercise training. Small trials that included structured exercise programs alongside GLP-1 treatment showed promising results for maintaining muscle mass and improving fitness levels.
In one study of people taking tirzepatide with exercise training, participants not only preserved more muscle mass but also showed improvements in fitness when measured per kilogram of muscle tissue. Another trial combining liraglutide with exercise demonstrated similar benefits compared to medication alone.
The authors concluded that “concomitant exercise training may be able to offset potential reductions” in cardiorespiratory fitness and muscle loss for people taking these drugs.
Exercise programs that showed benefits typically included both aerobic exercise and resistance training, though the optimal combination, intensity, and duration remain unclear. The studies were small and some lacked proper control groups, so larger trials are needed to confirm results.
What This Means for Patients Taking GLP-1 Weight Loss Medications
The muscle loss has serious implications for the millions of Americans taking these medications. Muscle mass helps regulate blood sugar, supports bone health, and maintains metabolic rate. Losing substantial muscle could potentially diminish some of the long-term health benefits these medications provide.
For older adults and people who already have low muscle mass before starting treatment, the risks may be particularly concerning. These populations could face higher risk for frailty, falls, and functional decline if muscle loss accelerates.
Pharmaceutical companies are already exploring solutions. Some researchers are investigating combining GLP-1 medications with other drugs that specifically preserve muscle mass, such as bimagrumab, an antibody that blocks signals telling muscles to break down.
The study authors emphasized that their results shouldn’t discourage people from using these medications when appropriate. The cardiovascular and metabolic benefits of GLP-1 drugs are well-established and important. Rather, the research highlights the importance of comprehensive treatment approaches that address the whole person, not just the number on the scale. For now, that strategy appears to center on one tried-and-true intervention: regular exercise.
Google’s earthquake alert system shows two notifications to Android users. (Credit: Google Crisis Response)
Getting a warning on your phone seconds before an earthquake hits isn’t science fiction anymore; it’s reality for millions of people worldwide. Scientists at Google and UC Berkeley have turned ordinary Android smartphones into the world’s largest earthquake detection network, reaching 2.5 billion people across 98 countries.
Over three years, this smartphone-based system detected more than 11,000 earthquakes and delivered alerts with accuracy matching traditional seismic monitoring systems. For earthquake-prone regions without expensive monitoring networks, a simple Android phone could mean the difference between life and death. The research behind this remarkable system is now published in Science.
How Android Phones Detect Earthquakes Using Built-In Sensors
Android phones work as earthquake detectors by using their built-in accelerometers, the same motion sensors that rotate your screen when you flip your device. When a phone sits still, it continuously monitors for sudden movement spikes matching earthquake wave patterns.
“When an individual phone triggers, it sends a message to Google servers with acceleration information and an approximate location,” the researchers, led by Richard Allen, director of the Berkeley Seismology Lab, explain in their paper.
Google’s algorithms then analyze reports from multiple phones to determine if the pattern represents a real earthquake rather than construction work or passing trucks.
This crowd-sourced approach fundamentally changes earthquake monitoring. Traditional systems rely on expensive seismic stations costing hundreds of thousands of dollars each, requiring ongoing maintenance that many earthquake-prone regions simply can’t afford.
The Android system automatically runs on most devices through Google Play Services, meaning roughly 70% of the world’s smartphones participate in this detection network without users doing anything special.
System Accuracy Rivals Professional Earthquake Networks
During the study period from April 2021 to March 2024, the Android Earthquake Alerts system detected an average of 312 earthquakes monthly, ranging from magnitude 1.9 to 7.8. Crucially, 85% of these detections matched earthquakes listed in traditional scientific catalogs, proving the system’s reliability.
Accuracy improved dramatically as Google’s engineers refined their algorithms. Early magnitude estimates had a median error of 0.50, dropping to just 0.25 by study’s end, rivaling the performance of Japan’s national earthquake warning network.
The system delivers two warning types based on predicted shaking intensity. “TakeAction” alerts break through all phone settings for areas expecting strong shaking, taking over the entire screen and playing loud sounds while displaying instructions to “Drop, cover and hold on.” “BeAware” alerts appear as standard notifications for lighter shaking areas, still providing valuable safety information.
Turkey Earthquake Response Highlights System Improvements
The system faced its biggest test during the catastrophic February 2023 earthquakes in Turkey. The first quake, measuring 7.8 magnitude, killed tens of thousands and revealed both the system’s potential and limitations.
Initially, the system underestimated the first earthquake’s size, providing a magnitude estimate of 4.5 instead of 7.8. However, researchers used this experience to improve their algorithms. When they tested updated software on the same earthquake data, results were dramatically better: the system would have detected the earthquake in 6.3 seconds and closely estimated a magnitude of 7.4, potentially warning 67 million people.
During a magnitude 5.7 earthquake in Nepal, the system delivered over 10 million alerts, with some people receiving warnings up to 60 seconds before feeling shaking.
Users Report High Satisfaction with Earthquake Alerts
Survey responses from over 1.5 million alert recipients revealed overwhelming satisfaction with the system. An impressive 85% rated alerts as “very helpful”—even among those who didn’t feel earthquake shaking during the event.
Results showed 36% of people received alerts before feeling shaking, 28% during earthquakes, and 23% afterward. Among recipients of urgent TakeAction alerts, 28% followed recommended “drop, cover, and hold on” responses, higher compliance than previous earthquake warning studies.
Trust remains strong: 84% of respondents said they would trust future alerts more based on their experience, while only 3% expressed decreased trust. After three years of operation, fewer than 0.1% of users have disabled earthquake alerts entirely.
Before Android’s system launched, only 250 million people worldwide had earthquake early warning access. Countries with high seismic risk but limited resources, including nations in Central Asia, South America, and parts of Africa, suddenly gained access to potentially life-saving technology.
The system detects earthquakes in remote locations where traditional networks would never be cost-effective, even identifying offshore earthquakes up to 100 kilometers from coastlines when they reach magnitude 4.5 or higher.
Beyond emergency alerts, this technology could help identify unknown faults beneath cities, provide rapid post-earthquake damage assessment, and improve regional hazard models worldwide. For millions living in earthquake-prone areas without traditional monitoring, an Android phone represents their best defense against one of nature’s most unpredictable threats.
New Year’s resolutions have become almost synonymous with failure. By mid-February, most people have already abandoned their ambitious goals to eat healthier, exercise more, or save money. Does it come down to laziness, lack of motivation, or something else? New research reveals the real reason why most resolutions fail.
The year-long study published in Psychological Science finds that people who stick to their resolutions share one surprising trait: they actually enjoy the process of pursuing their goals. While most people set resolutions based on their importance or usefulness, those who succeed are driven by something else entirely: they find the journey itself rewarding.
Researchers from Cornell University explain that intrinsic motivation stems from experiencing goal pursuit as an end in itself, where the benefits cannot be separated from the actual pursuit. In other words, successful resolution-keepers don’t just grit their teeth and push through the discomfort. They discover ways to make the process genuinely enjoyable.
This finding turns popular wisdom about willpower and discipline on its head. Instead, the research shows that people who maintain their resolutions throughout the year are those who manage to find immediate satisfaction in their efforts, not just in the distant outcomes they hope to achieve.
How Scientists Tracked Resolution Success for an Entire Year
Researchers followed 2,000 Americans throughout an entire year, checking in with participants every four months to track their progress on New Year’s resolutions. At the start of the year, participants listed their primary resolution and rated how much they enjoyed pursuing it versus how important they considered the goal.
Results showed that people consistently rated their resolutions as more important than enjoyable, meaning they chose goals primarily because they mattered, not because they were fun. However, those who stuck with their resolutions throughout the year were distinguished by higher levels of enjoyment from the very beginning.
The research found that participants were more motivated by external factors (average score 6.27 out of 7) than by internal enjoyment (average score 5.41 out of 7). Yet enjoyment proved to be the stronger predictor of long-term success.
Consider two people trying to establish a running habit. One runs primarily for long-term health benefits, while another discovers they genuinely enjoy the meditative quality of their morning jogs and the sense of accomplishment after each run. The second person is far more likely to still be running months later.
Why the Research Goes Beyond American Culture
To ensure their findings weren’t limited to American culture or dependent on people’s subjective assessments, the researchers expanded their investigation. They replicated the study with 500 participants in China during Chinese New Year, finding the same pattern: enjoyment predicted goal adherence more strongly than importance.
Moving beyond self-reported measures, researchers tracked actual daily step counts of 439 people who had goals to walk more. Again, those who found walking more inherently enjoyable walked significantly more steps than those primarily motivated by health benefits.
Most compelling evidence came from an experimental study where researchers actually manipulated people’s motivation. They had 763 participants download a health app that scans product barcodes. Half were encouraged to view the app as a game with product discoveries, while the other half were told it provided useful product information.
Those in the game-focused condition scanned 26% more products over the following 24 hours than those in the information-focused condition. This experiment provided crucial evidence that increasing enjoyment actually causes better goal adherence.
The Psychology Behind Why Fun Beats Willpower
Researchers offer a compelling explanation for why enjoyment proves more powerful than importance in sustaining long-term behavior change. Goals based on importance rely on delayed benefits, the promise of better health, financial security, or professional success somewhere in the future. But humans naturally discount future rewards, making them less motivating as time passes.
Enjoyable goals deliver immediate rewards. When someone finds their goal pursuit inherently satisfying, they receive payoffs right away, not just eventually. This creates a self-reinforcing cycle that sustains motivation over time.
Particularly intriguing was the researchers’ finding about people’s beliefs regarding their own motivation. In a follow-up study, participants were asked what would better predict goal adherence: importance or enjoyment. Most people chose importance, indicating they don’t fully understand what actually drives their own long-term behavior.
This misunderstanding may lead people to set themselves up for failure. If someone believes willpower and commitment are what matter most, they’re less likely to focus on making their goal pursuit enjoyable. They might choose the most efficient workout rather than the most fun one, or the most nutritious meal plan rather than one with foods they actually like eating.
How to Make Your Goals More Enjoyable and Sustainable
Research findings have practical applications for anyone trying to make lasting changes. Rather than focusing solely on why a goal matters, people might benefit from actively cultivating enjoyment in the process. This could mean finding a form of exercise that feels more like play than work, discovering cooking techniques that make healthy eating pleasurable, or creating reward systems that make savings goals more engaging.
For policymakers and organizations trying to promote behavior change, the research indicates that interventions should emphasize the immediate, enjoyable benefits of desired behaviors rather than just their long-term consequences. Public health campaigns might be more effective highlighting how physical activity can be fun and stress-relieving today, not just beneficial for preventing disease decades later.
Research also offers hope for the millions of people who have repeatedly failed at resolutions or behavior change attempts. The problem may not be a lack of willpower or commitment, but rather a failure to tap into the rewards that make persistence possible.
For the millions of Americans who will set resolutions this coming New Year, the message is clear: choose goals that can become genuinely enjoyable to pursue. The path to lasting change isn’t paved with grit and determination alone, but with the simple human capacity to find joy in the process of becoming better.
Cancer researchers have discovered something remarkable hiding in plain sight: a common bacteria used to make sauerkraut and kimchi can transform stevia leaves into a potentially potent weapon against one of the deadliest cancers.
Scientists at Hiroshima University found that when they fermented stevia leaf extract with Lactobacillus plantarum — the same bacteria used in yogurt and fermented vegetables — it created a compound that proved devastatingly effective against pancreatic cancer cells. The fermented extract triggered a cascade of cellular suicide in lab-grown cancer cells while leaving healthy cells largely unharmed.
Pancreatic cancer remains one of medicine’s most stubborn opponents, with a five-year survival rate of less than 10%. Most patients receive their diagnosis when the disease has already spread, making treatment options limited and often ineffective. Traditional therapies like chemotherapy and radiation frequently fail against this aggressive cancer.
How Fermentation Creates New Cancer-Fighting Compound
During fermentation, the bacteria essentially rewrites the chemical structure of compounds found naturally in stevia leaves, creating an entirely new molecule called chlorogenic acid methyl ester, or CAME. This compound proved far more lethal to cancer cells than anything found in unfermented stevia extract.
Researchers, led by Dr. Masanori Sugiyama, spent months optimizing the fermentation process. They tested different temperatures, time periods, and oxygen levels before settling on the most effective combination: 37 degrees Celsius (about body temperature) for 72 hours in an oxygen-free environment.
When they tested both regular stevia extract and the fermented version against PANC-1 pancreatic cancer cells — a standard cell line used in cancer research — the results were remarkable. The fermented extract required significantly lower concentrations to kill cancer cells. It killed half the cancer cells at 271.2 micrograms per milliliter after 48 hours, while regular stevia extract needed 331.3 micrograms per milliliter to achieve the same effect.
CAME proved even more potent when tested alone. At 119.1 micrograms per milliliter, it killed half the pancreatic cancer cells in 48 hours — nearly 40% more effective than regular chlorogenic acid, which required 189.6 micrograms per milliliter.
Cancer Cell Death Mechanism Revealed Through Laboratory Testing
The compound triggers a specific type of cellular death called apoptosis — essentially cellular suicide where damaged cells systematically dismantle themselves. Cancer cells typically resist this process, allowing them to grow uncontrollably. CAME appears to override this resistance by manipulating the molecular switches that control cell death.
Using flow cytometry, a technique that analyzes individual cells, researchers discovered that CAME significantly increased production of proteins that promote cell death while simultaneously reducing production of Bcl-2, a protein that helps cells survive.
CAME also arrested cancer cells in a specific phase of their growth cycle called G0/G1, essentially freezing them in place before they could divide and multiply. The percentage of cancer cells undergoing apoptosis increased from 4.4% to 21.4% after 48 hours of CAME treatment.
In wound-healing tests that mimic how cancer spreads through tissue, the fermented extract significantly slowed cancer cell migration compared to untreated cells — crucial since pancreatic cancer’s tendency to spread makes it so deadly.
Safety Testing Shows Promise for Future Cancer Treatment
Perhaps most encouraging, the fermented stevia extract showed minimal toxicity toward healthy cells. When researchers tested it against HEK-293 cells — a non-cancerous human kidney cell line often used to assess safety — they found little to no harmful effects even at high concentrations.
This selective toxicity represents a holy grail in cancer research. Many current cancer treatments damage healthy cells along with cancerous ones, causing the debilitating side effects associated with chemotherapy and radiation. A treatment that specifically targets cancer cells while sparing healthy tissue could revolutionize cancer care.
The fermentation process also dramatically enhanced stevia’s antioxidant properties. Antioxidants help protect cells from damage caused by reactive molecules called free radicals, which contribute to aging and disease development. When researchers exposed healthy cells to hydrogen peroxide — a compound that causes oxidative damage — pretreatment with fermented stevia extract provided significantly better protection than regular stevia extract.
Next Steps Before Human Clinical Trials Begin
While these results are promising, significant work remains before fermented stevia extract could become a cancer treatment. The current research, published in the International Journal of Molecular Sciences, used laboratory-grown cancer cells, which don’t perfectly replicate the complex environment of tumors in living patients.
Animal studies would be the logical next step, followed by carefully designed human clinical trials if those results prove encouraging. Researchers would need to determine optimal dosing, delivery methods, and potential side effects. They’d also need to establish whether the treatment works against actual tumors and whether it can be safely combined with existing therapies.
Bumper, the Golden Retriever in the study, smells a swab for the experiment. (Credit: Medical Detection Dogs UK)
Two specially trained dogs have proven they can detect Parkinson’s disease simply by smelling skin swabs, achieving accuracy rates that rival expensive medical tests. In a rigorous study, the canines correctly identified the neurological condition in 70% and 80% of patients while maintaining over 90% accuracy in ruling out healthy individuals—a breakthrough that could change how doctors screen for a disease that currently has no definitive diagnostic test.
Getting a Parkinson’s diagnosis today means waiting for telltale symptoms like tremors and stiffness to appear, often years after brain damage has already begun. Doctors rely on observing these physical signs because current medical tests are either invasive, expensive, or unreliable. But dogs possess a secret weapon: noses that are 10,000 times more sensitive than humans, capable of detecting molecular changes invisible to our senses.
How Dogs Were Trained to Detect Parkinson’s from Skin Swabs
Researchers from the Universities of Bristol and Manchester, in collaboration with Medical Detection Dogs in the UK, discovered that Parkinson’s patients produce different oils on their skin compared to healthy people. These oils, called sebum, carry a distinct scent that trained dogs can learn to recognize from simple cotton swab samples taken from patients’ backs.
Starting with ten candidate dogs, researchers quickly learned that medical detection work isn’t for every canine. After initial screening, only five showed promise, and as training intensified over nearly a year, three more dropped out. The final two, a two-year-old male Golden Retriever and a three-year-old male Labrador-Golden Retriever mix, proved exceptional at the task.
Dog training was methodical and demanding. Over 38 to 53 weeks, the animals learned to distinguish between 205 different skin samples from people with and without Parkinson’s. Trainers rewarded correct identifications while ignoring samples from healthy individuals, teaching the dogs to alert only when they detected the disease’s unique scent signature.
Double-Blind Trial With Over 90% Accuracy
The real test came when researchers presented the dogs with 100 completely new samples during double-blind trials, meaning neither the handlers nor researchers knew which samples contained the target scent. This eliminated any possibility of unconscious human cues influencing the dogs’ behavior.
Results, published in the Journal of Parkinson’s Disease, were impressive. The first dog correctly identified 28 out of 40 Parkinson’s samples (70% sensitivity) and properly dismissed 54 out of 60 healthy samples (90% specificity). The second dog performed even better, catching 32 out of 40 Parkinson’s samples (80% sensitivity) and correctly ignoring 59 out of 60 control samples (98% specificity).
These accuracy rates surpass many current medical detection scenarios. Dogs trained to detect bladder cancer, for example, achieved only 41% accuracy in previous studies. The Parkinson’s detection rates also compete with some laboratory tests and brain imaging procedures currently used in hospitals.
Both dogs showed remarkable agreement on which samples were easier to identify, indicating that some patients may produce stronger scent signatures than others. Research focused exclusively on drug-naive patients — those who hadn’t yet started Parkinson’s medications — ensuring cleaner scientific results about the disease’s natural scent profile.
What Exactly Are Dogs Smelling in Parkinson’s Patients?
Parkinson’s disease changes more than just movement. It also alters how the body produces skin oils. Patients often develop seborrheic dermatitis, a condition involving excessive production of sebum that’s chemically different from healthy individuals. This altered sebum composition can appear even before the characteristic motor symptoms of Parkinson’s emerge.
The changed sebum creates volatile organic compounds (essentially odor molecules) that produce a distinctive scent signature. While human noses can’t detect these subtle differences, dogs can identify molecular changes occurring at the cellular level. The discovery builds on earlier observations by Joy Milne, a Scottish woman with hyperosmia (an enhanced sense of smell) who noticed her husband’s scent change years before his Parkinson’s diagnosis.
Could Medical Detection Dogs Help Diagnose Parkinson’s Earlier?
While dogs won’t replace neurologists, they could serve as valuable screening tools, especially in areas where movement disorder specialists are scarce. Early detection could enable earlier treatment and potentially slow disease progression.
Research also points toward developing electronic sensors that could detect the same chemical signatures dogs identify. Such devices could deliver rapid, non-invasive screening that complements existing diagnostic methods without the substantial costs and time requirements of training detection dogs.
Challenges remain, however. Training detection dogs requires significant time and resources — nearly a year of intensive work per animal — and only a small percentage of candidates prove suitable. The study also couldn’t determine what specific factors made some samples easier to detect than others, limiting understanding of how consistent this detection method might be across different patients.
Despite these limitations, the study could yield a significant advance in Parkinson’s disease detection. It turns out humanity’s oldest companion may become an unexpected ally in diagnosing one of our most challenging neurological conditions.
With talent in short supply and the nation’s workforce more mobile than ever, companies are seeking to locate in places where workers want to live. That makes quality of life an economic issue. And state economic development organizations are leaning into that as they pitch their states to business.
“Connecticut is one state with a whole lot of everything,” the state’s Department of Economic and Community Development declares on its website, which goes on to tout the state’s “good quality of life” more than half a dozen times.
“New Mexico offers a place your employees will love and want to stay,” its state economic development website says.
“The good life is calling,” says Nebraska.
But where is the best life? CNBC’s annual competitiveness study, America’s Top States for Business, is here to find out. Because quality of life has become so essential in attracting quality talent, we consider it among ten categories of competitiveness. While any state can say it is a great place to live, we put those claims to the test using empirical data.
The category considers factors including the crime rate, air quality, and the cost and availability of child care. We also consider legal protections for workers, and protections against discrimination. And with data showing younger workers considering reproductive rights in their choice of where they are willing to live, we factor those state laws in our rankings as well.
Under this year’s methodology, Quality of Life represents 10.6% of a state’s total Top States score.
Some states do not measure up well when it comes to quality of life. But these states are America’s most desirable places to live and work in.
8. (tie) Virginia
With some 2.6 million people packed into just 1,300 square miles, Northern Virginia is certainly crowded. But it often doesn’t feel that way.
Crime in the commonwealth is on the low side despite its size. And Virginians are healthy, ranking in the top ten nationally for frequent exercise, according to the United Health Foundation.
Virginia’s air quality is generally good, with only Arlington and Fairfax Counties in the D.C. Metro area receiving poor grades for ozone pollution, according to the American Lung Association.
But child care can be scarce, with just about 1,500 licensed centers in a state of 8.8 million people, according to Child Care Aware of America. It can also be pricey, at about 11% of median income for a two-income household.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 167 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B-)
Strengths: Air Quality, Health, Low Crime Rate
Weakness: Child Care
8. (tie) Nebraska
Life in the heartland is as healthy and wholesome as it is cracked up to be, at least by the numbers in The Cornhusker State. With only 3,372 violent offenses in 2023 in a state of nearly two million people, according to FBI statistics, the crime rate is the sixth lowest in the nation.
Nebraska also ranks in the top five states for clean air, based on data from the American Lung Association and the non-profit First Street Foundation.
And Nebraskans are healthy, with among the lowest incidences of mental and physical distress, and the second lowest rate of drug deaths, according to the United Health Foundation.
But child care is relatively scarce, and expensive. Nebraska has just 864 licensed child care centers, and child care costs, on average, 15% of the median income for a two-parent household. State law bars private insurance coverage for abortions, which are banned after 12 weeks.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 167 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B-)
Strengths: Air Quality, Health, Low Crime Rate
Weaknesses: Child Care, Reproductive Rights
8. (tie) Massachusetts
The Bay State is America’s healthiest, with the lowest incidence of premature death, according to the United Health Foundation. It might have to do with the fact that Massachusetts ranks No. 1 in primary care doctors and mental health providers per capita, not to mention number two for dentists. Just 2.6% of Massachusetts residents lack health insurance — the lowest percentage in the country — compared to nearly 8% nationally.
Massachusetts is a leader in worker protections, according to Oxfam America’s annual scorecard on Best and Worst States to Work in the U.S. — particularly when it comes to guaranteeing the right to organize.
However, air quality is poor, and child care, while more accessible than in many states, is expensive.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 167 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B-)
Strengths: Health, Worker Protections
Weaknesses: Air Quality, Child Care
7. North Dakota
No state offers more accessible and affordable child care than The Peace Garden State, with 462 licensed child care centers in a state of fewer than 800,000 people. A two-income household making the median income can expect to spend only about 9% of it on child care.
Add the fact that crime is low and the air is clean, and you get a relatively stress-free environment. North Dakotans report the second-lowest incidences of mental and physical distress in the nation. The state also has the second-lowest level of food insecurity in the nation.
But while North Dakota excels in feeding its families, it does not score well in protecting its workers.
North Dakota ranks 40th on the Oxfam scorecard, meeting just three of the 16 criteria the organization sets for worker protection. While state law requires equal pay across gender and race, and it includes protections against sexual harassment and child labor, it does not allow for things like paid family and sick leave. Nor does the state extend protections to agricultural workers, domestic workers, or warehouse workers.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 171 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B)
Strengths: Child Care, Health, Air Quality, Low Crime Rate
Weakness:
Worker Protections
6. Hawaii
How could a paradise like The Aloha State not finish at the very top of a state quality of life ranking? Crime is low, the environment is pristine, and Hawaii prides itself on its welcoming, Aloha spirit. The problem is that the state fails badly when it comes to caring for its keiki, the affectionate Hawaiian term for children.
Hawaii has just 544 licensed child care centers in a state of 1.8 million people. Those who can get their children into child care will pay dearly for it — 18% of median income for a two-income household, the highest in the nation.
Ready Keiki, a multi-faceted state plan established in 2023, aims to ensure pre-school access for all 3 and 4-year-olds by 2032. It still has a long way to go.
Hawaii also has health issues. While the vast majority of Hawaiians have health insurance, the state ranks 34th in primary care physicians per capita.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 173 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B)
Strengths: Low Crime Rate, Air Quality, Inclusiveness
Weaknesses: Child Care, Health Care
5. Connecticut
When choosing a place to live, you won’t find one that is much safer or healthier than The Nutmeg State.
With just 5,573 violent offenses in a state of 3.6 million people in 2023, Connecticut had the fourth lowest crime rate in the nation. The United Health Foundation ranks the state 5th for overall health, with low instances of physical and mental stress, and one of the nation’s lowest obesity rates. However, the state has seen a 235% increase in drug deaths since 2007.
The state has robust worker protections and inclusive state laws. But it also has America’s worst air quality, with high levels of both ozone and particulate matter.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 179 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B)
Strengths: Low Crime Rate, Health, Inclusiveness
Weakness: Air Quality
4. Minnesota
In The Land of 10,000 Lakes, people pride themselves on being “Minnesota nice,” and that applies to pretty much everyone. Minnesotans enjoy broad protections against discrimination, according to the National Conference of State Legislatures.
Worker rights and reproductive rights are strong as well. In 2023, a year before he became a household name as the Democratic Vice Presidential nominee, Gov. Tim Walz signed into law the Protect Reproductive Options (PRO) Act, which codifies access to abortion and reproductive health care as a fundamental right.
The home of the renowned Mayo Clinic, Minnesota has an outstanding health system. The state ranks 7th in primary physicians per capita, and it has among the lowest percentages of people without health insurance.
But Minnesota does not do as well in child care, with only about 1,800 licensed child care centers in a state of nearly 6 million people. Child care in Minnesota eats up, on average, 14% of a two-parent household’s income, according to Child Care Aware of America.
2025 Quality of Life Score: 189 out of 265 Points (Top States Grade: B+)
Strengths: Inclusiveness, Worker Protections, Reproductive Rights, Health
Plus, discover all the other lifestyle factors that could determine whether you develop the brain-robbing disease
Two common infections may play a role in the development of Alzheimer’sCredit: Getty
SCIENTISTS have spent decades trying to understand what causes dementia.
Is it alcohol? Obesity? Or are some of us simply genetically predisposed?
The evidence is mixed – though experts generally agree that there are several factors involved in the abnormal build-up of proteins called amyloid and tau, which are what cause symptoms.
A new review by Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, Pennsylvania, suggests two common infections may play a role.
Researchers found both chlamydia pneumoniae and SARS-CoV-2 increase the levels of substances in the brain called cytokines.
These trigger inflammation, which can “harm brain cells and may help speed up the buildup of harmful proteins linked to Alzheimer’s”.
Chlamydia pneumoniae is a “very common” type of bacteria that causes lung infections, including pneumonia.
It affects about 50 per cent of people by age 20, and 75 per cent by 65, and is passed on by sneezing and coughing, according to Superdrug.
It is not the same as the STI chlamydia, though both are highly infectious.
SARS-CoV-2 is the virus that causes Covid-19.
In 2022, seven in 10 people in England were thought to have been infected. That number is now likely much higher.
The report, published in Frontiers in Aging Neuroscience, found chlamydia pneumoniae and SARS-CoV-2 can invade the central nervous system through the blood-brain barrier and, “potentially more importantly”, the olfactory route, which is responsible for our sense of smell.
“The olfactory system is lined with a specialised tissue called neuroepithelium that can serve as an entry point for pathogens to the brain,” the authors said.
“After initial infection, these microbes can travel along the olfactory nerves, ultimately reaching the brain’s olfactory bulbs, which are linked to areas of the brain for memory and cognition.
“This pathway is particularly relevant given that loss of smell is an early symptom in both Covid-19 and Alzheimer’s disease.”
We hope to create new avenues for prevention and treatment
Dr Brian J BalinProfessor of neuroscience
They looked at patients with certain genetic factors known to significantly increase a person’s risk of developing Alzheimer’s – the most common form of dementia.
This included APOE – a protein which transports fatty molecules like cholesterol to cells in our brain.
Everyone carries two copies of APOE, one inherited from each parent.
The three most common variants are APOE2, APOE3 and APOE4.
Having at least one APOE4 variant is said to double or triple the risk of developing Alzheimer’s, and someone with two variants is eight to 12 times more likely to get it, according to Alzheimer’s Research UK.
About one in 50 people carry two copies of APOE4.
Scientists also examined the cytokines IL-6 and CCL2, which are involved in inflammation and immune responses in the body.
Those carrying this gene variant appeared to be “more susceptible” to both chlamydia pneumoniae and SARS-CoV-2, “potentially amplifying” their risk for developing Alzheimer’s.
Co-author Dr Brian J Balin, a professor of neuroscience and neuropathology and director of the Center for Chronic Disorders of Aging, said: “These findings bring us one step closer to understanding the complex interactions between infections and Alzheimer’s disease.
“As we continue to learn more about the role infectious agents play in the development of this disease, we hope to create new avenues for prevention and treatment.”
About 980,000 people in the UK are living with dementia.
This number is expected to rise to more than 1.4million by 2040.
Alzheimer’s is the most common form of dementia, accounting for between 60 and 80 per cent of all cases.
Symptoms often develop slowly over several years and they may not be obvious at first.
In the early stages, it can be difficult to tell the difference between memory problems caused by Alzheimer’s, and mild forgetfulness that happens as we get older.
But memory loss is one of the most common early symptoms, and may include losing memories of recent events, asking the same questions repeatedly, or having difficulty following conversation and learning new information.
Patients may go on to regularly forget names and faces, repeat the same behaviours and routines, regularly misplace things, become confused about the date or time of day, feel disorientated in unfamiliar places, have problems finding the right words, or become low in mood, anxious or agitated.
As Alzheimer’s progresses, it can impact other areas of life, including communication, sleep, movement, senses and day-to-day care.
Artistic representation of a dark dwarf. (Image created by Sissa Medialab staff with Adobe Illustrator)
Celestial objects that glow with steady, eternal light powered not by nuclear fusion like our sun, but by dark matter — the invisible substance that makes up most of the universe — may already exist near the center of our galaxy. According to research from the University of Hawaii and Durham University in the U.K., these strange entities called “dark dwarfs” could be awaiting discovery.
The study, published in the Journal of Cosmology and Astroparticle Physics, reveals that dark matter doesn’t just passively float through space. Instead, it can actively power stellar objects in ways never before imagined, fundamentally changing how astronomers think about the building blocks of the cosmos.
“Dark dwarfs retain their initial lithium-7 in mass ranges where brown/red dwarfs would destroy it, providing a method for detecting them,” the researchers wrote, offering astronomers a potential roadmap for finding these elusive objects.
When Failed Stars Get a Dark Matter Boost
Brown dwarfs are essentially failed stars: sub-stellar objects (celestial bodies smaller than stars) too small to sustain the nuclear fusion that powers stars like our sun. They’re cosmic also-rans that briefly flicker with nuclear activity before cooling down and fading into darkness over billions of years.
Red dwarfs, meanwhile, are the smallest true stars, just barely massive enough to maintain steady hydrogen fusion. They sit right at the boundary between success and failure in the stellar world.
Dark matter changes this entire equation. When dark matter particles collide and annihilate inside these sub-stellar objects, they release energy that can keep them glowing indefinitely. This process transforms what would normally be a cooling brown dwarf into something entirely new: a dark dwarf.
Unlike their conventional counterparts, dark dwarfs maintain constant temperature, size, and brightness over time. They’re essentially cosmic perpetual motion machines, powered by the universe’s most mysterious substance.
The Galactic Center Connection
The research team used complex mathematical models to predict where these objects might exist. Their calculations point to a specific location: the center of our galaxy, where dark matter density reaches extreme levels. Study authors believe they are more than 1,000 times denser than dwarfs in our solar neighborhood.
This geographic limitation explains why astronomers haven’t spotted dark dwarfs yet. Most telescopic surveys focus on objects relatively close to Earth, but dark dwarfs would primarily exist in the crowded, dust-obscured region around our galaxy’s supermassive black hole.
How to Spot a Dark Dwarf
Perhaps the most intriguing aspect of dark dwarfs is how astronomers might identify them. The key lies in the aforementioned lithium-7, a light element that gets destroyed in the cores of conventional stars and brown dwarfs when temperatures rise high enough.
Because dark dwarfs operate at lower core temperatures than their conventional counterparts, they preserve their original lithium-7 content. This creates a distinctive signature: objects that appear to have the mass of normal stars but retain lithium levels that should have been burned away long ago. It’s like finding fingerprints at a crime scene, the clear evidence that something unusual happened.
Current estimates suggest dark matter makes up about 85% of all matter in the universe, yet scientists know virtually nothing about its properties beyond its gravitational effects. Dark dwarfs could change that, offering a window into dark matter’s behavior and interactions.
The research also indicates that the minimum mass required for hydrogen burning — a fundamental threshold in stellar physics — isn’t actually fixed. Instead, it depends on local dark matter conditions, meaning stellar evolution works differently in different parts of the galaxy.
Your sexual health affects your overall health so it’s important to be educated about it. CNA Women speaks to health experts to find out what’s fact and what’s fiction.
A woman’s sexual health in her reproductive years affects her current and future overall health, from function to well-being, relationships and the ability to get pregnant. (Photo: iStock/mixetto)
Sexual health is still seen as a taboo subject among women in Singapore. Not talking about it means that women are losing out on important education, and possibly, medical help.
KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital (KKH) conducted two studies in 2024 which revealed unmet sexual health needs in women of reproductive age. The first study involved 787 women, aged between 21 and 45 years, and found that 57 per cent were not aware of symptoms of female sexual health issues.
Also, even though 94 per cent agreed that awareness and education on female sexual health issues are important, only 43 per cent would seek medical help if they experienced such issues.
The second study, among 477 healthcare professionals who treat women of reproductive age, produced some shocking statistics – 81 per cent were unaware of available screening tools. And only 10 to 12 per cent felt confident or very confident in diagnosing or managing sexual health issues.
In March, the KKH-led Maternal and Child Health Research Institute launched Singapore’s first set of Guidelines on Sexual Health for Women of Reproductive Age, for healthcare professionals. These provide a comprehensive framework covering screening, assessment, education and management across all stages of reproductive health.
For example, a screening tool doctors would use could be The Female Sexual Function Index-6, a questionnaire which assesses female sexual function across six domains, including arousal, lubrication, satisfaction and pain.
“Sexual health during a woman’s reproductive years affects overall health now and in the future,” said KKH’s Dr Tan Tse Yeun, senior consultant at the department of reproductive medicine. “Specifically, it influences women’s function, well-being, relationships and ability to have children.”
MYTH #1: IF YOU’RE NOT SEXUALLY ACTIVE, YOU DON’T NEED TO SEE A GYNAECOLOGIST
A visit to the gynaecologist is not just about screening for sexually-transmitted diseases or monitoring your pregnancy or reproductive health.
“Gynaecological care is important throughout a woman’s life journey,” said Dr Tan, who is also co-chairperson of the guidelines’ work group at KKH. “During your teenage years, we help manage period problems and irregular cycles. In your twenties and thirties, we monitor reproductive health and address conditions like polycystic ovarian syndrome or endometriosis.
“During your forties and fifties, we help manage perimenopause and menopause symptoms,” she added. “Whether a woman is sexually active or not, these health needs remain relevant.”
Dr Charu Narayanan, family physician at International Medical Clinic, explained that all women, even if they’re not sexually active, should consider having a checkup with their primary care provider to address any concerns relating to their menstrual cycle, reproductive and sexual health and contraception, if required.
A visit to a gynaecologist might be necessary in some situations, regardless of whether women are sexually active.
“It’s commonplace for women to complain of heavy or painful periods, irregular cycles, abnormal bleeding or unusual vaginal discharge,” Dr Charu said. “There may be no underlying cause but there are conditions affecting the uterus and ovaries, namely fibroids, ovarian cysts and endometriosis, which can only be detected on scanning by a gynaecologist.”
If these conditions are detected early, treatment can alleviate symptoms, prevent other complications or possible impact on fertility, said Dr Charu.
MYTH #2: YOU CAN GET UTI OR YEAST INFECTIONS FROM A TOILET SEAT
This one is easy to dispel – urinary tract infections (UTIs) and yeast infections are not transmitted through toilet seats.
Dr Cassandra Cheong, associate consultant at KKH’s department of obstetrics and gynaecology, explained that UTIs can occur when bacteria, typically from the digestive tract, enter the urinary tract. And vaginal yeast infections are caused by an overgrowth of naturally-occurring fungi in warm, moist environments, often triggered by factors like antibiotics use, hormonal changes or poorly-controlled diabetes.
Dr Charu said that women in the reproductive age group can get UTI after intercourse; prevention includes hydrating well and emptying the bladder after sex. Women of menopausal age also suffer from UTI and vaginal oestrogen can be effective in avoiding it.
Having a UTI or yeast infection can affect your sexual health, though. Both can cause discomfort or pain during intercourse, which may lead couples to avoid sexual activity. And while neither condition is sexually transmitted, sexual activity can increase the risk of UTI in women, said Dr Cheong.
MYTH #3: THERE ARE ALWAYS SYMPTOMS IF YOU HAVE A SEXUALLY-TRANSMITTED INFECTION
In early stages of the disease, common sexually-transmitted infections (STIs) such as chlamydia, gonorrhoea, trichomoniasis, genital herpes, human papillomavirus (HPV), syphilis and HIV may not produce noticeable symptoms, said Dr Charu.
“Later on, clear or coloured vaginal discharge, abnormal bleeding patterns, burning urination, pelvic pain and, ultimately, infertility due to spread of the infection to the uterus and fallopian tubes, is noted with chlamydia, gonorrhoea and trichomoniasis infections,” she added.
Dr Cheong told CNA Women that most of the cases seen in the hospital’s STI Clinic are detected through screening patients who show no symptoms. However, these patients are “at risk”, such as those with an infected partner or who have multiple sexual partners, or are pregnant teenagers.
“Therefore, it is possible to contract STI from people who appear well and may not know they have an infection,” she added.
MYTH #4: SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED INFECTIONS AFFECT ONLY YOUR SEXUAL HEALTH AND FERTILITY
Not true, said Dr Cheong. She pointed out that STIs can affect your entire body. Some may even have long-term implications, which makes early detection and treatment crucial.
“For example, syphilis may cause heart, brain and eye problems, and HIV may cause weakened immunity and an increased risk of certain cancers,” she said.
Dr Charu noted that gonorrhoea can produce serious eye infections that can lead to blindness, as well as spread to the heart, joints and brain.
Chlamydia can also cause serious eye infections, as well as joint inflammation. And untreated chlamydia during pregnancy can cause serious pneumonia in the baby and also infect the baby’s eyes.
MYTH #5: YOUR SEXUAL PROBLEMS ARE “ALL IN YOUR HEAD”
Sometimes, not being able to have sex isn’t because you’re mentally too caught up with life or just not in the mood. It could be a genuine problem, so don’t dismiss it.
Dr Tan explained that female sexual dysfunction can be due to biological, psychological, socio-cultural factors or a combination of them.
“Conservative social upbringing and religious or cultural influences can also shape views on intimacy and sexuality,” said Dr Tan. “These may give rise to anxiety about sexual intimacy, aversion to sexual relations and even female sexual dysfunction.”
She added that female sexual problems can be caused by certain conditions, such as chronic medical conditions, pregnancy, major pelvic or vagina surgeries and past negative sexual experiences.
Dr Charu said that pain during intercourse can occur with an inability to relax the pelvic floor. A pelvic floor physiotherapist and a gynaecologist can guide treatment.
MYTH #6: YOU JUST HAVE TO LIVE WITH IT IF YOUR LIBIDO DOESN’T MATCH YOUR PARTNER’S
If you and your partner have mismatched libidos, Dr Charu’s advice is to see a doctor to properly explore your medical history. The doctor will check for physical causes (vascular and neurological), mental health as well as certain medications, such as antidepressants, which can affect libido.
Low oestrogen and testosterone levels around perimenopause and its accompanying mental changes can impact sexual function too. Effective treatment includes psychosexual counselling and, in some cases, menopause hormone therapy (MHT; formerly called hormone replacement therapy) which can improve mood, libido and sleep quality.
Dr Tan recommended open and honest communication about each partner’s needs and expectations.
“Couples can consult healthcare professionals about underlying factors affecting desire levels, discussing solutions to explore, such as adjusting timing of intimate activities when energy levels are high or when activities or stress levels are low, to discussing the frequency and type of intimacy the couple prefers,” said Dr Tan.
A surgical robot has successfully removed pig gallbladders in a lab setting without any hands-on help during the actual surgery steps, completing each operation with a 100% success rate. The new system, developed by researchers at Johns Hopkins University, handled all the critical parts of the procedure by itself, even correcting its own mistakes along the way.
The Surgical Robot Transformer-Hierarchy performing a gallbladder surgery (Credit: Juo-Tung Chen/Johns Hopkins University)
Although a human operator still had to reload surgical clips and switch tools when needed (like a nurse would during a real surgery), the robot made all decisions for the surgical steps on its own, from spotting the right parts of the anatomy to placing surgical clips and making precise cuts. The team says this is the first time a robot has handled an entire surgical procedure, step by step, without direct control. A paper on the achievement was published in Science Robotics.
Teaching Robots to Think Like Surgeons
The secret behind the robot’s success is its two-part artificial intelligence system, which works like an experienced surgeon guiding a medical trainee in the operating room.
The first AI component acts like a lead surgeon: every three seconds, it looks at video from surgical cameras and decides what should happen next, issuing simple commands like “clip the left tube” or “move the right arm higher.” The second AI acts like the surgeon’s hands, turning those instructions into smooth, precise movements 30 times a second.
To train the system, the researchers recorded 17 hours of real gallbladder removal practice on pig organs taken from butcher shops and used for medical training. They captured more than 16,000 examples of the steps involved, including common mistakes and how to fix them, so that the robot could learn how to adjust on its own when something goes wrong.
How the Robot Surgeon Did
When tested, the robot completed all 17 steps needed to remove a gallbladder, including grabbing tissue, placing clips to seal off ducts and arteries, and cutting them. Each procedure took about five minutes on average, not counting time for the human assistant to reload clips and swap tools.
The robot proved it could adapt when things didn’t go exactly as planned. In some tests, the researchers deliberately put it in tricky positions, such as having to grab tissue at an odd angle. The system figured out how to fix the problem by itself. On average, it made about six self-corrections per surgery.
When compared to a simpler version of the AI that didn’t have this layered approach or built-in corrections, the new system was far more reliable. The basic model only succeeded about a third of the time, while the full version got it right every time.
“This work represents a major leap from prior efforts because it tackles some of the fundamental barriers to deploying autonomous surgical robots in the real world,” said lead author Ji Woong “Brian” Kim, a former postdoctoral researcher at Johns Hopkins who’s now with Stanford University, in a statement. “Our work shows that AI models can be made reliable enough for surgical autonomy—something that once felt far-off but is now demonstrably viable.”
Looking Ahead: How Robotics Might Help Patients
While these tests used pig organs in a lab, not live animals or humans, the breakthrough brings us closer to real surgical robots that can take on bigger roles in operating rooms. In the United States alone, surgeons remove over 700,000 gallbladders every year. Smart robots like this could help hospitals handle routine surgeries, especially in places where there aren’t enough trained surgeons.
“Just as surgical residents often master different parts of an operation at different rates, this work illustrates the promise of developing autonomous robotic systems in a similarly modular and progressive manner,” said co-author Jeff Jopling, a Johns Hopkins surgeon.
Importantly, these systems aren’t designed to replace surgeons entirely. Instead, they could take care of straightforward, repetitive steps, freeing up human surgeons to focus on complex parts of an operation or unexpected problems. Because the robot understands simple spoken instructions, surgeons could step in to guide it if needed, just like training a resident.
“This advancement moves us from robots that can execute specific surgical tasks to robots that truly understand surgical procedures,” said medical roboticist Axel Krieger. “This is a critical distinction that brings us significantly closer to clinically viable autonomous surgical systems that can work in the messy, unpredictable reality of actual patient care.”
Of course, plenty of hurdles remain before this kind of system is used on real patients. The robot still needs to be tested inside the body, where it would have to work around bleeding, moving organs, and tight spaces. The cameras it uses today are also too big for standard surgical tools, so they’ll need to be made smaller.
Fisherman holding a pair of sea cucumbers. (Photo by The Pirates on Shutterstock)
Scientists at the University of Mississippi have discovered that a slimy sea cucumber might hold the secret to stopping cancer cells from spreading throughout the body. It’s a major breakthrough that could transform how doctors treat some of the most aggressive tumors.
Led by Dr. Vitor Pomin, an associate professor from the school’s Department of BioMolecular Sciences, researchers found that a sugar-like compound extracted from sea cucumbers can effectively shut down an enzyme called Sulf-2, which acts like a cellular troublemaker in cancer patients. When this enzyme goes into overdrive, it helps tumors grow faster, spread to other parts of the body, and resist traditional treatments. Sulf-2 has been linked to breast, lung, pancreatic, and head and neck cancers.
The sea cucumber compound outperformed existing treatments in laboratory tests. Even better, smaller pieces of this compound kept their cancer-fighting abilities while potentially causing fewer side effects, addressing one of the biggest problems in cancer treatment today.
“Research in drug discovery and development of natural products is mostly focused on terrestrial compounds,” Dr. Pomin tells StudyFinds’ Editor-in-Chief Steve Fink. “Our findings that marine-derived compounds, particularly the anticancer sea cucumber compound, indicate that the marine biodiversity may be hiding medicinal compounds, which are currently underexplored due to the lower accessibility to the sea environment and the dominance of research interest on terrestrial sources. The marine environment should be treated as a unique and rich resource of novel and potent drugs.”
Why Sea Cucumbers Matter in Medicine
Sea cucumbers, those blob-like creatures found on ocean floors, naturally produce complex sugar molecules as part of their defense systems. Scientists are increasingly mining these marine organisms for medical compounds that could help humans fight disease.
Researchers tested various ocean-derived compounds against the problematic Sulf-2 enzyme. The extract from Holothuria floridana, a species of sea cucumber, emerged as the clear winner among all tested materials.
“The sea cucumber compound belongs to a class of molecules named glycosaminoglycans. The Sulf-2 natural substrate in our body during cancer progress also belongs to this class of compounds,” explains Dr. Pomin.
The compound works differently than most cancer treatments. Instead of competing directly with the enzyme’s normal functions, it changes how the entire enzyme operates. This type of blocking often produces more stable and predictable effects, making it potentially more useful as a treatment.
How the Cancer Connection Works
Sulf-2 normally acts like a molecular editor, modifying sugar chains on cell surfaces to control how cells communicate with each other. In healthy tissue, this editing process helps regulate cell growth and movement. But cancer hijacks this system, turning Sulf-2 into an accomplice that helps tumors thrive.
The enzyme becomes overactive in many types of cancer, editing cellular messages in ways that promote tumor growth and the spread of cancer to distant parts of the body. Previous attempts to develop Sulf-2 blockers have struggled with effectiveness and harsh side effects.
Computer simulations revealed exactly how the sea cucumber compound works. Its unique structure allows it to latch onto specific regions of the Sulf-2 enzyme and jam its machinery.
“The sea cucumber sugar shows chemical differences and similarities when compared to the regular Sulf-2 substrate,” Dr. Pomin tells StudyFinds. “This makes the marine sugar a competitive inhibitor for the cancer-related enzyme, resulting therefore in a decrease of the cancer progression.”
Smaller Pieces, Better Results
One of the most promising discoveries involved breaking the large sea cucumber molecules into smaller fragments. The research team found that pieces around one-seventh the size of the original compound retained most of their cancer-fighting power.
Smaller drug molecules typically mean better news for patients. They often cause fewer side effects, are easier to manufacture, and can be modified to improve their effectiveness. The team’s experiments showed that medium-sized fragments maintained strength while the tiniest pieces lost their effectiveness.
Laboratory tests confirmed that the sea cucumber compounds could effectively interfere with the enzyme’s normal targets. Blood clotting presented another crucial consideration. Many marine-derived compounds increase bleeding risk, but the smaller sea cucumber fragments showed minimal impact on blood clotting while keeping their anti-cancer properties intact.
Previous studies showed that the sea cucumber compound could reduce cancer cell invasion in laboratory models of head and neck cancer, substantially reducing cancer aggressiveness.
The research, published in Glycobiology, identified specific structural features that make the compound effective. Scientists could use this knowledge to design synthetic versions that might work even better than the natural compound.
Current cancer treatments often fail because tumors develop resistance or because patients can’t tolerate the toxic side effects. The sea cucumber compound’s targeted approach and milder side effect profile suggest it could potentially work alongside existing treatments to improve patient outcomes. Rather than broadly attacking cellular processes like chemotherapy, this marine extract specifically targets the problematic enzyme while potentially leaving healthy cells alone.
“They could be used either as a coadjutant in very aggressive cancer cases or as the first line of treatment in initial and mild cases,” says Dr. Pomin. “The sea cucumber compound is natural and non-toxic. It is part of the Asian cuisine that uses sea cucumbers as an ingredient of their diets. Chemotherapeutic agents are, on the other hand, well-known to be highly cytotoxic and aggressive to patients. The sea can comprise a greener, safer, and promising resource of less toxic anticancer agents.”
The discovery demonstrates that some of medicine’s most powerful weapons against cancer may be hiding in ocean creatures. As researchers continue exploring marine life for new medicines, compounds like this sea cucumber extract could revolutionize cancer treatment by offering more precise and less toxic alternatives to current therapies.
Archaeologists have announced the discovery of an ancient city in Peru’s northern Barranca province.
The 3,500-year-old city, named Peñico, is believed to have served as a key trading hub connecting early Pacific coast communities with those living in the Andes mountains and Amazon basin.
Located some 200km north of Lima, the site lies about 600 metres (1,970 feet) above sea level and is thought to have been founded between 1,800 and 1,500 BC – around the same time that early civilisations were flourishing in the Middle East and Asia.
Researchers say the discovery sheds light on what became of the Americas’ oldest civilisation, the Caral.
Drone footage released by researchers shows a circular structure on a hillside terrace at the city’s centre, surrounded by the remains of stone and mud buildings.
Eight years of research at the site unearthed 18 structures, including ceremonial temples and residential complexes.
In buildings at the site, researchers discovered ceremonial objects, clay sculptures of human and animal figures and necklaces made from beads and seashells.
Peñico is situated close to where Caral, recognised as the oldest known civilisation in the Americas, was established 5,000 years ago at around 3,000 BC in the Supe valley of Peru.
Caral features 32 monuments, including large pyramid structures, sophisticated irrigation agriculture and urban settlements. It is believed to have developed in isolation to other comparative early civilisations in India, Egypt, Sumeria and China.
Dr Ruth Shady, the archaeologist who led the recent research into Peñico and the excavation of Caral in the 1990s, said that the discovery was important for understanding what became of the Caral civilisation after it was decimated by climate change.
Microplastics have permeated the region’s food chain, hitting countries like Indonesia and the Philippines the hardest. The programme Insight looks at the health risks and what is being done to boot plastic from our plates.
A study found that in nearly 94 per cent of fish sampled from Jakarta Bay, their gills and guts were laced with microplastics.
grilled, fried or floating in fragrant soup — is a staple on Indonesian dining tables. Its flesh is tender, its flavour delicately sweet.
What has no taste, however, would be the microplastics inside its body.
A study last year found that in nearly 94 per cent of fish sampled from Jakarta Bay, their gills and guts were laced with these toxic fragments, each no larger than five millimetres.
“If the microplastics are absorbed by fish and then consumed by humans, it means they’ll accumulate in humans,” warns Widodo Setiyo Pranowo, principal investigator at Indonesia’s National Research and Innovation Agency. “That’s dangerous.”
Microplastics form when larger plastic waste breaks down into near-invisible particles through natural wear and degradation. Today, these microscopic flakes have infiltrated every corner of our environment, from land to sea to the very air we breathe.
And Indonesians may be the most exposed. A Cornell University study last year found that they consumed more microplastics than any other population — 15g per month per person, or the equivalent of swallowing three credit cards.
Malaysians rank second, at 12g per month, while Filipinos and Vietnamese consume 11g of microplastics.
Southeast Asia appears to be the most affected. Six of the top 10 countries leaching plastic pollutants into the ocean are in the region, a 2021 study found.
“Many countries in Southeast Asia have become very dependent on food that’s wrapped in plastics,” says Deo Florence L Onda, an associate professor at the Marine Science Institute, University of the Philippines Diliman.
“There are instances (where) the bigger plastics may be scratched, thus producing a lot of these microplastics, which then mix into the foods and the drinks that we’re (consuming).”
But this problem goes beyond packaging. The programme Insight explores why and how microplastics have encroached into our daily lives, the health risks they pose and what can be done to keep them off our plates.
FROM LANDFILL TO TABLE
Last year, a United States-based study detected microplastics across 16 commonly consumed protein sources, such as pork, beef, chicken and seafood.
In the case of seafood, fish often mistake bacteria-coated microplastics for actual food.
“Usually, (small fish) are fried … so we eat the whole body,” points out Mufti Petala Patria, a lecturer in marine biology at the University of Indonesia.
“This means microplastics in the fish’s body, such as in the gills and digestive tract, … will also be consumed.”
Most of these particles originate from ordinary consumer products, including drink bottles made from polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and plastic bags. PET, for example, breaks down under the sun’s ultraviolet rays and is further fragmented by ocean currents and water acidity.
According to the United Nations Environment Programme, about 80 per cent of ocean plastic waste originates from land. Among the biggest contributors are single-use, non-recyclable sachets.
In 2020, Greenpeace reported as many as 855 billion sachets being sold worldwide — half in Southeast Asia alone.
“(Many) people in Indonesia prefer to use single-use plastics, firstly because they’re cheap. Secondly, because they … can be carried anywhere,” says Mohammad Alaika Rahmatullah from advocacy group Ecological Observation and Wetlands Conservation (Ecoton).
Similarly, the Philippines consumes around 164 million single-use sachets daily, which account for an estimated 52 per cent of its plastic footprint.
A poor waste disposal culture compounds the situation in both countries.
Edi, 54, who wants to be known only by that name and lives beside one of Jakarta’s many small rivers, says: “Residents throw their rubbish in the river because it’s easy. After seeing them, I imitated them because I didn’t want to go far to throw away the rubbish.”
In 2022, an Ecoton team found microplastic contamination in almost all the 68 Indonesian rivers they investigated.
The Philippines, meanwhile, has no regulations requiring companies or water treatment plants to tackle or remove microplastics, says Onda. “We don’t know how efficient the water treatment plants are, primarily because there’s no policy that they need to comply with.”
Urban expansion has also outpaced waste management services.
“Sometimes there are no bins, there are no material recovery facilities in our barangays or villages,” says Marian Frances Ledesma, a zero-waste campaigner for Greenpeace Philippines. “(So) there’s no way for (villagers) to properly dispose of different kinds of waste.”
In Jakarta, rubbish trucks may struggle to access some areas, leading residents there to litter too.
Even collected waste poses risks. “The accumulation of plastic waste in landfills is very dangerous,” says Mufti.
“Because over time, plastic will disintegrate … into small particles and flow into gutters, canals, rivers, the sea or seep into the ground.”
Jakarta’s Bantar Gebang landfill, which holds an estimated 45 million tonnes of waste, is also rapidly reaching capacity.
In the Philippines, Malaysia and Vietnam, waste imports from developed countries help to buttress their recycling industries. But not all trash is given a second life — and Indonesia, along with Thailand, has banned such imports as of this year.
“Because (the imported waste) is residual, and they’re dumping (it) everywhere, … it’s contributing directly to microplastic pollution,” says Abdul Gofar, a campaign manager for the Indonesian Forum for the Environment.
BAD FOR BRAIN, HEART AND BABIES
For the family of Clarizza Bacungan, 35, who lives and works in Happyland — a Manila slum named after the Bisaya word “hapilan”, meaning garbage dump — scavenging for plastic waste to sell to recyclers can be a risky business.
“They show on television how dangerous it is to play with plastics or if plastics get mixed in the food that children eat,” she says. “I get worried too. You could end up in hospital … if it’s a poisonous substance.”
While scientists have known about the ubiquity of microplastics for some time, they are beginning to understand the health impact now.
Philippine toxicology consultant John Paul Ner, who works at Bataan General Hospital and Medical Centre, says smaller microplastics that enter the bloodstream can be filtered out by the kidneys.
The immune system will also “eat” these microplastics but can only eliminate them up to a point, he warns. What remains may cause harm.
A study published last year in the journal Toxicology found that nanoplastics — comparable in size to DNA strands and viruses — can cross the blood-brain barrier, the cell membranes protecting the brain from harmful substances while allowing nutrients to pass through.
Researchers also suggest a link between microplastics and cognitive decline.
“For example, those with high exposure to microplastics are about 36.25 times more vulnerable to experiencing cognitive disorders … compared to those with little exposure or low microplastic consumption patterns,” cites neurologist Pukovisa Prawiroharjo in the University of Indonesia’s medical faculty.
Animal studies have sounded similar warnings. In 2023, researchers observed that mice exposed to microplastics for just three weeks began showing signs of cognitive decline resembling dementia in humans.
The cardiovascular system is not spared either. A study last year examining arterial plaque in patients with heart disease found traces of microplastics in plaques of more than half the patients.
Those individuals were nearly five times more likely to suffer a heart attack or stroke than patients without plastic contamination in their arteries.
“If microplastics … group together, that has the potential to block arteries,” says Pukovisa, “or at least make the blood flow become irregular at some point.”
There is the potential for harm even before birth. “While the placenta has a protective barrier, not all substances can be filtered out,” Ner says. “Very small particles can pass through the placental barrier.
“This means even the baby could be at risk of being exposed to these plastic particles.”
For Bacungan’s five children — numbering among an estimated 20,000 to 40,000 Happyland residents — the risk is that certain chemicals leached from microplastics can interfere with child development, as research has suggested.
Around 16,000 chemicals are used in various plastics, of which more than 4,000 chemicals are considered hazardous to humans, highlights Ledesma.
Despite the risks, Bacungan says scavenging remains her family’s only source of livelihood, covering their living expenses such as their children’s pocket money. “This is the only work that we can do to eat,” she adds.
Still, she dreams of a better life for her children, one far away from their settlement that receives more than its fair share of the 10,000 tonnes of waste that Metro Manila discards daily, at the least.
“I hope they finish their studies,” she says. “Once their lives improve, they’ll move away from here.”
SHIFTING MINDSETS, WORKING UPSTREAM
That better life may not be too far off. A growing number of Philippine cities have adopted “Trash to Cashback” programmes, which allow residents to exchange recyclable plastics for points redeemable for food and other essentials.
Launched in 2021, the scheme aims to shrink the mountain of single-use plastics degrading in landfills. It has collected more than 300,000kg of plastic waste as of last year.
Indonesia, too, is scaling up its recycling model. Plastic waste is to be sorted at village-level collection points and later picked up by industry or recycling partners.
“We hope the (adoption) can be fast. And when the guidelines are available, they can be used by 75,000 villages,” says Novrizal Tahar, the director of waste management in Indonesia’s Ministry of Environment.
Still, recycling is no silver bullet.
“Plastic can only be recycled two to three times because of the way it’s made,” Ledesma points out, “(after which) it gets thrown away and ends up in a landfill because it’s no longer fit for recycling.”
To tackle the problem at its root, authorities are turning their focus upstream — rethinking how plastic is produced and consumed in the first place. Indonesia, for example, has pledged to phase out single-use plastics by the end of 2029.
“Around 130 local governments have implemented policies to limit single-use plastic,” Novrizal says.
Behavioural shifts are starting to take hold too. After Jakarta banned single-use plastic bags in shopping centres, convenience stores and markets in 2020, annual plastic bag usage at the household level dropped by 42 per cent within a year.
You’re offered two choices. Option A requires you to wake up at 6 a.m., commute to work, spend eight hours on your feet, and take home just enough money to cover your basic needs. Option B lets you stay home, receive nearly the same amount of money, and have all day to yourself. Which would you choose?
If you picked Option B, you’re not lazy, you’re rational. A new economic study shows that basic economics can make welfare more attractive than employment, potentially undermining one of many countries’ fundamental principles: that work should always pay better than unemployment.
Roberto Iacono, an economist at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology, has identified what he calls the “welfare versus work paradox” — a theoretical situation where staying on government assistance makes more financial sense than taking a job. His mathematical research reveals that when wages drop toward subsistence levels while welfare benefits remain relatively stable, the traditional incentive to work simply breaks down.
“When both employment and welfare support converge near subsistence, the work incentive principle no longer holds,” Iacono writes in his study published in PLOS ONE.
The study’s theoretical framework comes at a time when many advanced economies, including the United States, are grappling with persistent labor shortages, especially in service industries. Restaurant owners complain they can’t find workers. Retailers struggle to staff their stores. While the conventional wisdom often blames generous unemployment benefits, Iacono’s research suggests the problem could have deeper mathematical roots.
This simultaneous decline in real wages and unemployment benefit levels, both converging toward the subsistence income threshold, poses a challenge to the work incentive principle (employment shall always be preferred to welfare) and exposes a formal paradox.
Why People Might Choose Unemployment Benefits Over Paychecks
Every job requires effort: the energy spent getting ready, commuting, performing tasks, and dealing with workplace stress. Economists call this “disutility,” and it’s a real cost that workers pay.
When wages are high enough, this effort feels worthwhile. A software engineer earning $80,000 annually doesn’t question whether their job is worth the daily grind. But when wages hover just above what someone needs to survive, the calculation changes dramatically.
Iacono’s mathematical model shows that when both wages and welfare benefits approach the “subsistence level” — the bare minimum needed for food, shelter, and clothing — welfare becomes the rational choice. The key insight is that claiming collecting unemployment benefits much less effort than working a full-time job.
In other words, under subsistence-level conditions, the disutility from effort — relatively stronger than the disutility from claiming benefit at subsistence levels — can make work less attractive than welfare, violating the intended hierarchy where work should always be preferable.
In many states, the effective hourly wage for low-income work after accounting for lost benefits, taxes, and work-related expenses can be surprisingly low. Iacono’s research provides the mathematical framework for understanding why these situations create perverse incentives.
The Conditions That Break the System
The study identifies three key conditions that trigger the paradox: wages approaching subsistence levels, welfare benefits also near subsistence levels, and the natural human tendency to prefer leisure over labor when the financial rewards are similar. When all three align, the traditional assumption that work beats welfare falls apart, activating the paradox.
For policymakers, these conditions create a theoretical trap. Cutting welfare benefits to force people into work might seem logical, but if wages remain too low, people simply can’t afford to take jobs that don’t cover their basic needs. Meanwhile, keeping benefits at reasonable levels while wages stagnate creates the exact scenario where welfare becomes more attractive than employment.
The research comes from pure economic logic rather than political ideology. The mathematical model doesn’t engage with debates over personal responsibility or the role of government; rather, it simply shows that people respond to incentives, and under certain conditions, those incentives become misaligned.
The Simple Economic Solution Policymakers Are Missing
Iacono’s research points to a clear policy prescription: “minimum wages must be kept above the subsistence threshold” to maintain the validity of the work incentive principle. Specifically, the wage floor in the labor market (the real minimum wages) must be kept consistently above the subsistence threshold at any point in time.
“Ideally, the gap between the lowest wages in the labor market (or the minimum wages, when present and institutionally designed) and the subsistence level should be sufficiently large to allow for a positive degree of welfare generosity, namely benefit levels allowing a higher standard of living than the subsistence level,” he writes.
Critics might argue that raising minimum wages will lead to job losses, but Iacono’s model suggests that’s missing the point. If wages are so low that welfare becomes more attractive, then those jobs aren’t serving their intended economic function anyway. Better to have fewer jobs that people actually want to take than more jobs that make no economic sense for workers.
The study’s findings challenge both conservative and liberal orthodoxies. Conservatives who believe in work incentives should support higher minimum wages to make those incentives effective. Liberals who support generous welfare benefits should recognize that without adequate wage floors, those benefits can undermine the very economic mobility they’re meant to encourage.
When Economic Incentives Stop Working
The welfare versus work paradox is a clear warning about what happens when economic incentives become misaligned. As real wages continue to stagnate in many advanced economies while the cost of living rises, more workers could find themselves in situations where the rational choice is to avoid work entirely.
Iacono’s model reveals a simple truth: in a market economy, people will make rational choices based on available options. If policymakers want people to choose work over welfare, they need to make sure work actually pays better. The alternative — a growing class of people for whom employment makes no economic sense — threatens the fundamental premise that hard work leads to a better life.
Baby talk helps infants develop language skills. (Prostock-studio/Shutterstock)
To outsiders, parents using “baby talk” may seem like they’ve lost their minds. We spend endless hours having one-sided conversations with tiny humans who can’t even hold up their own heads. But a new international study reveals this seemingly ridiculous behavior might be the secret sauce that separates us from every other species on the planet.
The study, published in Science Advances, shows that human infants receive a staggering 399 times more direct vocal communication than baby bonobos, and 69 times more than baby chimpanzees. This research, which compared vocal interactions across all great ape species, suggests that our uniquely chatty parenting style may have been crucial in the evolution of human language.
Research teams followed infant great apes through dense forests in Central Africa, Indonesia, and Uganda, using directional microphones to capture every vocalization within earshot. For human infants, they analyzed hours of naturalistic recordings from families in their everyday environments.
Researchers examined vocal communication patterns in human infants from communities in Peru, Papua New Guinea, Nepal, and Switzerland. They did this alongside wild populations of all nonhuman great apes: bonobos, chimpanzees, gorillas, and orangutans. They followed infants aged 10 to 60 months, carefully documenting every instance of directed versus background vocal communication.
Researchers defined “directed” communication as vocalizations in which the caller’s head was oriented toward the infant and the call led to some kind of response, like the baby looking up or changing behavior. Background communication included all the chatter that happened around the infant but wasn’t specifically aimed at them.
Sample sizes included 68 human infants across four cultures, 17 chimpanzee infants from Uganda, 8 bonobo infants from the Democratic Republic of Congo, 6 gorilla infants from the Central African Republic, and 11 orangutan infants from Indonesia.
Baby Talk Across Species
Human caregivers spent about 95% of their vocal time directly addressing their infants, while great ape mothers directed vocalizations at their babies less than 1% of the time. Even when accounting for the fact that some species are naturally more vocal than others, the difference remained clear.
Orangutan babies received the least direct communication of all species studied. This makes sense since orangutans are largely solitary creatures, with mothers and infants spending most of their time alone in the forest canopy. Chimpanzees showed the highest rates of direct communication among the great apes, though still far below human levels.
Even cultures known for less direct infant interaction showed vastly higher rates of infant-directed communication than great apes. The pattern held across all four human cultures studied, from the Amazon rainforest to the Swiss Alps.
When researchers looked at background vocal communication, conversations happening around infants but not directed at them, the numbers were much more similar across species. Human infants and baby chimpanzees experienced roughly equivalent amounts of this surrounding chatter. Baby bonobos actually heard slightly more background communication than human infants.
Early human ancestors probably relied heavily on overhearing conversations to learn communication skills, much like modern great apes do today. The expansion of direct, infant-focused communication in humans appears to be a more recent evolutionary development.
Direct baby talk has long been considered good for language development, but some cultures rely more heavily on children learning by listening to conversations around them. Yet all human cultures in the study showed higher rates of infant-directed speech compared to any great ape species.
Deep in the misty highlands of northwestern Peru, where ancient mountains pierce the clouds and few humans dare to tread, scientists have uncovered three entirely new species of frogs. These amphibians have been quietly living their lives in one of Earth’s most remote corners.
The newly discovered amphibians call the Cordillera de Huancabamba home, a rugged mountain range so treacherous that even seasoned researchers describe it as having “steep, exposed” ridges with “loose and muddy” soil where “the weather can be very changeable.” Apparently, it’s also where evolution has been busy cooking up new life forms, according to new research published in Evolutionary Systematics.
These three species were discovered in a region that has barely been explored by scientists since the early 1990s. Despite habitat loss in the area, the international research teams suspect there could be even more undiscovered species lurking in these remote peaks.
A High-Altitude Game of Hide-and-Seek
Finding new species in 2025 might seem unlikely, but scientists are still uncovering new life forms regularly, particularly in remote mountainous regions. The Cordillera de Huancabamba sits at elevations around 2,600 to 2,900 meters above sea level, roughly 8,500 to 9,500 feet up, where the air is thin and conditions can be harsh.
Each frog has adapted to its own specific environment. Pristimantis yonke, the smallest of the three new species, has made itself at home inside bromeliads—spiky, cup-shaped plants that collect water high up in the forest canopy. All specimens of this species were found 1-3 meters (3.3 to 9.8 feet) off the ground, tucked away in these natural water tanks.
Meanwhile, Pristimantis chinguelas prefers life on the rocky, exposed cliffsides, calling from leaves up to 1.8 meters high. Pristimantis nunezcortezi was discovered near rocky streams in secondary forest areas.
Lead researcher Germán Chávez and his team conducted multiple expeditions over several years, often working through both rainy and dry seasons. They walked 5-6 hours per night with headlamps to search different habitats.
DNA Analysis Confirms New Species
The research team used modern genetic analysis to confirm that these were indeed new species, not just variations of existing frogs. If two species differ by more than 3% in their DNA, they’re considered separate species, and some of these frogs had 4-6% differences from their nearest relatives.
The researchers found that many previously discovered species in this region haven’t been seen since they were first described or have only been spotted again after disappearing for many years. The research team estimates that nearly 50% of the amphibian species in this region are endemic, meaning they exist nowhere else on Earth.
The Meaning Behind Their Names
The researchers chose names that honor both the landscape and local culture. Pristimantis chinguelas gets its name from Cerro Chinguelas, the mountain where it was found, and where researchers note “a handful of explorers in the late ’70s started the scientific research in the Cordillera de Huancabamba.”
Pristimantis yonke is named after “yonke” or “yonque,” which the researchers describe as “a traditional drink made from sugar cane distillation and only drunk by local people from northwestern Andes to keep themselves warm during their journeys through the cold highlands, which may include night camps to get to other villages.”
The third species, Pristimantis nunezcortezi, honors Elio Nuñez-Cortez, a Peruvian ornithologist who the researchers say contributed to conservation efforts in the region.
From 2001 to 2023, wildfires, farming, and cattle grazing spread further into the region, destroying almost 12,400 acres of natural habitat. Large wildfires hit the area again in November 2024, though researchers don’t yet know if these affected the newly discovered species’ habitats.
All three new species were classified as “Data Deficient” under conservation guidelines, meaning there simply isn’t enough information yet to determine how threatened they might be. The researchers estimate that Pristimantis chinguelas occupies an area smaller than 4 square miles, while only two Pristimantis nunezcortezi have been found, both at the same location.
The world’s species are fleeting in the face of climate change, but the discovery of new life forms is not yet lost. In remote regions like the Cordillera de Huancabamba, many more species could one day be discovered by scientists brave enough to go searching for them.
Why do some smells trigger emotional responses? (Kmpzzz/Shutterstock)
Your brain makes life-or-death decisions in milliseconds, and scientists just figured out exactly how it chooses between fight, flight, or freeze. New research reveals that two competing neural highways determine whether you’ll face danger head-on or hide under the covers. Understanding this wiring could finally explain why anxiety affects everyone differently.
Scientists at the University of Florida have also figured out how our brains decide whether a smell is pleasant or revolting. The same neural pathways that control fear also determine whether you love the aroma of fresh coffee or can’t stand the lingering scent of microwaved fish.
“Odors are powerful at driving emotions, and it’s long been thought that the sense of smell is just as powerful, if not more powerful, at driving an emotional response as a picture, a song or any other sensory stimulus,” says senior author Dan Wesson from the UF College of Medicine, in a statement.
The Brain’s Fear and Smell Network
The research, published in Molecular Psychiatry, focused on a brain region called the basolateral amygdala. This is the brain’s alarm system that decides whether something is dangerous or pleasant. This area connects to the ventral striatum, a region involved in motivation and movement.
“This is, in part, what we mean when we say your sense of smell is your most emotional sense,” says first author Sarah Sniffen from the UF College of Medicine. “Yes, smells evoke strong, emotional memories, but the brain’s smell centers are more closely connected with emotional centers like the amygdala.”
Using genetically modified mice, the researchers identified two distinct types of brain cells based on the genes they express, Drd1+ and Drd2+ neurons. They each carry specific information to different destinations.
Scientists tracked exactly where these neural pathways go and what happens when they’re activated or shut down. They injected special viruses that made specific brain cells glow under certain lights, allowing them to trace the complete circuit maps.
The study revealed that these two types of brain cells create parallel highways that lead to different neighborhoods in the ventral striatum. The first pathway (Drd1+ neurons) primarily connects to an area called the nucleus accumbens, while the second (Drd2+ neurons) mainly links to a region called the tubular striatum.
Initially, the team expected that one cell type would generate positive emotions while another would generate negative emotions. Instead, they discovered something more complex and potentially more powerful for future treatments.
“It can make an odor positive or negative to you,” says Wesson. “And it all depends upon where that cell type projects in your brain and how it engages with structures in your brain.”
When researchers artificially activated these pathways, they discovered the circuits had specific effects on behavior. Mice avoided areas where the Drd1+ pathway to the nucleus accumbens was stimulated, as well as areas where the Drd2+ pathway to the tubular striatum was activated, but in different ways.
Fear Learning and Smell Associations
The researchers then tested how these pathways affect learning to associate smells with danger, similar to how you might learn to fear the smell of smoke after experiencing a fire.
Monitoring the animals’ breathing patterns and movement, the team paired neutral odors with mild foot shocks. They then chemically silenced specific pathways during this learning process to see which circuits were necessary for forming fear memories.
Blocking the Drd1+ pathway to the nucleus accumbens significantly reduced fear learning, as did blocking the Drd2+ pathway to the tubular striatum. However, the other pathway combinations didn’t affect learning, showing that the destination matters as much as the origin.
Human Anxiety and Sensory Issues
This research was conducted in mice, but the brain structures involved are similar in humans.
“We’re constantly breathing in and out, and that means that we’re constantly receiving olfactory input,” says Sniffen. “For some people, that’s fine, and it doesn’t impact their day-to-day life. They might even think, ‘Oh, odors don’t matter that much.’ But for people who have a heightened response to sensory stimuli, like those with PTSD or anxiety or autism, it’s a really important factor for their day-to-day life.”
Modern anxiety medications largely work by broadly dampening brain activity throughout the brain. But this research suggests a more surgical approach might be possible, targeting specific pathways based on an individual’s particular symptom pattern.
This research could help clinicians address specific problems, like helping a patient who associates a clinic’s smell with transfusions that made them queasy, or restoring appetite in people who’ve grown indifferent to food due to illness.
Medications could potentially suppress some pathways’ activity to help people overcome stressful responses, or activate them to restore enjoyment to things people have lost interest in.
“Emotions in part dictate our quality of life, and we’re learning more about how they arise in our brain,” says Wesson. “Understanding more about how our surroundings can impact our feelings can help us become happier, healthier humans.”
Rather than treating all anxiety as the same disorder, we now have evidence that different fear responses run on different tracks. That means we can potentially start building treatments that actually match the problem.
Clean water is the ultimate goal. These new floating mats could help purify industrial pollutants using only sunlight. (fizkes/Shutterstock)
Researchers have developed what they’re calling “nanofibrous blankets” that float on contaminated water and use ordinary sunlight to break down pollutants. These lightweight, self-supporting mats could revolutionize water treatment by eliminating the need for expensive ultraviolet lamps while solving one of the biggest headaches in water purification: how to remove tiny particles after they’ve done their job.
A technique called photocatalytic water treatment relies on titanium dioxide (TiO2) nanoparticles that need UV light to work, but these particles create their own problem. Once they’ve cleaned the water, you have to fish them out, which is costly and complicated. According to a study published in Advanced Science, scientists at Ohio State University have engineered a solution that sidesteps both issues entirely.
Their breakthrough centers on copper-infused TiO2 nanofibers woven into mat-like structures that can be shaped into various forms. Unlike conventional photocatalysts that require UV light to activate, these mats work under visible light, meaning they can harness natural sunlight for water purification. The mats float on water surfaces and can be easily removed once the cleaning process is complete.
“There hasn’t been an easy way to create something like a blanket that you can lay on water and start creating energy,” says lead author Pelagia-Iren Gouma from Ohio State University, in a statement. “But we are the only ones who have made these structures and the only ones to demonstrate that they actually work.”
Why Is This An Upgrade?
The researchers modified TiO2, a compound commonly used in sunscreen and self-cleaning surfaces. Pure TiO2 only responds to UV light, which makes up less than 5% of sunlight. Adding copper changed the material so it could absorb visible light from the sun, instead of just ultraviolet.
Copper also helped create a rare crystal form called brookite. This structure helps the material clean water more effectively by stopping the energy from fading too fast during the reaction.
The team used electrospinning to create nanofibers with diameters about 1,000 times thinner than human hair. These fibers form interconnected mats that the researchers describe as having a texture similar to potato chips. The result is a porous, lightweight material that maximizes surface area while remaining sturdy enough to use.
Testing the Floating Cleaners
Researchers compared the copper-infused mats against pure TiO2 and P25 Degussa, a commercial photocatalyst considered the gold standard in the field. They used methylene blue, a common industrial dye, as their test pollutant in controlled laboratory conditions.
When tested under regular light (with UV rays blocked), the copper-treated mats worked far better than the other materials. While the standard P25 cleaner barely made a dent, the new mats broke down over 90% of the test pollutant in just four hours.
Tests showed that the copper-doped mats produced a noticeable electric signal under visible light, something the regular TiO₂ didn’t. This signal means the mats successfully created and separated the energy particles needed to power the cleaning process.
In another test using dye-filled Petri dishes and light with the UV filtered out, the copper-enhanced mats broke down all of the dye. The older P25 material, by comparison, had very little effect, showing how well the new mats work with just visible light.
Tests showed that the copper was successfully built into the structure of the material, rather than forming unwanted byproducts. It took the place of some titanium atoms and created tiny gaps that help the material clean more effectively.
When sunlight hits the material, it produces tiny energy particles. Some of these particles react with water to create powerful cleaning agents called hydroxyl radicals. Others (called electrons) react with oxygen to create more of these cleaning agents. Together, they break down pollutants into harmless carbon dioxide and water.
“These nanomats can be used as a power generator, or as water remediation tools,” says Gouma. “In both ways, you have a catalyst with the highest efficiency reported to date.”
The brookite crystal structure plays a key role by holding onto these energy particles just long enough to boost the cleaning reaction, instead of letting them cancel each other out too quickly.
Could This Become a New Method for Water Purification?
These mats solve a major problem with earlier water-cleaning materials: they’re easy to use and remove. Since they float and hold their shape, costly equipment is not needed to fish them out after treatment.
They also turn yellow instead of white, which is a sign that the copper was added correctly and that the mats can absorb sunlight, not just UV light.
When tested under full sunlight (including both UV and visible light), the copper-enhanced mats still outperformed the leading commercial material. This shows how powerful the mats are at using regular sunlight to clean water.
Electrospinning, the method used to create these mats, could be scaled up for commercial use. The researchers mixed the ingredients with a temporary ‘carrier’ material that burned away during heating, leaving behind pure, copper-treated fibers.
Advanced imaging showed that copper was spread evenly throughout each fiber, which is important for making sure the mats work consistently. Tests also confirmed that the titanium, oxygen, and copper were evenly mixed with no clumping or unwanted side reactions.
“It’s a safe material, it won’t hurt anything, and it’s as clean as it can be,” says Gouma.
Environmental and Economic Implications
Current water treatment technologies often require energy-intensive UV lamps or complex particle recovery systems that increase operational costs and environmental impact. By harnessing natural sunlight and eliminating particle separation requirements, these floating photocatalyst mats could significantly reduce the energy footprint of water purification.
The material requires no external energy input beyond ambient sunlight, making it particularly attractive for remote or resource-limited treatment. It is also economically friendly because it can be retrieved and potentially reused.
“We have the tools to make them in large quantities and translate them to various industries,” says Gouma. “The only limitation is that it needs someone to take advantage of these abundant resources.”
These mats could be especially useful for industries that deal with dye pollution, like textile, paper, or chemical factories. Because they float, the mats can be placed directly into treatment ponds or tanks and get to work without the need for fancy equipment or complicated setups.
Antarctica wasn’t always a frozen landscape. In fact, it may have once featured lush forests, palm trees, and rivers, according to new research published in the journal Nature Communications.
“This finding is like opening a time capsule,” Professor Stewart Jamieson, who co-authored the study, told The Economic Times.
Groundbreaking study
Researchers began the study in 2017, extracting sediment from the once-thriving ecosystem frozen in time for tens of millions of years beneath the ice, The Jerusalem Post reported. They drilled more than a mile underneath the ice and used satellite imagery to explore what the ancient environment may have looked like some 34 million years ago.
According to Jamieson, the prehistoric landscape of Antarctica remains very much a mystery to researchers.
“The land underneath the East Antarctic ice sheet is less well-known than the surface of Mars,” Jamieson said. “We’re investigating a small part of that landscape with more detail to see what I can tell us about the evolution of the landscape and the evolution of the ice sheet.”
What researchers found
With the help of advanced technology, scientists detected land divided by rivers and valleys roughly 25 miles wide and with depths of nearly 3,900 feet. Geologists believe the landscape underneath the ice located in the eastern part of the continent spans more than 12,000 square miles — roughly the size of Maryland.
What findings suggest
The study indicates that the ancient land developed prior to the first large-scale freeze over of Antarctica, when the supercontinent known as Gondwana began to break apart. The shift in tectonic plates led to deep cracks and created mountainous terrain.
The Economic Times reported that during this prehistoric period, the landscape featured rivers and dense tree cover, and the climate was warm or even tropical.
“It’s difficult to say exactly what this ancient landscape looked like, but depending on how far back you go, the climate may have resembled modern-day Patagonia or even something tropical,” Jamieson said.
Researchers said samples taken from beneath the ice also reveal much more biodiversity in organisms, suggesting a much warmer climate than today.
Ultimate goal
Scientists aim to study the once-hidden landscape even more, including how it was formed, to help them more accurately forecast melting on the continent now.
“It is remarkable that this landscape, hidden in plain sight for many years, can tell us so much about the early and long-term history of the East Antarctic ice sheet,” Professor Neil Ross, a geophysical expert as well as a co-author of the study, told the Daily Mail. “It also helps us understand how it might evolve in response to future climate change.”
Parasitic bed bugs crawling on a cloth. (Photo by Pavel Krasensky on Shutterstock)
When our ancestors first gathered in the world’s earliest cities 10,000 years ago, they weren’t alone. Tiny, blood-sucking hitchhikers were already lurking in their dwellings, and new genetic research reveals these bed bugs beat every other pest to urban living by thousands of years.
Scientists analyzing bed bug DNA from the Czech Republic discovered something remarkable: these notorious insects have been tracking human demographic patterns with startling accuracy, evolving alongside us as we shifted from nomadic life to city living. The research paints a picture of an evolutionary partnership that began when humans first started building permanent settlements.
“Bed bugs may represent the first true urban pest insect species,” the researchers conclude in their study, published in Biology Letters, making these creatures pioneers of city living right alongside humanity.
The study’s demographic modeling reveals that bed bugs maintained “a close relationship with human society for at least 50,000 years,” with their population history closely tracking major events in human development. Our relationship with bed bugs, written in their DNA, represents one of the oldest documented examples of urban pest evolution.
Ancient Choices: Why Bed Bugs Picked Humans Over Bats
The research team, led by Virginia Tech entomologists Warren Booth and Lindsay Miles, examined two distinct genetic branches of the common bed bug (Cimex lectularius). One group historically lived with bats in caves, while another made the evolutionary leap to human habitations. The bat-associated bed bugs remained relatively stable, but the human-associated variety experienced wild population swings that mirror major chapters in human history.
Researchers collected bed bugs from 19 locations across six sites in the Czech Republic in 2014, focusing on both human-associated and bat-associated populations. They sequenced whole genomes, generating 9.7 million variant sites to trace the insects’ evolutionary journey.
Their genetic detective work revealed dramatic population crashes around 50,000 to 20,000 years ago, possibly during harsh environmental conditions of the Last Glacial Maximum. But around 13,000 years ago — precisely when humans began establishing permanent settlements — bed bug populations started booming.
The timing isn’t coincidental. As humans created concentrated populations and early urban centers, bed bugs seized their evolutionary moment. Early cities became pest paradise: dense human populations, consistent food sources, and plenty of hiding spots in primitive dwellings.
“Initially with both populations, we saw a general decline that is consistent with the Last Glacial Maximum; the bat-associated lineage never bounced back, and it is still decreasing in size,” Miles says in a statement. “The really exciting part is that the human-associated lineage did recover and their effective population increased.”
Evolution’s Perfect Timing: How Cities Shaped Bed Bugs
The genetic evidence tells a fascinating story of co-evolution. Miles points to the early establishment of large human settlements that expanded into cities such as Mesopotamia about 12,000 years ago.
“That makes sense because modern humans moved out of caves about 60,000 years ago,” explains Booth. “There were bed bugs living in the caves with these humans, and when they moved out they took a subset of the population with them so there’s less genetic diversity in that human-associated lineage.”
The study found that human-associated bed bugs underwent significant physical changes as they adapted to indoor living. According to the research, these insects became “smaller, less hairy and have larger extremities compared to their bat-associated counterparts.” These adaptations helped them navigate the indoor environments humans were creating.
As humans increased their population size and continued living in communities and cities expanded, the human-associated lineage of the bed bugs saw an exponential growth in their effective population size.
The research demonstrates that bed bugs didn’t just stumble into cities, rather they evolved specifically for urban life. While their cave-dwelling cousins remained with bats, human bed bugs developed characteristics that made them supremely adapted to life in human settlements.
Why This Ancient History Matters Today
Modern bed bug infestations surging across major cities worldwide represent the latest chapter in this ancient story. The same traits that allowed bed bugs to colonize early human settlements make them perfectly suited for modern urban life.
“What will be interesting is to look at what’s happening in the last 100 to 120 years,” said Booth. “Bed bugs were pretty common in the old world, but once DDT [dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane] was introduced for pest control, populations crashed. They were thought to have been essentially eradicated, but within five years they started reappearing and were resisting the pesticide.”
The research helps explain why bed bugs remain so difficult to eliminate despite advances in pest control. Having co-evolved with humans for millennia, they’ve had ample time to develop resistance strategies and behavioral adaptations.
Booth, Miles, and graduate student Camille Block have already discovered a gene mutation that could contribute to that insecticide resistance in a previous study, and they are looking further into the genomic evolution of the bed bugs and relevance to the pest’s insecticide resistance.
Our relationship with bed bugs, written in their DNA, represents one of the oldest documented examples of urban pest evolution and offers a unique window into understanding how organisms adapt to human-created environments over evolutionary timescales.
The Vela supernova remnant, the remains of a supernova explosion 800 light-years from Earth in the southern constellation Vela, as seen from the Dark Energy Camera on the Víctor M. Blanco Telescope at Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory. (Credit: CTIO/NOIRLab/DOE/NSF/AURA)
A massive star exploded around 13,000 years ago, and research now suggests that the cosmic blast may have plummeted Earth into a sudden ice age while wiping out woolly mammoths, giant sloths, and other massive creatures across North America. The scientist behind the study suggests such events could continue to influence the future of our planet.
Research published in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Societ reveals that at least eight nearby supernovas — the violent deaths of massive stars — unleashed enough high-energy radiation to strip away Earth’s protective ozone layer, trigger global cooling, and cause widespread animal extinctions. The study specifically links the Vela supernova, which exploded just 287 light-years from Earth, to the mysterious Younger Dryas period when temperatures suddenly plummeted for 1,300 years, interrupting the end of the last ice age.
Lead author G. Robert Brakenridge from the University of Colorado at Boulder analyzed 78 known supernova remnants and found a striking pattern: they appear to go hand-in-hand with climate shifts on Earth. “We have abrupt environmental changes in Earth’s history. That’s solid, we see these changes,” Brakenridge explains in a statement. “So, what caused them?”
His calculations show these stellar explosions were powerful enough to damage Earth’s atmosphere and alter the planet’s climate system, meaning our world’s environmental history has been shaped not just by earthbound disasters, but by the deaths of distant stars.
“The events that we know of, here on earth, are at the right time and the right intensity,” says Brakenridge.
When Stellar Giants Die, Earth Feels the Impact
Supernovas rank among the most energetic events in the universe. When a massive star runs out of nuclear fuel, it collapses and explodes with more energy than our sun will produce over its entire 10-billion-year lifetime. These explosions can briefly outshine entire galaxies while sending deadly radiation streaming across vast distances.
Brakenridge examined supernova remnants (the expanding shells of gas and debris left behind by these explosions) within 2,300 light-years of Earth. He calculated how much harmful X-rays and gamma rays each explosion would have delivered to our planet. While 287 light-years may sound impossibly distant (about 1,700 trillion miles), it’s practically next door in cosmic terms.
Eight supernovas were close enough and powerful enough to significantly affect Earth. The Vela explosion stands out as the most dramatic example, occurring when our planet was emerging from the last ice age around 13,000 years ago.
The Vela Supernova: A Cosmic Climate Killer
The timing of the Vela supernova aligns remarkably with several dramatic changes in Earth’s history. Brakenridge’s analysis reveals the explosion would have bombarded our planet with enough radiation to severely damage the ozone layer—the thin atmospheric shield protecting life from the sun’s harmful ultraviolet rays.
Tree ring records show a sudden 35-part-per-million spike in radioactive carbon-14, indicating massive atmospheric radiation increases. Ice cores from both poles reveal an abrupt decrease in methane concentrations. Archaeological sites across North America display mysterious “black mat” deposits marking the end of the Clovis culture, while fossil records document the extinction of mammoths, mastodons, giant ground sloths, and saber-toothed cats.
All these changes coincide with the onset of the Younger Dryas, when global temperatures plummeted and ice sheets began advancing again. When high-energy radiation hits Earth’s atmosphere, it breaks apart nitrogen molecules, creating compounds that destroy ozone. With less atmospheric protection, six times more harmful ultraviolet radiation would reach Earth’s surface, causing DNA damage in plants and animals while triggering massive wildfires.
Large animals faced particular vulnerability because they need more food and reproduce slowly, making rapid adaptation impossible. As Brakenridge notes in the paper: “Snow-blindness (photokeratitis) would be disabling for many herbivore and predator diurnal species.”
A Pattern of Cosmic Catastrophes
Beyond Vela, Brakenridge identified several other potential supernova connections throughout recent Earth history. Tree ring records show unexplained carbon-14 spikes at 9,126, 7,209, 2,764, 2,614, 1,175, and 957 years ago, all corresponding to known nearby supernova remnants of appropriate ages and distances.
The Hoinga supernova, exploding about 15,000 years ago at roughly 350 light-years away, may have caused a single-year 30-part-per-million carbon-14 rise coinciding with another cold period called the Older Dryas. The data reveals a clear dose-response relationship: closer explosions created larger environmental impacts.
Alternative Explanations and Future Threats
Many scientists remain skeptical, pointing to alternative explanations for these environmental changes. The Younger Dryas might result from ocean circulation disruptions caused by massive freshwater floods as ice sheets melted. Carbon-14 spikes could stem from intense solar storms rather than distant supernovas. Megafauna extinctions might be due to human hunting, regular climate change, or asteroid impacts.
Recent evidence supports comet impacts during the Younger Dryas, with researchers finding platinum and rare metals in sediment layers indicating extraterrestrial strikes. However, Brakenridge argues supernova radiation could have disrupted the Oort Cloud (the distant shell of icy objects surrounding our solar system) potentially triggering increased comet bombardment.
“When nearby supernovae occur in the future, the radiation could have a pretty dramatic effect on human society,” says Brakenridge. “We have to find out if indeed they caused environmental changes in the past.”
Currently, several nearby stars could become future supernovas, including Betelgeuse, a red giant about 170 light-years away that may explode within a million years. While unlikely to cause mass extinction, such an event could still measurably affect Earth’s atmosphere and climate.
“As we learn more about our nearby neighboring stars, the capability for prediction is actually there,” Brakenridge adds. “It will take more modeling and observation from astrophysicists to fully understand Earth’s exposure to such events.”
The research fundamentally changes how we view the forces shaping life on Earth. Beyond recognizing asteroid impacts, volcanic eruptions, and climate cycles, we must now consider that stellar explosions thousands of light-years away can trigger ice ages and extinctions. Earth’s environmental story has been written not just by local events, but by the deaths of distant stars, cosmic events that emphasize our planet’s connection to the broader universe.
(Photo gy PeopleImages.com – Yuri A on Shutterstock)
Forget fingerprints and facial recognition – researchers have discovered that the way you breathe through your nose is so unique, it can identify you with stunning accuracy. A breakthrough study shows that humans have individual “nasal respiratory fingerprints” that remain stable over time and can predict everything from your body weight to your mental health.
Israeli scientists at the Weizmann Institute of Science developed a wearable device that can identify people based solely on their breathing patterns with 96.8% accuracy, better than many voice recognition systems. Even more remarkable, these breathing signatures stayed consistent when participants returned for testing nearly two years later.
“We found that we could identify members of a 97-participant cohort at a remarkable 96.8% accuracy from nasal airflow patterns alone,” the researchers wrote in their paper, published in Current Biology. “In other words, humans have individual nasal airflow fingerprints.”
Beyond creating a new form of biometric security, the study reveals how breathing patterns reflect the unique wiring of your brain and can expose intimate details about your physical and mental state.
How Scientists Tracked Your Every Breath
Most people think of breathing as automatic and simple, but it’s actually controlled by an incredibly complex network of brain regions. Because every person’s brain is unique, the researchers reasoned that the breathing patterns it generates should also be unique, like a neural signature expressed through your nostrils.
Scientists at the Weizmann Institute of Science created a small, wearable device they call the “Nasal Holter,” a 22-gram gadget that participants wore for 24 hours straight. The device, about the size of a smartphone, attaches to the back of the neck and connects to the nose via a thin tube with separate sensors for each nostril.
One hundred participants, mostly young adults averaging 26 years old, wore the device while going about their normal daily activities – working, sleeping, exercising, and relaxing. Forty-two of them returned months later to repeat the experiment, allowing researchers to test whether breathing patterns remain stable over time.
How Your Breathing Style Is as Unique as Your Fingerprint
Using computer algorithms, the researchers analyzed 24 different breathing characteristics, including inhale volume, breathing rate, and the natural cycle of airflow switching between nostrils. They could identify individuals during waking hours with over 90% accuracy, and the patterns remained consistent even when participants returned up to two years later.
The study found that “individual identification by nasal airflow fingerprints was on par with or better than voice recognition.”
When researchers examined what these breathing patterns could reveal, they discovered something striking: your nose essentially broadcasts information about your private health and mental state. The breathing patterns could predict participants’ body mass index, levels of anxiety and depression, and even traits associated with autism spectrum conditions.
People with higher anxiety showed shorter inhales during sleep, while those with depression symptoms had different peak airflow patterns during the day. The device could distinguish between sleep and wake states with 100% accuracy using just breathing data. It could also detect the natural nasal cycle, which is the way airflow alternates between nostrils throughout the day, a process most people aren’t aware of.
What This Means for Health and Privacy
Timna Soroka, the study’s lead author, and her colleagues believe these patterns reflect the brain’s control over breathing. Unlike simple lung function tests that measure airway health, long-term breathing patterns reveal how your brain’s respiratory control centers are wired and functioning.
The technology could transform how we monitor health and diagnose diseases. Since breathing patterns reflect brain activity, changes in these patterns might signal neurological conditions, mental health issues, or other medical problems before symptoms become obvious.
However, the research raises privacy concerns. If breathing patterns are this revealing and can be detected by sensitive enough equipment, what happens to privacy in a world of increasingly sophisticated monitoring technology?
Currently, the device requires direct contact with the nostrils, limiting its use for covert surveillance. As sensor technology advances, though, the possibility of remote breathing pattern detection becomes more realistic.
The research has limitations. The study focused on healthy young adults, so it’s unclear how well the findings apply to older adults, children, or people with respiratory conditions. The nasal tubes occasionally slipped during sleep, and some participants found wearing the device for 24 hours uncomfortable. The correlations with mental health measures were based on questionnaire scores rather than clinical diagnoses.
Your breathing pattern is as individual as your fingerprint, but unlike fingerprints, it’s constantly active and potentially more revealing about your internal state. While the technology offers exciting possibilities for health monitoring and medical diagnosis, it also raises new questions about biological privacy in an age of ubiquitous sensing. Today’s fascinating research discovery often becomes tomorrow’s surveillance tool, making it crucial to consider how we’ll regulate and protect the intimate biological data that our bodies are constantly, unconsciously sharing.
Many Americans have shelled out hundreds of dollars for biological age tests promising to reveal whether their bodies are aging faster or slower than their actual years. These methylation-based “aging clocks” have become the gold standard for evaluating anti-aging treatments, from supplements to lifestyle changes. But a controversial new paper argues these widely trusted tests might be fundamentally flawed — and potentially dangerous.
Independent researcher Dr. Josh Mitteldorf contends in a perspective published in the journal Aging that most methylation clocks fail to distinguish between two biologically opposite processes. Some age-related methylation changes reflect the body ramping up self-destructive programs, while others represent protective responses aimed at repairing damage. Current aging clocks treat both as equivalent signals of aging.
Mitteldorf, a theoretical biologist who runs the website AgingAdvice.org, suggests that treatments that make you appear “younger” on a biological age test might actually be shortening your life by shutting down crucial repair mechanisms your body has activated to fight damage.
Two Types of Aging Changes
Mitteldorf’s argument centers on a fundamental question dividing aging researchers: Is aging purely the result of accumulated damage, or does the body actually program itself to decline over time?
Most scientists today believe aging happens because cellular damage builds up over decades. Under this view, any age-related changes in gene expression must be the body’s attempt to combat damage by ramping up repair mechanisms.
Mitteldorf belongs to a minority faction believing aging is at least partially programmed. Just as puberty follows a genetic blueprint, so does aging. Some age-related changes represent the body turning on self-destructive processes like excessive inflammation or reduced repair capacity.
He calls these “Type 1” and “Type 2” changes, respectively. Type 1 changes are harmful: they’re part of a programmed self-destruction sequence. Type 2 changes are protective: they’re repair responses to accumulated damage.
Current methylation clocks indiscriminately combine both types. An intervention that reverses Type 1 changes (good for longevity) will look identical on current tests to one that reverses Type 2 changes (potentially bad for longevity).
The Smoking Gun Example
Mitteldorf points to a troubling example with the popular GrimAge clock, one of the most accurate predictors of death risk. A major component of this test is based on differences between smokers and non-smokers.
Why do smokers have different methylation patterns? “It is a reasonable conjecture that smokers’ bodies are constantly trying to repair their lungs,” Mitteldorf explains. Much of the smoking signature likely represents protective repair mechanisms working overtime.
But the GrimAge clock counts smoking as accelerated aging because smokers die earlier. If an intervention makes someone’s methylation profile look less like a smoker’s, is it because the body has successfully repaired lung damage and dialed down emergency repairs? Or has the intervention simply turned off protective mechanisms while leaving damage intact?
Such an intervention would score as “anti-aging” on the test while potentially shortening lifespan — a dangerous false positive.
Testing Random Genetic Changes
To investigate whether aging-related methylation changes are truly random or directed by biological programs, Mitteldorf attempted to build a “stochastic methylation clock” based on genuine genetic drift.
Using a database of 278 individuals aged 2 to 92, he identified methylation sites that remained partially active throughout life but showed increasing random variation with age. These represented genuine drift rather than directed changes.
Only about 10% of subjects showed genuine random methylation drift above background noise. When Mitteldorf tried to build an aging clock from this truly random drift, it performed poorly, correlating with age at just 0.38—far too weak to be useful.
This evidence, he argues, indicates that most consistent age-related methylation changes aren’t random at all; instead, they’re directed by biological processes. That, in turn, supports the idea that aging involves programmed changes rather than being driven solely by accumulated damage.
“An intervention that sets back the methylation age, as measured by Type 2, is deceiving us,” Mitteldorf writes. Such an intervention “nominally lowers ‘epigenetic age’, but it is likely to actually decrease life expectancy.”
Industry and Research Implications
The methylation clock industry has exploded in recent years, with companies like Elysium Health and TruDiagnostic offering direct-to-consumer tests. These companies, along with supplement makers and longevity clinics, routinely use methylation age as a biomarker to validate their products.
If Mitteldorf’s concerns prove valid, it could undermine confidence in a considerable portion of anti-aging research. Studies showing that certain interventions “reduce biological age” might need reinterpretation—or their results could be misleading if it’s unclear whether they’re affecting helpful or harmful processes.
The problem extends beyond consumer tests to clinical research. Pharmaceutical companies developing longevity drugs rely heavily on methylation clocks as endpoints in trials, since waiting decades for mortality data isn’t practical.
Mitteldorf acknowledges that separating Type 1 from Type 2 changes is extremely difficult with current methods. Most studies simply identify methylation sites that change consistently with age, without determining whether those changes are beneficial or harmful.
For researchers who believe aging is purely damage-driven, the implications are even more troubling. If all consistent methylation changes reflect repair, then any intervention that reduces “methylation age” could be harmful by suppressing protective responses.
Getting a cortisone shot for knee arthritis might provide quick pain relief, but new research reveals a troubling association: those steroid injections may be linked to faster joint damage over time. A surprising study found that patients who received corticosteroid injections showed more signs of arthritis progression compared to those who got no treatment at all, or even a different type of injection.
The findings raise important questions about a common medical practice. More than 10% of knee arthritis patients receive these steroid shots, yet the study suggests they may be trading short-term comfort for potential long-term harm. By contrast, patients who received hyaluronic acid injections — a gel-like lubricant for joints — not only avoided signs of worsening arthritis, but actually showed reduced disease progression on MRI scans.
How Researchers Conducted the Investigation
The study, published in Radiology, analyzed data from 210 people participating in the Osteoarthritis Initiative, a large-scale project tracking Americans with knee problems from 2004 to 2015. The average participant was 64 years old, and around 60% were women—characteristics typical of the knee arthritis population.
What set this study apart was its use of detailed MRI scans to assess joint health. Researchers evaluated images from two years before the injection, at the time of injection, and again two years afterward using the Whole-Organ MRI Score (WORMS). This scoring system provides a comprehensive assessment of cartilage, bone marrow, meniscus, ligaments, and joint effusion.
Participants were grouped into three categories: 44 received corticosteroid injections, 26 received hyaluronic acid, and 140 were matched controls who had no injections. The control group was carefully selected using propensity-score matching to ensure they were comparable in age, sex, body mass index, arthritis severity, pain levels, and physical activity.
Clear Differences Emerged Between Treatments
Those who received steroid injections showed significantly more arthritis progression than both the control group and the hyaluronic acid group. The researchers found clear statistical evidence that steroid shots were linked to faster joint deterioration. The damage was especially evident in cartilage—the smooth tissue that cushions the knee joint.
By contrast, hyaluronic acid injections appeared to slow down arthritis progression. Patients in this group actually showed less joint damage after their injection compared to before they received it, suggesting these treatments may help protect the joint structure.
Both types of injections helped with pain relief. Steroid shots provided more dramatic pain reduction — cutting pain scores roughly in half — while hyaluronic acid injections offered more modest but still meaningful pain relief. However, only steroid shots came with the concerning side effect of potentially faster joint deterioration.
MRI images helped visualize the contrast. In a 58-year-old woman who received a steroid injection, follow-up scans showed new full-thickness cartilage lesions and bone marrow damage. In a 57-year-old man who received hyaluronic acid, the same cartilage remained intact and unchanged over four years.
What This Means for Your Healthcare Decisions
These findings don’t mean patients should avoid knee injections altogether. Managing arthritis pain is important for maintaining mobility and quality of life. But the results highlight the need for deeper conversations between patients and healthcare providers about treatment trade-offs.
Current guidelines from the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons moderately recommend corticosteroids for short-term pain relief and advise against the routine use of hyaluronic acid. The new study doesn’t overturn those guidelines, but it suggests they may merit reevaluation if future research supports these results.
Importantly, this study cannot prove that steroid injections directly cause faster arthritis progression. It was observational in nature, meaning that unmeasured differences between patients could account for some of the outcomes. Still, the consistent patterns seen on MRI raise important questions that warrant further investigation in randomized controlled trials.
For the millions of Americans living with knee arthritis, this study offers both a note of caution and a reason for hope. Cortisone shots may still help with intense pain episodes, but patients should understand the potential risks to long-term joint health. Meanwhile, hyaluronic acid injections, often overlooked, may offer pain relief without the same structural downsides.
“This study could lead to more judicious use of corticosteroid injections, especially for patients with mild to moderate osteoarthritis who are not yet surgical candidates,” said lead author Dr. Upasana Upadhyay Bharadwaj, who was a research fellow in the Department of Radiology at University of California, San Francisco, at the time of the research, in a statement.
Very few people live beyond a century. So, if no one had babies anymore, there would probably be no humans left on Earth within 100 years. But first, the population would shrink as older folks died and no one was being born.
Even if all births were to suddenly cease, this decline would start slowly.
Eventually there would not be enough young people coming of age to do essential work, causing societies throughout the world to quickly fall apart. Some of these breakdowns would be in humanity’s ability to produce food, provide health care and do everything else we all rely on.
Food would become scarce even though there would be fewer people to feed.
As an anthropology professor who has spent his career studying human behavior, biology and cultures, I readily admit that this would not be a pretty picture. Eventually, civilization would crumble. It’s likely that there would not be many people left within 70 or 80 years, rather than 100, due to shortages of food, clean water, prescription drugs and everything else that you can easily buy today and need to survive.
Sudden Change Could Follow A Catastrophe
To be sure, an abrupt halt in births is highly unlikely unless there’s a global catastrophe. Here’s one potential scenario, which writer Kurt Vonnegut explored in his novel “Galapagos”: A highly contagious disease could render all people of reproductive age infertile – meaning that no one would be capable of having babies anymore.
Another possibility might be a nuclear war that no one survives – a topic that’s been explored in many scary movies and books.
A lot of these works are science fiction involving a lot of space travel. Others seek to predict a less fanciful Earth-bound future where people can no longer reproduce easily, causing collective despair and the loss of personal freedom for those who are capable of having babies.
Two of my favorite books along these lines are “The Handmaid’s Tale,” by Canadian writer Margaret Atwood, and “The Children of Men,” by British writer P.D. James. They are dystopian stories, meaning that they take place in an unpleasant future with a great deal of human suffering and disorder. And both have become the basis of television series and movies.
In the 1960s and 1970s, many people also worried that there would be too many people on Earth, which would cause different kinds of catastrophes. Those scenarios also became the focus of dystopian books and movies.
Heading Toward 10 Billion People
To be sure, the number of people in the world is still growing, even though the pace of that growth has slowed down. Experts who study population changes predict that the total will peak at 10 billion in the 2080s, up from 8 billion today and 4 billion in 1974.
The U.S. population currently stands at 342 million. That’s about 200 million more people than were here when I was born in the 1930s. This is a lot of people, but both worldwide and in the U.S. these numbers could gradually fall if more people die than are born.
About 3.6 million babies were born in the U.S. in 2024, down from 4.1 million in 2004. Meanwhile, about 3.3 million people died in 2022, up from 2.4 million 20 years earlier.
One thing that will be important as these patterns change is whether there’s a manageable balance between young people and older people. That’s because the young often are the engine of society. They tend to be the ones to implement new ideas and produce everything we use.
Also, many older people need help from younger people with basic activities, like cooking and getting dressed. And a wide range of jobs are more appropriate for people under 65 rather than those who have reached the typical age for retirement.
Declining Birth Rates
In many countries, women are having fewer children throughout their reproductive lives than used to be the case. That reduction is the most stark in several countries, including India and South Korea.
The declines in birth rates occurring today are largely caused by people choosing not to have any children or as many as their parents did. That kind of population decline can be kept manageable through immigration from other countries, but cultural and political concerns often stop that from happening.
At the same time, many men are becoming less able to father children due to fertility problems. If that situation gets much worse, it could contribute to a steep decline in population.
Neanderthals Went Extinct
Our species, Homo sapiens, has been around for at least 200,000 years. That’s a long time, but like all animals on Earth we are at risk of becoming extinct.
Consider what happened to the Neanderthals, a close relative of Homo sapiens. They first appeared at least 400,000 years ago. Our modern human ancestors overlapped for a while with the Neanderthals, who gradually declined to become extinct about 40,000 years ago.
Some scientists have found evidence that modern humans were more successful at reproducing our numbers than the Neanderthal people. This occurred when Homo sapiens became more successful at providing food for their families and also having more babies than the Neanderthals.
While aging is inevitable, aging well is something we can influence. It’s not just about the number of candles on your birthday cake – it’s whether you’ve got the puff to blow them out, the balance to carry the cake and the memory to remember why you’re celebrating.
As we age, our bodies change. Muscle mass shrinks, bones weaken, reaction times slow. But that doesn’t mean we’re all destined for a future of walking frames and daytime TV.
Aging well isn’t about staying wrinkle-free – it’s about staying independent, mobile, mentally sharp and socially connected. In gerontology, there’s a saying: we want to add life to years, not just years to life. That means focusing on quality – being able to do what you love, move freely, think clearly and enjoy time with others.
There’s no one-size-fits-all definition, but some simple home tests can give you a good idea. No fancy lab required – just a toothbrush, a stopwatch and a sense of humor.
Balance
One fun (and surprisingly useful) way to test your balance is to stand on one leg while brushing your teeth. If you can do this for 30 seconds or more (eyes open), that’s a great sign of lower-body strength, coordination, and postural stability.
A 2022 study found that people who couldn’t balance on one leg for ten seconds had an 84% higher risk of death over a median follow-up of seven years compared than those who could. As such, balance is like a superpower for healthy aging — it reduces falls, supports mobility, and can be improved at any age.
Grip
Grip strength is more than just opening jars. It’s a powerful indicator of overall health, predicting heart health, cognitive function and even mortality risk.
Research shows that for every 5kg decrease in grip strength, the risk of death from all causes rose by 16%.
You can test grip strength using a hand-dynamometer (many gyms or clinics have them), or simply take note of everyday tasks – is opening bottles, carrying groceries, or using tools becoming harder?
Floor-To-Feet Feat
Can you sit on the floor and stand up without using your hands? This test is a true measure of your lower-body strength and flexibility, which are essential for daily activities and reducing the risk of falls. If you can do it, you’re in great shape.
If it’s too tough, try the sit-to-stand test. Using a chair (no arms),see how many sit-to-stand transitions you can do in 30 seconds. This task is a good measure of lower limb function, balance and muscle strength, it can also predict people at risk of falls and cardiovascular issues.
Mental Sharpness
Cognitive function can be measured in all sorts of complex ways, but some basic home tests are surprisingly telling. Try naming as many animals as you can in 30 seconds. Fewer than 12 might indicate concern; more than 18 is a good sign.
Try spelling “world” backwards or recalling a short list of three items after a few minutes. This skill is an important strategy to enhance memory in older adults. Challenge yourself with puzzles, Sudoku, or learning a new skill. These kinds of “verbal fluency” and memory recall tests are simple ways to spot early changes in brain health – but don’t panic if you blank occasionally. Everyone forgets where they left their keys sometimes.
Lifestyle Matters
There’s no magic bullet to aging well – but, if one existed, it would probably be a combination of exercise, diet, sleep and social connections.
Some of the best-studied strategies include:
Daily Movement: Try walking, resistance training, swimming or tai chi keep your muscles and bones strong and support balance and heart health.
Healthy Eating: A Mediterranean-style diet — rich in whole grains, fruit, vegetables, fish, olive oil and nuts – is linked to better brain and heart health.
Sleep: Seven to nine hours of quality sleep support memory, immunity and mood.
Connection: Some research suggests that loneliness is as harmful as smoking 15 cigarettes a day. Stay engaged, join a club, volunteer, or just pick up the phone to a friend.
If you can balance on one leg while brushing your teeth, carry a bag of potatoes up the stairs, and name 20 animals under pressure, then you’re doing very well. If not (yet), that’s OK, these are skills you can build over time. Aging well means taking a proactive approach to health: making small, consistent choices that lead to better mobility, clearer thinking and richer social connections down the line.
For nearly 80 years, scholars have debated the origins of the Dead Sea Scrolls, relying on expert interpretations of ancient handwriting styles that often don’t agree. Now, a new artificial intelligence system is offering a more objective approach, with results that challenge the long-standing assumptions about when these texts were written. The findings could influence how historians understand the timeline of early Judaism and the context in which some of its most important religious writings emerged.
Researchers at the University of Groningen’s Qumran Institute developed an AI program called “Enoch” that combines radiocarbon dating with computer-based handwriting analysis to estimate the age of ancient manuscripts. When the system was applied to 135 previously undated fragments of the Dead Sea Scrolls, it consistently produced earlier dates than traditional paleographic methods. The program suggests that some scrolls may be decades older than scholars once believed.
The study, published in PLOS One, suggests that some religious texts and the movements behind them could have emerged earlier than previously thought. For example, scrolls that had been estimated to date to around 50 BCE may have actually been written as early as 150 BCE, offering new insights into the evolution of religious communities during a pivotal time in ancient Judaea.
How Scientists Trained AI to Read Ancient Handwriting
Study authors sought to improve the accuracy of manuscript dating — arguably one of archaeology’s most persistent challenges, especially when texts lack explicit historical references.
Traditional paleography — the study of ancient handwriting — can be highly subjective. Experts often arrive at different conclusions about the same manuscript, based on how they interpret shifts in letter shapes and writing styles over time.
To address this, the team developed the first AI system trained to learn from both physical evidence (radiocarbon dates) and visual handwriting patterns. They named the program “Enoch” after an ancient Jewish figure associated with wisdom and knowledge.
The researchers began by radiocarbon dating 30 manuscript samples using advanced chemical treatments that removed contaminants. Of those, 24 yielded reliable dates, which were then used to train the AI.
The system analyzed thousands of features in the handwriting, from the curvature of letters to stroke angles. These details are often invisible to the human eye but detectable by machine learning algorithms. The AI learned to associate specific handwriting features with distinct time periods using advanced statistical methods including Bayesian ridge regression.
What Did Enoch Reveal About The Dead Sea Scrolls?
When Enoch analyzed 135 previously undated scroll fragments, its predictions aligned with expert paleographic assessments 79% of the time. It’s a match rate that researchers describe as “highly unlikely to have occurred by chance alone.”
Importantly, Enoch often predicted earlier dates than traditional methods. One key example involves manuscript 4Q114, which contains text from the biblical Book of Daniel. Radiocarbon dating of this scroll yielded a range of 230-160 BCE, while scholars have traditionally dated the text based on historical content to around the 160s BCE. This demonstrates how the combined approach of radiocarbon dating and AI analysis can provide more precise age estimates.
Another significant finding concerns scrolls associated with the religious group behind the Dead Sea Scrolls. Manuscripts related to community regulations and religious practices, which had previously been dated to the first century BCE based on paleographic analysis, received earlier dates from Enoch’s AI predictions, suggesting the group’s literary activity may have begun in the second century BCE.
The AI system also revealed that two distinct handwriting styles, Hasmonaean and Herodian, likely coexisted for longer than experts once believed. This challenges the idea that one style replaced the other in a straightforward chronological sequence.
Why These Ancient Texts Still Matter
Discovered in the mid-20th century, the Dead Sea Scrolls are among the oldest surviving copies of the Hebrew Bible and provide critical context for the development of Judaism and early Christianity.
If some of these manuscripts were written decades earlier than previously believed, it could reshape scholarly understanding of how religious thought and textual traditions evolved during a crucial historical period. The results suggest that sophisticated literary and theological activity may have been flourishing in Judaea earlier than scholars realized.
The study also highlights the growing role of artificial intelligence in tackling historical questions. By combining physical data with high-resolution visual analysis, AI is helping researchers uncover patterns that are beyond human perception.
While Enoch doesn’t always agree with human experts, diverging in about 21% of cases, the authors argue that those disagreements highlight areas worthy of further investigation, rather than errors.
Looking ahead, the team plans to refine Enoch as more radiocarbon data and improved manuscript imaging become available. They’ve already tested the approach on medieval texts with known dates and achieved similar levels of accuracy, raising the possibility that AI could help redate other historical document collections around the world.
Artificial intelligence is opening a new chapter in manuscript studies, offering fresh perspectives on texts that shaped the religious and cultural foundations of the modern world.
Some of the most complex cognitive functions are possible because different sides of your brain control them. Chief among them is speech perception, the ability to interpret language. In people, the speech perception process is typically dominated by the left hemisphere.
Your brain breaks apart fleeting streams of acoustic information into parallel channels – linguistic, emotional and musical – and acts as a biological multicore processor. Although scientists have recognized this division of cognitive labor for over 160 years, the mechanisms underpinning it remain poorly understood.
Researchers know that distinct subgroups of neurons must be tuned to different frequencies and timing of sound. In recent decades, studies on animal models, especially in rodents, have confirmed that splitting sound processing across the brain is not uniquely human, opening the door to more closely dissecting how this occurs.
Yet a central puzzle persists: What makes near-identical regions in opposite hemispheres of the brain process different types of information?
Answering that question promises broader insight into how experience sculpts neural circuits during critical periods of early development, and why that process is disrupted in neurodevelopmental disorders.
Timing Is Everything
Sensory processing of sounds begins in the cochlea, a part of the inner ear where sound frequencies are converted into electricity and forwarded to the auditory cortex of the brain. Researchers believe that the division of labor across brain hemispheres required to recognize sound patterns begins in this region.
For more than a decade, my work as a neuroscientist has focused on the auditory cortex. My lab has shown that mice process sound differently in the left and right hemispheres of their brains, and we have worked to tease apart the underlying circuitry.
For example, we’ve found the left side of the brain has more focused, specialized connections that may help detect key features of speech, such as distinguishing one word from another. Meanwhile, the right side is more broadly connected, suited for processing melodies and the intonation of speech.
We tackled the question of how these left-right differences in hearing develop in our latest work, and our results underscore the adage that timing is everything.
We tracked how neural circuits in the left and right auditory cortex develop from early life to adulthood. To do this, we recorded electrical signals in mouse brains to observe how the auditory cortex matures and to see how sound experiences shape its structure.
Surprisingly, we found that the right hemisphere consistently outpaced the left in development, showing more rapid growth and refinement. This suggests there are critical windows of development – brief periods when the brain is especially adaptive and sensitive to environmental sound – specific to each hemisphere that occur at different times.
To test the consequences of this asynchrony, we exposed young mice to specific tones during these sensitive periods. In adulthood, we found that where sound is processed in their brains was permanently skewed. Animals that heard tones during the right hemisphere’s earlier critical window had an overrepresentation of those frequencies mapped in the right auditory cortex.
Adding yet another layer of complexity, we found that these critical windows vary by sex. The right hemisphere critical window opens earlier in female mice, and the left hemisphere window opens just days later. In contrast, male mice had a very sensitive right hemisphere critical window, but no detectable window on the left. This points to the elusive role sex may play in brain plasticity.
Our findings provide a new way to understand how different hemispheres of the brain process sound and why this might vary for different people. They also provide evidence that parallel areas of the brain are not interchangeable: the brain can encode the same sound in radically different ways, depending on when it occurs and which hemisphere is primed to receive it.
Speech And Neurodevelopment
The division of labor between brain hemispheres is a hallmark of many human cognitive functions, especially language. This is often disrupted in neuropsychiatric conditions such as autism and schizophrenia.
Reduced language information encoding in the left hemisphere is a strong indication of auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. And a shift from left- to right-hemisphere language processing is characteristic of autism, where language development is often impaired.
Strikingly, the right hemisphere of people with autism seems to respond earlier to sound than the left hemisphere, echoing the accelerated right-side maturation we saw in our study on mice. Our findings suggest that this early dominance of the right hemisphere in encoding sound information might amplify its control of auditory processing, deepening the imbalance between hemispheres.
These insights deepen our understanding of how language-related areas in the brain typically develop and can help scientists design earlier and more targeted treatments to support early speech, especially for children with neurodevelopmental language disorders.
When patients with severe irritable bowel syndrome walk into Dr. Erin Mauney’s office, they’ve usually tried everything. Years of medications, diets, and treatments have failed them. So when she tells them she’s studying psilocybin — the psychoactive compound in magic mushrooms—to treat their gut problems, their reactions range from surprise to desperate hope.
Mauney, a pediatric gastroenterologist at Tufts University, is running the first study ever to test psychedelics on digestive disorders. Her research targets people whose irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) hasn’t responded to conventional medicine — a group that “may be 60%+ of patients by some studies,” according to Mauney.
The connection between psilocybin mushrooms and stomach problems might seem bizarre, but Mauney’s approach tackles something doctors have long overlooked: how psychological stress literally reshapes our gut function. Her patients often carry histories of childhood trauma that seem to manifest as physical symptoms decades later.
“I became very interested in the applicability of this emerging (or perhaps more apt to say, re-emerging) field of psychedelic-assisted medicine to patients who seem to be at war with their bodies,” Mauney explained in a recent interview published in the journal Psychedelics.
IBS causes unpredictable bouts of pain, cramping, diarrhea, and constipation that can derail careers and relationships. While the condition isn’t life-threatening, it can be socially isolating and emotionally devastating. Traditional treatments focus on managing symptoms rather than addressing root causes.
Mauney’s study examines something called interoception, which is how well people can sense and interpret signals from inside their bodies. Many IBS patients either become hyperaware of normal gut sensations, turning minor discomfort into severe pain, or completely disconnect from their bodily signals. Psilocybin appears to help reset this internal communication system.
Her research gives participants two doses of psilocybin alongside therapy sessions. Brain imaging using fMRI tracks changes in how patients perceive bodily sensations, while detailed interviews capture their reflections on the treatment.
Mauney’s path to psychedelic research began during the pandemic when she read Michael Pollan’s book “How to Change Your Mind.” As someone treating children and families dealing with mysterious symptoms, she started connecting childhood experiences to adult illness.
“During my medical training, I became aware of how common trauma, especially early life trauma, unfortunately is in the human experience,” she noted. “I think overall this is an area that medicine, particularly gastroenterology and obesity medicine, really fails to understand and address meaningfully.”
Her observation reflects growing scientific evidence that childhood experiences can affect adult health. Traditional medicine often treats physical symptoms separately from psychological causes.
While formal results haven’t yet been published, Mauney says sharing early observations with colleagues has been “very fun” — and appears to spark curiosity among other scientists. Rather than focusing solely on symptom relief, the study explores whether psychedelics can shift how patients relate to their bodily sensations in deeper, more meaningful ways.
Mauney draws from psychology literature, particularly the work of pediatrician-psychoanalyst Donald Winnicott, who explored how early relationships affect healing. Her interdisciplinary background allows her to see connections that purely medical approaches might miss.
Significant obstacles remain. Psilocybin is still federally illegal outside research contexts. Questions about optimal dosing, patient selection, and long-term effects need answers before treatments could become widely available.
But for patients who’ve exhausted conventional options, Mauney’s work offers hope. “This study brings a new option for patients who have not been helped by any existing approaches to IBS,” she said.
Rather than treating physical symptoms in isolation, Mauney’s approach recognizes that healing sometimes requires addressing the psychological experiences that may contribute to illness. For patients living with chronic digestive problems that conventional medicine struggles to solve, that holistic perspective could make all the difference.
Cryptogenic strokes have no obvious cause, but is increasingly being linked to subtle, hidden risk factors – such as estrogen.(Krakenimages.com/Shutterstock)
For millions of women, combined hormonal contraceptives are a part of their daily life – providing a convenient and effective option for preventing pregnancy and managing their menstrual cycle.
But new findings are sounding the alarm on a serious, and often overlooked, risk: stroke.
According to recent findings presented at the European Stroke Organization Conference, combined oral hormonal contraceptives (which contains both estrogen and progestogen) may significantly increase the chance of women experiencing a cryptogenic stroke. This is a sudden and serious type of stroke that occurs with no obvious cause.
Surprisingly, in younger adults – particularly women – cryptogenic strokes make up approximately 40% of all strokes. This suggests there may be sex-specific factors which contribute to this risk – such as hormonal contraception use. These recently-presented findings lend themselves to this theory.
At this year’s conference, researchers presented findings from the Secreto study. This is an international investigation that has been conducted into the causes of unexplained strokes in young people aged 18 to 49. The study enrolled 608 patients with cryptogenic ischemic stroke from 13 different European countries.
One of their most striking discoveries was that women who used combined oral contraceptives were three times more likely to experience a cryptogenic stroke compared to non-users. These results stood, even after researchers adjusted for other factors which may have contributed to stroke risk (such as obesity and history of migraines).
It’s well-documented that hormonal contraceptives, which contain both estrogen and progestin, come with a small, increased risk of experiencing serious health events, including stroke – particularly ischemic stroke, which occurs when blood flow to part of the brain is blocked.
But a study published earlier this year, which tracked over two million women, found that combined hormonal contraceptives – including the pill, intrauterine devices (IUD), patches and vaginal rings, which all contain both synthetic estrogen and progestogen – were linked to higher risks of both stroke and heart attack. The vaginal ring increased stroke risk by 2.4 times and 3.8 times for heart attack. The contraceptive patch was found to increase stroke risk by nearly 3.5 times.
Interestingly, they also looked at a progestin-only contraceptive (the IUD) and found there was no increased risk for either heart attacks or strokes.
Both of these recent findings suggest estrogen may be the main driver of stroke risk. While absolute risk is still low – meaning fewer than 40 in every 100,000 women using a combined hormonal contraceptive will experience a stroke – the population-level impact is significant considering the number of women worldwide that use a combined hormonal contraceptive.
Estrogen And Stroke Risk
Combined hormonal contraceptives contain synthetic versions of the sex hormones estrogen (usually ethinylestradiol) and a progestin (the synthetic version of progestogen).
Natural estrogen in the body plays a role in promoting blood clotting, which is important for helping wounds heal and prevents excessive bleeding.
But the synthetic estrogen in contraceptives is more potent and delivered in higher, steady doses. It stimulates the liver to produce extra clotting proteins and reduces natural anticoagulants — tipping the balance toward easier clot formation. This effect, while helpful in stopping bleeding, can raise the risk of abnormal blood clots that can lead to conditions such as stroke. This risk may be even greater for people who smoke, experience migraines or have a genetic tendency to clot.
If a clot forms in an artery that supplies the brain or breaks off and travels through the bloodstream to the brain, this can block blood flow – causing what’s known as an ischaemic stroke. This is the most common type of stroke. Clots can also form in deep veins (such as those in the legs or around your organs).
In addition to clotting, estrogen may also slightly raise blood pressure and affect how blood vessels behave over time, which can further increase stroke risk.
The effects of estrogen on clotting may partly explain why the recent conference findings showed a link between combined contraceptive use and cryptogenic stroke risk. Cryptogenic stroke has no obvious cause, but is increasingly being linked to subtle, hidden risk factors – such as hormone-driven clotting.
Understanding Risk
These numbers can sound alarming at first, but it’s important to keep them in perspective. The absolute risk – meaning the actual number of people affected – is still low.
For instance, researchers estimate that there may be one additional stroke per year for every 4,700 women using the combined pill.
That sounds rare, and for most users, it is. But when you consider that millions of women use these contraceptives globally, even a small increase in risk can translate into a significant number of strokes at the population level. Which is relative to what is seen with the high number of cryptogenic strokes in young women.
Despite the risks associated with combined hormonal contraceptives, many women continue to use them – either because they aren’t fully informed of the risks or because the alternatives are either less effective, less accessible or come with their own burdens.
Part of the reason this trade-off has become so normalized is the persistent under-funding and under-prioritization of women’s health research. Historically, medical research has focused disproportionately on men – with women either excluded from studies or treated as an afterthought.
This has led to a limited understanding of how hormonal contraceptives affect female physiology beyond fertility control. As a result, the side-effects remain poorly understood, under-communicated and under-addressed.
Women have a right to make informed decisions about their health and body. This starts with having access to accurate information about the real risks and benefits of every contraceptive option. It means understanding, for example, that while combined hormonal contraceptives do carry a small risk of blood clots and stroke, pregnancy and the weeks following childbirth come with an even higher risk of those same complications. This context is vital for making truly informed choices.
No method of contraception is perfect. But when women are given the full picture, they can choose the method that best suits them. We also need more research that reflects the diversity and complexity of women’s bodies – not just to improve safety, but to expand options and empower decisions.
Menopause is something nearly every woman will go through. As fertility ends, levels of estrogen and progesterone drop significantly – changes that can deeply affect physical health, emotional wellbeing and everyday life.
For many, the effects of this hormonal shift are more than frustrating – they can be life altering. Symptoms like brain fog, hot flushes, night sweats, headaches, insomnia, fatigue, joint pain, low libido, anxiety, depression and even bone loss from osteoporosis are all common.
Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) has helped many women manage these symptoms – but one key hormone is often overlooked in both treatment and conversation: testosterone.
Testosterone is typically viewed as a “male hormone,” but it plays a crucial role in women’s health too. In fact, women have higher levels of testosterone than either estrogen or progesterone for most of their adult lives. And like the other sex hormones, testosterone also declines with age – with consequences that are only now being fully explored.
The Testosterone Gap
Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) is now widely used to replace estrogen and progesterone during and after menopause. These treatments – available as tablets, patches, gels and implants – are regulated, evidence-based and increasingly accessible through the NHS.
But when it comes to testosterone, the situation is entirely different.
Currently, there are no testosterone products licensed for use by women in the UK or Europe. The only exception is in Australia, where a testosterone cream specifically designed for women is available. Europe once had its own option – a transdermal patch called Intrinsa, designed and approved by regulators based on clinical evidence to treat low libido in women with surgically induced menopause. But the manufacturer withdrew product in 2012, citing “commercial considerations” in their letter to the European Medicines Agency, the agency in charge of the evaluation and supervision of pharmaceutical products in Europe.
Since then, women across Europe have been left without an approved option.
In the absence of licensed treatments, some clinicians – mainly in private practice – are prescribing testosterone “off label,” often using products developed for men. These are typically gels or creams with dosages several times higher than most women need. While doctors may advise on how to adjust the dose, this kind of improvisation comes with risks: inaccurate dosing, inconsistent absorption and a lack of long-term safety data.
Some women report significant improvements – not just in libido, but also in brain fog, mood, joint pain and energy levels. However, the only proven clinical benefit of testosterone in women is in improving sexual desire for those with hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD) following surgical menopause.
Even so, interest is growing – fueled by patient demand, celebrity use, social media buzz and a growing sense that testosterone may be a missing piece in midlife women’s care.
While there is increasing consensus that testosterone can play a role in supporting women’s health, the current situation presents two serious problems:
Safety and regulation: without licensed products, standardized dosing guidelines, or long-term safety data, off-label use puts both patients and clinicians in uncertain territory.
Access and inequality: testosterone therapy is rarely available through the NHS and is often only accessible through private clinics, creating a two-tier system. Those who can pay hundreds of pounds for consultations and prescriptions can access care, while others are left behind.
Innovation
There are signs of change. For example, I founded Medherant, a University of Warwick spin-out company that is currently developing a testosterone patch designed specifically for women. It’s in clinical trials and, if approved, could become the first licensed testosterone product for women in the UK in over a decade. It’s a much-needed step – and one that could pave the way for further innovation and broader access.
But the urgency remains. Millions of women are currently going without effective, evidence-based care. In the meantime, off-label prescribing should used with care and use based on the best available science – not hype or anecdote – and delivered through transparent, regulated healthcare channels.
Women deserve more than workarounds. They deserve treatments that are developed for their bodies, rigorously tested, approved by regulators and accessible to all – not just the few who can afford private care.
When half the population is affected, this isn’t a niche issue. It’s a priority.
More and more people over the age of 50 are taking up physical exercise. Medical associations resoundingly agree that this is a good thing. Physical exercise is not only key to disease prevention, it is also a recommended part of treatment for many illnesses.
However, starting to move at this stage of life requires some care. This is especially true for those who have not previously been physically active, or for people who are overweight or obese.
It has been proven that starting to exercise with routines that are too demanding can lead to significant muscular and skeletal injuries, especially if combined with an inadequate diet. This risk is even greater after the age of 50, as the loss of muscle and bone mass is more pronounced due to natural aging processes.
Before starting any new exercise program, it is a good idea to carry out a complete analysis, especially to assess the need for micronutrient supplements.
Protein Is Key
In addition to micronutrients, the body also needs carbohydrates, fats and proteins – known collectively as macronutrients. Proteins provide the body with the essential amino acids needed to maintain and develop muscle mass, and to prevent sarcopenia: age-related muscle injury, osteoporosis, and loss of muscle mass and strength (formerly referred to as frailty).
Protein requirements vary according to an individual’s clinical situation. In people over 50 years of age who are moderately physically active, protein requirements range from 1 to 1.5 grams per kilogram of body weight per day.
However, it is not advisable to increase protein intake without a corresponding increase in physical exercise. Too much protein can actually have harmful effects, especially on bone health, as it has been observed to increase calcium excretion in the urine (calciuria) due to decreased tubular calcium reabsorption.
Animal And Vegetable Proteins
Protein sources should combine those of vegetable origin – soy, beans, seeds, peanuts, lentils, and so on – with those of animal origin, such as eggs, dairy products, chicken and fish.
While the ideal is to have balance of both, it has been shown that following a vegetarian diet is compatible with high-performance sports, so long as there is suitable medical and nutritional monitoring.
In addition to what you eat, it also matters when you do it. Spreading protein intake throughout the day is more beneficial than concentrating it in a single meal. You should also eat protein 30 minutes before or after exercise, as its absorption and availability in the body will be better.
Essential Micronutrients: Magnesium, Calcium, Vitamin D
Some micronutrients – by which we mean vitamins and minerals – play a key role in physical exercise at this age. These include magnesium, calcium and vitamin D.
Magnesium aids muscle recovery and bone formation, and can be found in foods such as wheat bran, cheese, pumpkin seeds and flax seeds.
Calcium is essential for maintaining adequate bone mineralization and preventing loss of bone mineral density (osteopenia) associated with calcium deficiencies in the blood.
Dairy products are known to be beneficial for bone health, both for their bioavailable calcium, and the vitamin D content in their whole milk. Certain plant-based foods, such as tahini (sesame paste), almonds, flaxseed, soya and hazelnuts, are also decent sources of calcium, but their phytate and oxalate content can hinder its absorption.
Lastly, oily fish (tuna, sardines, salmon, and so on) and egg yolks are considered complementary sources of vitamin D in dietary plans focused on people over 50 years of age who do physical exercise.
It is also vitally important to maintain proper hydration before, during and after exercise. Both dehydration and over hydration can affect performance, and increase the risk of muscle injury.
Does The Type Of Exercise Matter?
So far we have seen how nutrition influences athletic performance and ultimately the risk of injury. But there is another part of the puzzle: the exercise you do.
There is actually no clear consensus on this, and there is ongoing debate about which type of exercise is the most appropriate according to age, gender or body composition. The question is whether it is better to prioritize strength exercises, alternate with cardio sessions, or do both on different days.
Despite the different theories on the subject, one thing is clear: regular exercise, adapted to the abilities of each individual and with good medical and nutritional monitoring, reduces the risk of multiple diseases and improves quality of life.
That cup of coffee you had during dinner with friends didn’t just keep you tossing and turning — it fundamentally altered how your brain operated during whatever sleep you managed to get. New research reveals that caffeine doesn’t simply block sleep; it transforms the sleeping brain into a more complex, hyperactive state that resembles being closer to peak mental performance.
Even more surprising: this coffee-induced brain makeover hits young adults much harder than middle-aged people, showing that your relationship with caffeine changes dramatically as you get older.
Scientists from the University of Montreal analyzed the brain waves of 40 healthy people during sleep after they consumed either 200 milligrams of caffeine (roughly equivalent to two cups of coffee) or a placebo pill. Participants spent two nights in a sleep laboratory, consuming either 200mg of caffeine or a placebo pill in a double-blind study. Brain activity was recorded using multi-channel EEG throughout the night, and the team applied multiple analytical approaches to identify patterns that distinguished caffeinated from non-caffeinated sleep.
They discovered that caffeine pushes the brain toward what’s called a “critical regime” — a state where neural networks operate at maximum efficiency and complexity.
Brain complexity and criticality are tied to optimal cognitive performance, enhanced information processing, and greater mental flexibility. When your brain operates in this critical zone, it’s essentially firing on all cylinders, processing information more efficiently and maintaining better communication between different brain regions.
Coffee Doesn’t Just Disturb Sleep—It Completely Rewires It
Most people assume caffeine simply prevents good sleep by keeping you awake longer or making sleep lighter. The study, published in Communications Biology, reveals something more fascinating: caffeine actually changes the fundamental nature of whatever sleep you do get, making your brain work overtime even during rest periods.
During non-REM sleep (the deep, restorative phase that typically shows low brain activity) caffeinated participants showed dramatically increased brain entropy and complexity. Their sleeping brains exhibited patterns more similar to wakefulness, with heightened information processing and neural communication that normally wouldn’t occur during this crucial recovery phase.
This effect was much stronger in younger adults aged 20-27 compared to middle-aged participants aged 41-58, particularly during REM sleep. Young people’s brains showed significant increases in multiple measures of complexity and criticality when caffeinated, while older adults showed much weaker responses.
Young Brains React Far More Dramatically to Caffeine
The age-related differences likely stem from changes in adenosine receptors, which are the brain’s “sleepiness switches” that caffeine blocks. As people age, they naturally lose adenosine A1 receptors, which means caffeine has fewer targets to affect.
With more receptors available in younger people, caffeine can exert a stronger influence on brain dynamics. This finding has practical implications for caffeine consumption across age groups. While middle-aged adults might feel they can handle that after-dinner espresso better than they used to, young adults are experiencing more dramatic changes to their sleep brain activity. These are changes that could affect the restorative functions of sleep.
Understanding the ‘Critical’ Brain State
To grasp what researchers mean by “critical” brain dynamics, consider neural networks like a perfectly tuned orchestra. Too little activity, and the brain operates sluggishly and inefficiently. Too much activity creates chaos. But right at the critical point, the brain achieves optimal performance with maximum information processing.
Caffeine appears to push sleeping brains toward this critical state, particularly during non-REM sleep. The researchers measured this using several sophisticated techniques that look at how repetitive or varied brain signals are and examine long-range patterns in brain activity.
All measures pointed to the same conclusion: caffeine makes sleeping brains more complex, more variable, and more similar to highly engaged waking brains. Machine learning algorithms could distinguish between caffeinated and non-caffeinated sleep with up to 75% accuracy based solely on these brain complexity measures.
Previous caffeine research focused mainly on obvious effects, such as how long it takes to fall asleep, how much you toss and turn, or changes in specific brain wave frequencies. This study took a deeper dive, using cutting-edge analysis techniques to examine how caffeine affects the fundamental dynamics of neural networks.
What This Means for Your Health
While operating in a critical brain state sounds beneficial (and can be during wakefulness) the implications for sleep are more complicated. Sleep serves crucial functions for memory consolidation, cellular repair, and toxin clearance from the brain. If caffeine is making sleeping brains work more like waking brains, it might interfere with these restorative processes.
The study also found that caffeine’s effects were much more pronounced during non-REM sleep compared to REM sleep. Non-REM sleep is particularly important for memory consolidation and brain restoration, so disruptions to this phase could have significant consequences for cognitive function and health.
For coffee lovers, the research serves as a wake-up call that their favorite beverage’s effects extend far beyond simple wakefulness — it’s literally rewiring how their brains operate throughout the night, with younger people experiencing the most dramatic changes to their sleep brain activity.
The luminous, hot star Wolf-Rayet 124 (WR 124) is prominent at the center of the James Webb Space Telescope’s composite image combining near-infrared and mid-infrared wavelengths of light from Webb’s Near-Infrared Camera and Mid-Infrared Instrument. (Credit: NASA, ESA, CSA, STScI, Webb ERO Production Team)
My telescope, set up for astrophotography in my light-polluted San Diego backyard, was pointed at a galaxy unfathomably far from Earth. My wife, Cristina, walked up just as the first space photo streamed to my tablet. It sparkled on the screen in front of us.
“That’s the Pinwheel galaxy,” I said. The name is derived from its shape – albeit this pinwheel contains about a trillion stars.
The light from the Pinwheel traveled for 25 million years across the universe – about 150 quintillion miles – to get to my telescope. My wife wondered: “Doesn’t light get tired during such a long journey?”
Her curiosity triggered a thought-provoking conversation about light. Ultimately, why doesn’t light wear out and lose energy over time?
Let’s Talk About Light
I am an astrophysicist, and one of the first things I learned in my studies is how light often behaves in ways that defy our intuitions.
Light is electromagnetic radiation: basically, an electric wave and a magnetic wave coupled together and traveling through space-time. It has no mass. That point is critical because the mass of an object, whether a speck of dust or a spaceship, limits the top speed it can travel through space.
But because light is massless, it’s able to reach the maximum speed limit in a vacuum – about 186,000 miles (300,000 kilometers) per second, or almost 6 trillion miles per year (9.6 trillion kilometers). Nothing traveling through space is faster. To put that into perspective: In the time it takes you to blink your eyes, a particle of light travels around the circumference of the Earth more than twice.
As incredibly fast as that is, space is incredibly spread out. Light from the Sun, which is 93 million miles (about 150 million kilometers) from Earth, takes just over eight minutes to reach us. In other words, the sunlight you see is eight minutes old.
Alpha Centauri, the nearest star to us after the Sun, is 26 trillion miles away (about 41 trillion kilometers). So by the time you see it in the night sky, its light is just over four years old. Or, as astronomers say, it’s four light years away.
With those enormous distances in mind, consider Cristina’s question: How can light travel across the universe and not slowly lose energy?
Actually, some light does lose energy. This happens when it bounces off something, such as interstellar dust, and is scattered about.
But most light just goes and goes, without colliding with anything. This is almost always the case because space is mostly empty – nothingness. So there’s nothing in the way.
When light travels unimpeded, it loses no energy. It can maintain that 186,000-mile-per-second speed forever.
It’s About Time
Here’s another concept: Picture yourself as an astronaut on board the International Space Station. You’re orbiting at 17,000 miles (about 27,000 kilometers) per hour. Compared with someone on Earth, your wristwatch will tick 0.01 seconds slower over one year.
That’s an example of time dilation – time moving at different speeds under different conditions. If you’re moving really fast, or close to a large gravitational field, your clock will tick more slowly than someone moving slower than you, or who is further from a large gravitational field. To say it succinctly, time is relative.
Now consider that light is inextricably connected to time. Picture sitting on a photon, a fundamental particle of light; here, you’d experience maximum time dilation. Everyone on Earth would clock you at the speed of light, but from your reference frame, time would completely stop.
That’s because the “clocks” measuring time are in two different places going vastly different speeds: the photon moving at the speed of light, and the comparatively slowpoke speed of Earth going around the Sun.
What’s more, when you’re traveling at or close to the speed of light, the distance between where you are and where you’re going gets shorter. That is, space itself becomes more compact in the direction of motion – so the faster you can go, the shorter your journey has to be. In other words, for the photon, space gets squished.
Which brings us back to my picture of the Pinwheel galaxy. From the photon’s perspective, a star within the galaxy emitted it, and then a single pixel in my backyard camera absorbed it, at exactly the same time. Because space is squished, to the photon the journey was infinitely fast and infinitely short, a tiny fraction of a second.
But from our perspective on Earth, the photon left the galaxy 25 million years ago and traveled 25 million light years across space until it landed on my tablet in my backyard.
And there, on a cool spring night, its stunning image inspired a delightful conversation between a nerdy scientist and his curious wife.
Astronomers have detected the most promising signs yet of a possible biosignature outside the solar system, although they remain cautious. Using data from the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), the astronomers, led by the University of Cambridge, have detected the chemical fingerprints of dimethyl sulfide (DMS) and/or dimethyl disulfide (DMDS), in the atmosphere of the exoplanet K2-18b, which orbits its star in the habitable zone. (Credit: A. Smith, N. Madhusudhan (University of Cambridge))
A team of researchers has recently claimed they have discovered a gas called dimethyl sulphide (DMS) in the atmosphere of K2-18b, a planet orbiting a distant star.
The University of Cambridge team’s claims are potentially very exciting because, on Earth at least, the compound is produced by marine bacteria. The presence of this gas may be a sign of life on K2-18b too – but we can’t rush to conclusions just yet.
K2-18b has a radius 2.6 times that of Earth, a mass nearly nine times greater and orbits a star that is 124 light years away. We can’t directly tell what kinds of large scale characteristics it has, although one possibility is a world with a global liquid water ocean under a hydrogen-rich atmosphere.
Such a world might well be hospitable to life, but different ideas exist about the properties of this planet – and what that might mean for a DMS signature.
Claims for the detection of life on other planets go back decades.
In the 1970s, one of the scientists working on the Viking mission to Mars claimed that his experiment had indicated there could be microorganisms in the Martian soil. However, these conclusions were widely refuted by other researchers.
In 1996, a team said that microscopic features resembling bacteria had been found in the Martian meteorite ALH84001. However, subsequent studies cast significant doubt on the discovery.
Since the early 2000s there have also been repeated claims for the detection of methane gas in the atmosphere of Mars, both by remote sensing by satellites and by in-situ observations by rovers.
Methane can be produced by several mechanisms. One of these potential sources involves production by microorganisms. Such sources are described by scientists as being “biotic.” Other sources of methane, such as volcanoes and hydrothermal vents, don’t require life and are said to be “abiotic.”
Not all of the previous claims for evidence of extraterrestrial life involve the Red Planet. In 2020, Earth-based observations of Venus’s atmosphere implied the presence of low levels of phosphine gas.
Because phosphine gas can be produced by microbes, there was speculation that life might exist in Venus’s clouds. However, the detection of phosphine was later disputed by other scientists.
Proposed signs of life on other worlds are known as “biosignatures.” This is defined as “an object, substance, and/or pattern whose origin specifically requires a biological agent.” In other words, any detection requires all possible abiotic production pathways to be considered.
In addition to this, scientists face many challenges in the collection, interpretation, and planetary environmental context of possible biosignature gases. Understanding the composition of a planetary atmosphere from limited data, collected from light years away, is very difficult.
We also have to understand that these are often exotic environments, with conditions we do not experience on Earth. As such, exotic chemical processes may occur here too.
In order to characterize the atmospheres of exoplanets, we obtain what are called spectra. These are the fingerprints of molecules in the atmosphere that absorb light at specific wavelengths.
Once the data has been collected, it needs to be interpreted. Astronomers assess which chemicals, or combinations thereof, best fit the observations. It is an involved process and one that requires lots of computer based work. The process is especially challenging when dealing with exoplanets, where available data is at a premium.
Once these stages have been carried out, astronomers can then assign a confidence to the likelihood of a particular chemical signature being “real.” In the case of the recent discovery from K2-18b, the authors claim the detection of a feature that can only be explained by DMS with a likelihood of greater than 99.9%. In other words, there’s about a 1 in 1,500 chance that this feature is not actually there.
While the team behind the recent result favors a model of K2-18b as an ocean world, another team suggests it could actually have a magma (molten rock) ocean instead. It could also be a Neptune-like “gas dwarf” planet, with a small core shrouded in a thick layer of gas and ices. Both of these options would be much less favorable to the development of life – raising questions as to whether there are abiotic ways that DMS can form.
A Higher Bar?
But is the bar higher for claims of extraterrestrial life than for other areas of science? In a study claiming the detection of a biosignature, the usual level of scientific rigor expected for all research should apply to the collection and processing of the data, along with the interpretation of the results.
However, even when these standards have been met, claims that indicate the presence of life have in the past still been meet with high levels of scepticism. The reasons for this are probably best summed up by the phrase “extraordinary claims require extraordinary evidence”. This is attributed to the American planetary scientist, author and science communicator Carl Sagan.
While on Earth there are no known means of producing DMS without life, the chemical has been detected on a comet called 67/P, which was studied up close by the European Space Agency’s Rosetta spacecraft. DMS has even been detected in the interstellar medium, the space between stars, suggesting that it can be produced by non-biological, or abiotic, mechanisms.
Given the uncertainties about the nature of K2-18b, we cannot be sure if the presence of this gas might simply be a sign of non-biological processes we don’t yet understand.
The claimed discovery of DMS on K2-18b is interesting, exciting, and reflects huge advances in astronomy, planetary science and astrobiology. However, its possible implications mean that we have to consider the results very cautiously. We must also entertain alternative explanations before supporting such a profound conclusion as the presence of extraterrestrial life.
Singer Billy Joel performs in concert at Madison Square Garden on November 21, 2016 in New York City (Photo by Debby Wong on Shutterstock)
Billy Joel is stepping away from the stage. The 76-year-old music legend announced Friday that he’s canceling all remaining concerts after being diagnosed with Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus, a brain condition that’s been affecting his balance, hearing, and vision.
“This condition has been exacerbated by recent concert performances, leading to problems with hearing, vision, and balance,” Joel’s team said in a statement. “I’m sincerely sorry to disappoint our audience, and thank you for understanding,” Joel added.
It’s been a tough few months for Joel. Back in February, he fell flat on his back after throwing his microphone stand to a crew member during a show at Mohegan Sun Arena in Connecticut. He quickly stood up and finished the performance, but that fall may have been connected to what was to come.
What Exactly Is Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus?
If you’ve never heard of Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus—or NPH, as doctors call it—you’re not alone. It’s a rare condition that most often affects older adults, with an average age over 60.
Your brain has chambers called ventricles that normally contain a clear fluid called cerebrospinal fluid, or CSF. This fluid cushions the brain and spinal cord, supplies them with nutrients, and removes waste products. Normally, your body makes just enough CSF each day and absorbs that same amount.
But with NPH, something goes wrong with this system. The CSF is produced in regular amounts but fails to be absorbed properly, causing it to accumulate. As the fluid builds up, the ventricles enlarge to accommodate the extra volume. This enlargement puts pressure on the surrounding brain tissues, which can cause damage.
Telltale Signs Of NPH
NPH typically shows up through three main symptoms, though not everyone experiences all three: difficulty walking, problems with thinking and memory, and loss of bladder control.
Walking problems are usually the first sign and affect nearly all normal pressure Hydrocephalus patients. The condition causes a distinctive gait that doctors describe as broad-based, slow, and short-stepped. Some patients describe feeling like their feet are “stuck to the floor.” For a performer like Joel who’s used to commanding the stage, these balance issues would make concerts not just difficult, but potentially dangerous.
Mental symptoms can include loss of interest in daily activities, forgetfulness, and difficulty completing routine tasks. These changes often develop so gradually that families initially dismiss them as normal aging, but they’re actually symptoms of a treatable condition.
Why Does It Happen?
In some cases, NPH develops after brain injuries, bleeding, infections, tumors, or complications from surgery. But in most cases, doctors don’t know what causes the fluid buildup. NPH symptoms can look very similar to those of Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases, which can make diagnosis challenging.
Given Joel’s February fall and the physical demands of touring, it’s possible that the repeated strain of performing may have worsened his condition. However, his medical team hasn’t specified what might have triggered his NPH.
Treatment Options Offer Hope
Here’s some encouraging news: unlike many brain conditions, NPH can often be treated successfully. It’s one of the few causes of dementia-like symptoms that can be controlled or even reversed with proper treatment.
The main treatment involves surgically placing a device called a shunt in the brain’s ventricles. This thin tube creates an alternative pathway to drain the excess fluid, typically into the abdomen where the body can absorb it. Studies show that NPH symptoms improve in 70% to 90% of patients who receive shunt surgery.
Most people who are properly diagnosed and determined to be good candidates for the procedure experience significant improvement, though it may take weeks or months to see the full benefits. The biggest improvements are usually seen in walking ability, followed by cognitive function.
Joel’s statement mentioned he’s currently undergoing physical therapy under his doctor’s supervision, which suggests his medical team is taking a comprehensive approach to his care.
A Career On Pause, Not Over
Joel is canceling 17 stadium shows that were scheduled across North America and England. This includes highly anticipated performances at iconic venues like Yankee Stadium and Citi Field in New York, plus MetLife Stadium in New Jersey.
For an artist who wrapped up a decade-long residency at Madison Square Garden just last year and has been one of the most reliable touring acts in music, this decision couldn’t have been easy. But Joel is prioritizing his health, which is the right call.
It’s a question that’s long been the cause of debate: is it better to shower in the morning or at night?
Morning shower enthusiasts will say this is the obvious winner, as it helps you wake up and start the day fresh. Night shower loyalists, on the other hand, will argue it’s better to “wash the day away” and relax before bed.
But what does the research actually say? As a microbiologist, I can tell you there actually is a clear answer to this question.
First off, it’s important to stress that showering is an integral part of any good hygiene routine — regardless of when you prefer to have one.
Showering helps us remove dirt and oil from our skin, which can help prevent skin rashes and infections.
Showering also removes sweat, which can quell body odor.
Although many of us think that body odor is caused by sweat, it’s actually produced by bacteria that live on the surface of our skin. Fresh sweat is, in fact, odorless. But skin-dwelling bacteria – specifically staphylococci – use sweat as a direct nutrient source. When they break down the sweat, it releases a sulphur-containing compound called thioalcohols which is behind that pungent BO stench many of us are familiar with.
Day or night?
During the day, your body and hair inevitably collect pollutants and allergens (such as dust and pollen) alongside their usual accumulation of sweat and sebaceous oil. While some of these particles will be retained by your clothes, others will inevitably be transferred to your sheets and pillow cases.
The sweat and oil from you skin will also support the growth of the bacteria that comprise your skin microbiome. These bacteria may then also be transferred from your body onto your sheets.
Showering at night may remove some of the allergens, sweat and oil picked up during the day so less ends up on your bedsheets.
However, even if you’ve freshly showered before bed, you will still sweat during the night – whatever the temperature is. Your skin microbes will then eat the nutrients in that sweat. This means that by the morning, you’ll have both deposited microbes onto your bed sheets and you’ll probably also wake up with some BO.
What particularly negates the cleaning benefits of a night shower is if your bedding is not regularly laundered. The odor causing microbes present in your bed sheets may be transferred while you sleep onto your clean body.
Showering at night also does not stop your skin cells being shed. This means they can potentially become the food source of house dust mites, whose waste can be allergenic. If you don’t regularly wash your sheets, this could lead to a build-up of dead skin cell deposits which will feed more dust mites. The droppings from these dust mites can trigger allergies and exacerbate asthma.
Morning showers, on the other hand, can help remove dead skin cells as well as any sweat or bacteria you’ve picked up from your bed sheets during the night. This is especially important to do if your sheets weren’t freshly washed when you went to bed.
A morning shower suggests your body will be cleaner of night-acquired skin microbes when putting on fresh clothes. You’ll also start the day with less sweat for odor-producing bacteria to feed on – which will probably help you smell fresher for longer during the day compared to someone who showered at night. As a microbiologist, I am a day shower advocate.
Of course, everyone has their own shower preference. Whatever time you choose, remember that the effectiveness of your shower is influenced by many aspects of your personal hygiene regime – such as how frequently you wash your bed sheets.
So regardless of whether your prefer a morning or evening shower, it’s important to clean your bed linen regularly. You should launder your sheets and pillow cases at least weekly to remove all the sweat, bacteria, dead skin cells and sebaceous oils that have built up on your sheets.
Washing will also remove any fungal spores that might be growing on the bed linen – alongside the nutrient sources these odor producing microbes use to grow.
More than 60 million people are estimated to be living with dementia, resulting in over 1.5 million deaths a year and an annual cost to the global healthcare economy of around $1.3 trillion.
Despite decades of scientific research and billions of dollars of investments, dementia still has no cure. But what of the old saying that prevention is better than cure? Is preventing dementia possible? And if so, at what age should we be taking steps to do so?
Despite what many believe, dementia is not simply an unavoidable consequence of aging or genetics. It is estimated that up to 45% of dementia cases could potentially be prevented by reducing exposure to 14 modifiable risk factors common throughout the world.
Many of these risk factors – which include things like obesity, lack of exercise, and smoking – are traditionally studied from middle age (around 40 to 60 years old) onwards. As a result, several of the world’s leading health bodies and dementia charities now recommend that strategies aimed at reducing dementia risk should ideally be targeted at this age to reap the greatest benefits.
We argue, however, that targeting even younger ages is likely to provide greater benefits still. But how young are we talking? And why would exposure to risk factors many decades before the symptoms of dementia traditionally appear be important?
To explain, let’s work backwards from middle age, starting with the three decades covering adolescence and young adulthood (from ten to 40 years old).
Many lifestyle-related dementia risk factors emerge during the teenage years, then persist into adulthood. For example, 80% of adolescents living with obesity will remain this way when they are adults. The same applies to high blood pressure and lack of exercise. Similarly, virtually all adults who smoke or drink will have started these unhealthy habits in or around adolescence.
This poses two potential issues when considering middle age as the best starting point for dementia-prevention strategies. First, altering health behavior that has already been established is notoriously difficult. And second, most high-risk individuals targeted in middle age will almost certainly have been exposed to the damaging effects of these risk factors for many decades already.
As such, the most effective actions are likely to be those aimed at preventing unhealthy behavior in the first place, rather than attempting to change long-established habits decades down the line.
The Roots Of Dementia
But what about even earlier in people’s lives? Could the roots of dementia stretch as far back as childhood or infancy? Increasing evidence suggests yes, and that risk factor exposures in the first decade of life (or even while in the womb) may have lifelong implications for dementia risk.
To understand why this may be, it’s important to remember that our brain goes through three major periods during our lives – development in early life, a period of relative stability in adult life, and decline (in some functions) in old age.
Most dementia research understandably focuses on changes associated with that decline in later life. But there is increasing evidence that many of the differences in brain structure and function associated with dementia in older adults may have at least partly existed since childhood.
For example, in long-term studies where people have had their cognitive ability tracked across their whole lives, one of the most important factors explaining someone’s cognitive ability at age 70 is their cognitive ability when they were 11. That is, older adults with poorer cognitive skills have often had these lower skills since childhood, rather than the differences being solely due to a faster decline in older age.
Similar patterns are also seen when looking for evidence of dementia-related damage on brain scans, with some changes appearing to be more closely related to risk factor exposures in early life than current unhealthy lifestyles.
Taken together, perhaps the time has come for dementia prevention to be thought of as a lifelong goal, rather than simply a focus for old age.
A Lifelong Prevention Plan
But how do we achieve this in practical terms? Complex problems require complex solutions, and there is no quick fix to address this challenge. Many factors contribute to increasing or decreasing an individual’s dementia risk – there is no “one size fits all” approach.
But one thing generally agreed upon is that mass medication of young people is not the answer. Instead, we – along with 33 other leading international researchers in the field of dementia – recently published a set of recommendations for actions that can be taken at the individual, community and national levels to improve brain health from an early age.
Our consensus statement and recommendations deliver two clear messages. First, meaningful reductions in dementia risk for as many people as possible will only be achievable through a coordinated approach that brings together healthier environments, better education and smarter public policy.
By analyzing how far material ejected from an impact crater flies, scientists can locate buried glaciers and other interesting subsurface features. On the left is an image of a fresh Martian impact crater taken by NASA’s HiRISE instrument. On the right is the extent of an ejecta blanket according to computer simulations of impacts. (Credit: NASA/Aleksandra Sokolowska)
Mars keeps its secrets buried deep, but every meteorite that punches through its protective layers scatters evidence across the surface. Scientists from Brown University now believe the scattered debris around impact craters holds a coded message about what’s hiding beneath the Martian surface, including potentially life-sustaining ice deposits that future astronauts could tap into.
When meteorites strike Mars, they fling material outward in what scientists call an ejecta blanket. The distance this debris travels compared to the crater size (known as “ejecta mobility” or EM) works like a fingerprint that can identify what is beneath the planet’s surface. This could include ice resources that could be vital for future human missions.
According to new research published in the Journal of Geophysical Research: Planets, when solid ice lies just beneath the surface on Mars, the debris from crater impacts doesn’t spread as far, giving scientists a possible way to spot hidden ice from orbit.
This means we might be able to map underground ice deposits simply by analyzing crater patterns from spacecraft orbiting Mars, without needing to send expensive drilling equipment to the planet.
The international team, led by A.J. Sokolowska from Brown University, conducted sophisticated computer simulations of Martian impacts. Using a program called iSALE, they modeled what happens when meteorites hit different layers of material that might exist beneath Mars’ dusty exterior.
Their simulations focused on impacts creating craters roughly 50 meters across, similar to ones that have formed on Mars during the recent period of spacecraft observation. The team tested dozens of different underground setups, varying the materials, strengths, porosities, and layering patterns.
This study focuses on smaller, more common craters. These impacts probe the shallow subsurface that future explorers would need to access. They’re also “strength-dominated,” meaning the material’s physical properties have a stronger influence on the impact process than gravity does. This means that for smaller craters, the type of material under the surface matters more for how far debris flies than it does in larger craters, where gravity plays a bigger role.
Depending on what lies beneath the surface, ejecta can spread dramatically different distances. EM values ranged from as low as 7 to as high as 19 times the crater radius.
The team discovered that ejecta dynamics are affected by materials much deeper than previously thought, not just in the area directly carved out by the impact. This is because their dynamics are affected by what exists at deeper levels.
When impacts occur over areas with ice beneath the surface, the debris pattern looks distinctly different from impacts into purely rocky terrain. This difference is substantial enough that scientists could identify it in images from spacecraft like NASA’s Mars Reconnaissance Orbiter.
The researchers examined two small Martian impact craters with dramatically different ejecta patterns. One displayed an EM of approximately 19, while the other had an EM of just 11. The crater with the lower EM value is known to have excavated ice, exactly as the team’s models predicted.
If there is ice on Mars, that means there is water there, too. Finding water on Mars is crucial for any future human presence. Astronauts will need water not only for drinking but also for growing food and potentially producing rocket fuel for a return journey to Earth. Hauling all that water from Earth would be prohibitively expensive and logistically challenging.
The research also revealed interesting physics about how impact shocks move through different materials. When a meteorite hits Mars, it creates shock waves that behave differently depending on what materials they encounter. The researchers found that the contrast in acoustic impedance (how well sound waves move through a material) between different subsurface layers significantly affects how ejecta gets distributed.
Future missions to Mars could target areas where crater ejecta patterns suggest accessible ice deposits, potentially increasing the chances of mission success.
A vast cavern in South Dakota shielded from the outside world will house sensitive equipment to detect tiny changes in sub-atomic particles
Inside a laboratory nestled above the mist of the forests of South Dakota, scientists are searching for the answer to one of science’s biggest questions: why does our Universe exist?
They are in a race for the answer with a separate team of Japanese scientists – who are several years ahead.
The current theory of how the Universe came into being can’t explain the existence of the planets, stars and galaxies we see around us. Both teams are building detectors that study a sub-atomic particle called a neutrino in the hope of finding answers.
The US-led international collaboration is hoping the answer lies deep underground, in the aptly named Deep Underground Neutrino Experiment (Dune).
The scientists will travel 1,500 metres below the surface into three vast underground caverns. Such is the scale that construction crews and their bulldozers seem like small plastic toys by comparison.
The science director of this facility, Dr Jaret Heise describes the giant caves as “cathedrals to science”.
Dr Heise has been involved the construction of these caverns at the Sanford Underground Research Facility (Surf) for nearly ten years. They seal Dune off from the noise and radiation from the world above. Now, Dune is now ready for the next stage.
“We are poised to build the detector that will change our understanding of the Universe with instruments that will be deployed by a collaboration of more than 1,400 scientists from 35 countries who are eager to answer the question of why we exist,” he says.
When the Universe was created two kinds of particles were created: matter – from which stars, planets and everything around us are made – and, in equal amounts, antimatter, matter’s exact opposite.
Theoretically the two should have cancelled each other out, leaving nothing but a big burst of energy. And yet, here we – as matter – are.
Scientists believe that the answer to understanding why matter won – and we exist – lies in studying a particle called the neutrino and its antimatter opposite, the anti-neutrino.
They will be firing beams of both kinds of particles from deep underground in Illinois to the detectors at South Dakota, 800 miles away.
This is because as they travel, neutrinos and anti-neutrinos change ever so slightly.
The scientists want to find out whether those changes are different for the neutrinos and anti-neutrinos. If they are, it could lead them to the answer of why matter and anti-matter don’t cancel each other out.
Dune is an international collaboration, involving 1,400 scientists from thirty countries. Among them is Dr Kate Shaw from Sussex University, who told me that the discoveries in store will be “transformative” to our understanding of the Universe and humanity’s view of itself.
“It is really exciting that we are here now with the technology, with the engineering, with the computer software skills to really be able to attack these big questions,” she said.
Half a world away, Japanese scientists are using shining golden globes to search for the same answers. Gleaming in all its splendour it is like a temple to science, mirroring the cathedral in South Dakota 6,000 miles (9,650 km) away. The scientists are building Hyper-K – which will be a bigger and better version of their existing neutrino detector, Super-K.
The Japanese-led team will be ready to turn on their neutrino beam in less than three years, several years earlier than the American project. Just like Dune, Hyper-K is an international collaboration. Dr Mark Scott of Imperial College, London believes his team is in pole position to make one of the biggest ever discoveries about the origin of the Universe.
“We switch on earlier and we have a larger detector, so we should have more sensitivity sooner than Dune,” he says.
Having both experiments running together means that scientists will learn more than they would with just one, but, he says, “I would like to get there first!”
Dark chocolate and tea are examples of things you can incorporate into your diet to help lower blood pressure. (Photo by StudyFinds on Shutterstock AI Generator)
Instead of buying the next trendy expensive supplement or exotic superfood, a morning cup of tea could do more for your blood pressure than you realize. A new international study suggests that certain foods, like tea and dark chocolate, pack enough cardiovascular punch to rival prescription medications—at least for people who need them most.
Researchers analyzed 145 clinical trials involving over 5,000 participants and found that foods rich in compounds called flavan-3-ols can slash blood pressure by amounts comparable to many hypertension drugs. In people with high blood pressure, consuming these foods daily dropped their readings by about 6 points systolic (the top number) and 3 points diastolic (the bottom number), similar to what doctors see with standard medications.
The study, published in the European Journal of Preventive Cardiology, examined foods that most Americans already know and love: dark chocolate, tea (both green and black), apples, and grapes. Unlike studies that test isolated compounds in lab settings, this analysis looked at actual foods people can easily incorporate into their daily routines.
Blood pressure benefits weren’t the only good news. These foods also improved how well blood vessels function, measured through a test called flow-mediated dilation, which is how well arteries expand when blood flows through them. This effect occurred regardless of blood pressure changes, suggesting that flavan-3-ols might offer cardiovascular protection beyond just lowering the numbers on a monitor.
The research team combed through medical databases for studies published between 1946 and 2024. They included only randomized controlled trials, the gold standard for medical research, that tested flavan-3-ol-rich foods against placebos.
Bigger Benefits for Those Who Need It Most
The trials varied widely in design and duration, from single-dose studies measuring immediate effects to longer trials lasting up to 26 weeks. Participants ranged from healthy volunteers to people with existing cardiovascular disease, diabetes, or hypertension. This diversity actually strengthens the findings, showing that benefits appear across different populations and health conditions.
Breaking down the effective doses, the average intervention delivered 586 milligrams of total flavan-3-ols daily. Dark chocolate studies typically used about 56 grams (roughly two ounces) of chocolate with 75% cocoa content. Tea studies provided around 700 milliliters (about three cups) daily. Apple studies used about 340 grams, roughly two medium apples.
Researchers found that blood pressure benefits were most pronounced in people who needed them most. Those with normal blood pressure saw minimal changes, but people with elevated readings or diagnosed hypertension experienced significant drops. This mirrors how prescription blood pressure medications work; they’re most effective in people with higher baseline readings.
They also examined isolated compounds versus whole foods. Studies using purified epicatechin (the main flavan-3-ol in cocoa) or EGCG (common in green tea) showed weaker effects than studies using actual chocolate or tea. This suggests that the benefits come from the complex interplay of compounds in whole foods, not just single active ingredients.
Flow-mediated dilation improved by about 2% on average. This might sound small, but research has shown that every 1% improvement in this measure corresponds to a 10% reduction in cardiovascular disease risk.
The E-BAR could prevent injuries that could land seniors in assisted living facilities. (Dragana Gordic/Shutterstock)
Over 11,000 Americans turn 65 each day, and with each passing year comes more risk for one of the most dangerous threats of aging: falls. But have no fear! Researchers from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) have designed a new robot, aptly named E-BAR (Elderly Bodily Assistance Robot), that can lift a person from the floor, help with daily movements, and catch someone during a fall, all without requiring them to wear any special harness or device.
Ninety-two percent of elderly Americans strongly prefer to age in their homes rather than move to assisted living facilities, but falls remain the leading cause of injury for those over 65. In fact, approximately one in four elderly Americans—nearly 14 million people—falls each year.
This research, set to be presented at the IEEE Conference on Robotics and Automation (ICRA), provides new safety technology for seniors who are afraid of falling but don’t want to be put in a nursing home or assisted living facility.
“Many older adults underestimate the risk of fall and refuse to use physical aids, which are cumbersome, while others overestimate the risk and may not exercise, leading to declining mobility,” says study author Harry Asada from MIT, in a statement.
Most elderly individuals resist wearing restrictive devices despite needing assistance, and switching between different assistive technologies can be hazardous for older adults trying to manage independently.
The Fall Prevention Robot
What separates E-BAR from existing eldercare robots is its unique combination of features in a single system. While other robots might help with standing or walking or provide fall detection, E-BAR does it all with a surprisingly slim profile—just 38 centimeters at its narrowest point. This allows it to navigate through typical home doorways and around furniture.
The robot functions like an invisible safety net positioned behind the user. Its U-shaped fork can provide support under the arms or at the forearms, enabling activities that many elderly people avoid due to fear of falling, such as bending to pick up objects or getting in and out of bathtubs.
When the team tested the robot with elderly participants and caregivers, they found that many older adults have enough muscle strength for daily activities but lack confidence in their balance. E-BAR targets exactly this population, the approximately 24% of Americans over 65 who have significant muscle strength but require assistive devices, and the 28% of those over 75 who show increased fall risk in clinical assessments.
Making Independent Living Safer
Unlike most support robots that require the user to stand within the robot’s base footprint, E-BAR can extend its support arm across gaps like bathtub edges while maintaining stability. This was achieved through computational optimization that balanced competing priorities like footprint size, reach distance, and stability.
To create the lifting mechanism, the MIT team developed an innovative 18-bar linkage system that follows the natural trajectory of human movement when transitioning from sitting to standing. This mechanism provides maximum mechanical advantage at key points where users need the most help, mimicking how a caregiver might assist someone.
The E-BAR includes four rapidly inflating airbags that can deploy in less than 250 milliseconds to catch someone during a fall. The system monitors for balance issues and can predict a fall before descent begins, giving the airbags enough time to inflate and safely cushion the user.
Should you ditch your nine-to-five to pursue your passion? (Studio Romantic/Shutterstock)
Trading the 9-to-5 for fulfillment still comes with a cost
When was the last time you felt truly alive at work? For a small but growing segment of the workforce, that feeling isn’t the exception; it’s their entire career strategy. New research reveals how some people are rejecting cubicle life entirely, transforming recreational passions into full-time work in a quest for deeper meaning. But the reality isn’t all sunshine and rainbows.
A new international study published in the International Journal of Research in Marketing explores these bold souls who transform their passions into full-time careers in search of fulfillment. The researchers call this phenomenon “eudaimonic consumption careers” (ECCs), where people chase lasting happiness not through material possessions but by making their passion for extraordinary experiences their actual job.
“These workers are after feelings of accomplishment, a life of virtue and greater meaning in life,” says study author Marian Makkar from the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, in a statement. “Happiness can be fleeting and short-lived, but hard work and setting big goals and developing skills to get there is what can bring long-term life satisfaction and fulfillment.”
The authors point out that little research exists about individuals who make permanent escapes into career paths. Through an extensive 10.5-year ethnographic study following snowsports instructors across Canada and New Zealand, researchers uncovered what drives people to abandon traditional career paths, the challenges they face in sustaining these alternative lifestyles, and what ultimately causes some to return to conventional work.
Escaping the 9-to-5 Trap
For many caught in unfulfilling office jobs, reading this study might spark recognition of a deeper yearning—and perhaps offer a roadmap for those brave enough to consider jumping ship.
Imagine waking up every morning genuinely excited about your workday. That’s the reality for snowsports instructors who travel hemisphere to hemisphere chasing endless winter. Rather than seeing their passion as just a weekend escape, they’ve built entire lives around it.
One participant in the study said: “I remember at university my first management lecturer said, ‘you could go on to be a CEO, be on $300,000 a year and have a month off every year to go skiing,’ and I said, ‘or I could go skiing every day and still afford to eat and pay my rent. It’s all I really need, isn’t it?’”
The researchers discovered that people typically embark on these unconventional careers for two main reasons: escaping from something (the drudgery of conventional work) and escaping to something (a life centered around passion and meaning).
Lars, another participant, described snowboarding as an escape route from sedentary modern life. He emphasized the visceral, embodied experience that allows people to release tensions in ways that aren’t available in everyday routines.
Many participants explicitly rejected the conventional life script of acquiring a mortgage, accumulating possessions, and climbing corporate ladders. Lars explained how accepting a traditional job means accepting extremely limited freedom—perhaps twenty days off annually for forty years—and how responsibilities like mortgages, houses, and children create a trap that’s difficult to escape.
Finding Meaning Through Mastery and Community
But these alternative careers aren’t just about avoiding responsibility; they involve a different kind of commitment. The researchers identified a transition that happens when people move from merely enjoying an activity to pursuing mastery and meaning through it.
John, one of the snowboarders studied, described how the sport demands complete focus at high speeds, but with increasing skill, one develops the ability to process multiple elements within short timeframes. This heightened awareness creates a sensation of expanded time during brief moments.
This level of presence and skill development represents what the researchers call a “eudaimonic transition,” where pleasure comes not just from temporary thrills but from accomplishment, personal growth, and skilled performance.
“We heard stories of financial, mental, and physical sacrifice, but overwhelmingly, participants reported experiencing significant personal growth and fulfillment,” says Makkar.
However, sustaining these alternative careers comes with significant challenges. The researchers identified several “career demands” that participants struggled with, including:
Chronotopic mobility – Being forced to constantly relocate following seasonal work, which strains relationships and creates instability.
Compensatory prosumption – Having to balance teaching others (to earn money) with pursuing their own enjoyment of the activity.
Economic disincentives – Dealing with low pay, precarious employment, and financial insecurity.
Many participants described a community that helps offset these challenges: a network of like-minded individuals who share resources and provide social support. One instructor explained the contrast between normal social boundaries and the snowsports community, noting how someone would never approach a stranger in a pub asking for accommodation, but in ski communities, meeting someone on a chairlift could naturally lead to offers of housing.
Why Some Return to Conventional Jobs
Despite this community support, the researchers found that many people eventually exit these passion-fueled careers due to what they term “disintegrative triggers.” Financial pressures, the strain of constant mobility (what they call the “tyranny of liquidity”), and reaching a plateau in skill development all contributed to decisions to return to more conventional work.
Beth, who left instructing after several years, described the precarious employment situation in which instructors are considered disposable. She mentioned contractual issues, such as employment being promised starting in December, but actual work and payment not materializing until late January, forcing people to deplete their savings during waiting periods.
What happens after people leave these alternative careers varies. Some experience what the researchers call “experiential extinction,” where the passion that once drove them disappears entirely. Others find ways to maintain connection through what’s termed “experiential migration,” transferring their pursuit of meaning to other activities or finding ways to continue part-time.
Rather than seeing work and pleasure as opposites, these eudaimonic consumption careers represent an attempt to integrate them, to make one’s passion the center of both economic and personal life.
“For employees, there’s never been a better time to demand flexibility or consider dumping nine-to-five roles for careers that are more meaningful,” says Makkar.
Traditional careers offer stability while eudaimonic ones offer meaning, but both exact their own unique costs. One path isn’t better than another; understanding both allows us to navigate our own choices more clearly. What would you be willing to sacrifice for meaning? What comforts could you surrender for freedom? These aren’t just questions for ski bums—they’re questions for anyone who’s ever felt trapped by success.
For the first time, scientists have pitted the two most popular weight loss drugs against each other in a direct competition – and one clearly dominates. A new study led by Weill Cornell Medicine researchers reveals that tirzepatide (Mounjaro, Zepbound) helps people lose significantly more weight than semaglutide (Wegovy).
The difference is striking: people taking tirzepatide lost 20.2% of their body weight over 72 weeks, while those on semaglutide dropped 13.7%. For a 250-pound person, that translates to about 50 pounds with tirzepatide versus 34 pounds with semaglutide – a 16-pound gap that could dramatically impact quality of life.
Results of the study are published in the New England Journal of Medicine.
Tirzapetide vs. Semaglutide
Both medications work by mimicking hormones that our bodies naturally produce, but they target different receptors. Semaglutide activates only one hormone pathway – glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) – which helps control appetite and slows digestion. Tirzepatide hits that same GLP-1 target but also activates a second hormone called GIP. This dual-action approach appears to be more effective for weight loss.
The SURMOUNT-5 trial, led by Dr. Louis Aronne from Weill Cornell Medicine, recruited 751 adults with obesity but without diabetes. Half received weekly tirzepatide injections, while the other half got weekly semaglutide shots. Both medications required gradual dose increases to reach their maximum strength.
Beyond the Scale: Health Benefits and Waistline Reduction
The benefits extended beyond just weight. Tirzepatide users saw their waistlines shrink by 7.2 inches on average, compared to 5.1 inches with semaglutide. This difference matters because abdominal fat surrounds vital organs and increases the risk of heart disease, diabetes, and other conditions.
As weight dropped, health markers improved with both medications. Blood pressure, blood sugar, and cholesterol levels all showed improvements, with tirzepatide generally showing a stronger effect. Participants who lost more weight – especially those dropping 20% or more – experienced the most significant health improvements.
Side Effects and Real-World Implications
Stomach issues topped the side effect list for both medications – nausea affected about 44% of participants in both groups, while constipation troubled roughly 28%. Interestingly, twice as many people quit taking semaglutide due to digestive problems (5.6% versus 2.7% for tirzepatide).
Demand for weight loss medications continues to climb, with both manufacturers struggling to meet demand amid ongoing shortages. Insurance coverage remains inconsistent, forcing many patients to pay over $1,000 monthly out-of-pocket for either medication.
With the CDC estimating that more than 35% of American adults living with obesity – which increases risks for heart disease, stroke, diabetes, and certain cancers – these medications represent a major advance in treatment options. However, they work best alongside lifestyle changes like healthier eating and regular physical activity.
As remarkable as these results are, they come with limitations. The trial was open-label, meaning participants knew which medication they were receiving. And though the medications were tested for 72 weeks, obesity is a chronic condition requiring long-term management. Questions remain about what happens when people stop taking these medications, with some studies suggesting significant weight regain.
For now, tirzepatide has claimed the weight loss crown. The outstanding question is whether its superior results will justify what will likely be a higher price tag – and whether insurance companies will agree to cover it.
The news made for an alarming headline recently: Research showed that common chemicals in plastics were associated with 350,000 heart disease deaths across the world in 2018.
The statistic came from a study published in the journal eBioMedicine. The authors, a group of researchers at New York University’s Grossman School of Medicine, estimated that roughly 13 per cent of cardiovascular deaths among 55- to 64-year-olds worldwide that year could be attributed to phthalates, which are used in food packaging, shampoo, toys and more.
Research on the effect of phthalates on cardiovascular disease is still emerging, but their link to metabolic risk factors like obesity suggests they could play a role in heart disease.
While experts agree that phthalates are harmful, they cautioned that the study relied on complex statistical modelling and a series of assumptions and estimates that make it difficult to determine how many deaths might be linked to the chemicals.
“This is an early step of trying to understand the magnitude of the problem,” said Dr Mark Huffman, a cardiologist and a co-director of the global health centre at WashU Medicine in St Louis. But, he added, there’s a need for far more studies to understand the relationship between phthalates and heart health, and what other factors might come into play.
THE BACKGROUND
Phthalates are found in personal care products like shampoos and lotions, as well as in food containers and packaging. It’s possible to ingest them through food, absorb them through the skin from products containing them or breathe them in as dust.
Studies have shown that phthalates are endocrine disrupters, meaning that they can interfere with our hormones. They have been associated with negative effects on reproductive health, pregnancy and birth issues.
Some studies have shown an association between phthalates and cardiovascular disease, but there isn’t strong evidence to show that the chemicals directly cause heart issues, said Sung Kyun Park, a professor of epidemiology and environmental sciences at the University of Michigan School of Public Health.
There is evidence that phthalates increase the risk of metabolic disorders like obesity and Type 2 diabetes, which can cause cardiovascular disease.
One way phthalates may do this is by increasing oxidative stress – cell and tissue damage that happens when there are too many unstable molecules in the body – and by promoting inflammation, said Dr Leonardo Trasande, senior author of the new paper and a professor of paediatricsand population health at NYU.
THE RESEARCH
In the latest study, researchers attempted to quantify global cardiovascular deaths attributable specifically to one type of phthalate, known as DEHP. One of the most widely used and studied phthalates, DEHP is found in vinyl products including tablecloths, shower curtains and flooring.
The researchers relied on estimates from previous research for several measures: Phthalate exposures, the risk of such exposures on cardiovascular deaths and the global burden of cardiovascular disease. They then calculated the share of deaths attributable to phthalate exposures in different countries, Dr Trasande said. The Middle East, South Asia, East Asia and the Pacific accounted for nearly three-quarters of these deaths.
THE LIMITATIONS
This was an observational study that showed a correlation between estimated exposure to the chemical and disease at the population level. Experts said that the methods used were not unusual for studies that model global disease, but that such studies come with caveats.
For example, Dr Huffman said, the estimates from the literature that the authors relied on in their calculations may themselves have incorporated some bias or confounding variables, such as socioeconomic status or dietary behaviours, that could relate both to plastic exposure and to cardiovascular disease rates.
“A pretty important part of the result of the model is what you put into the model,” Dr Huffman said.
The study also relied on an earlier analysis by Dr Trasande to estimate the risk of cardiovascular death from phthalate exposure, after controlling for other known risk factors. But that paper only examined US patients, which means it might not be possible to generalise the results to a global population, where dietary habits, cigarette smoke exposure, physical activity and other cardiovascular risk factors may vary.
WHAT’S NEXT
What’s clear from the study, experts said, is that we need more research on phthalate exposure and the associated health risks. Though it would be ethically impossible and impractical to do a classic randomised trial, in which one group of people were exposed to phthalates and others were not and they were followed for many years, other types of studies could help more clearly establish a link.
One way, Dr Park said, would be to have researchers recruit a large, representative sample of patients, measure their levels of exposure and follow them for years, perhaps until death. Dr Huffman suggested it would also be worthwhile to try out strategies that might reduce exposure levels and then measure any changes in health outcomes.
Close up of Indian “Ghost” Pipe Plant (Monotropa uniflora) white in color and growing in the Chippewa National Forest, northern Minnesota USA. (Photo by Larry Eiden on Shutterstock)
Few people outside herbalist circles had heard of ghost pipe a decade ago. These days, however, this strange white plant that lacks chlorophyll has developed an almost cult-like following online, with enthusiasts using it primarily for pain relief—despite minimal scientific understanding of its properties or safety.
From Forest Floor to Facebook Fame
Results of a survey published in Economic Botany reveals how digital media has dramatically transformed the way Americans use ghost pipe, creating what researchers call “digital ethnobotany”—the evolution of plant knowledge through online communities rather than traditional person-to-person teaching.
The Pennsylvania State University researchers write in their paper: “The internet has emerged as an important platform not only for learning and sharing ghost pipe ethnobotany, but also for developing new traditions and practices.” This represents one of the first comprehensive studies on contemporary ghost pipe use.
Their findings show a clear disconnect between historical uses and modern applications. While indigenous cultures and 19th-century physicians primarily used ghost pipe for eye inflammation, nervous system regulation, and treating convulsions, today’s users overwhelmingly consume it as a tincture for pain management—a practice popularized by just a handful of influential blog posts.
New Uses for an Old Plant
The research team surveyed 489 ghost pipe users across 42 U.S. states to create an unprecedented snapshot of this growing herbalist movement. A striking 84% of respondents reported using ghost pipe for pain relief, with older adults most likely to use it regularly for this purpose. Mental health applications followed, with 71% using it for anxiety, 68% for relaxation, and 60% for “psycho-spiritual wellbeing.”
The preparation method has also changed dramatically. While historical records mention consuming dried powder or applying fresh juice, modern users overwhelmingly (92%) prepare ghost pipe as an alcohol tincture—a method prominently featured in those same influential blog posts that sparked the plant’s popularity surge around 2010.
Google search data backs up the digital-driven nature of this phenomenon. Search interest for ghost pipe increased dramatically between 2010 and 2023, with peak interest in 2023 coinciding with rising popularity on social media platforms. When asked how they first learned about ghost pipe, the largest segment of respondents (30%) cited social media or the internet as their primary source.
Ghost Pipe Safety Concerns and Conservation
Half of respondents expressed worry about the lack of scientific information regarding ghost pipe’s chemical compounds and effects. This concern appears warranted, as the only published paper on ghost pipe’s chemistry (from 1889) suggested it might contain toxic compounds—findings that have not been verified in the intervening 130+ years.
Despite these concerns, only four respondents reported experiencing negative effects after consuming ghost pipe. This indicates either relative safety or, more likely, that the typical consumption pattern (infrequent use of small tincture doses) limits exposure to potentially harmful compounds.
Conservation emerged as another key concern, with 45% of respondents worried about the plant’s sustainability. This has influenced harvesting practices, with 79% of foragers implementing some form of stewardship. Most commonly, they limit their harvest quantity (90%) and harvest only aerial portions of the plant (53%), leaving the roots intact—another practice popularized online that differs from historical uses.
The ghost pipe phenomenon demonstrates both the power and potential danger of “digital ethnobotany.” While online communities have revived interest in forgotten medicinal plants and created new sustainable harvesting practices, they’ve also popularized untested applications with minimal scientific validation.
That said, before trying any new remedies or altering your current pain relief regimen, you should always talk to your doctor first.
Your body might be 35, but your heart could be pumping like it’s 80. A team of researchers from the UK, Singapore, and Spain discovered people with conditions like obesity, diabetes, and high blood pressure have hearts functioning as if they’re nearly five years older than their actual age. For those with severe obesity, the numbers are shocking: their hearts may function as if they’re 45 years older than their chronological age.
The Age Gap That Could Save Your Life
Led by Dr. Pankaj Garg from the University of East Anglia’s Norwich Medical School, the international team analyzed cardiac MRI scans from 563 people across five global centers. They compared 191 healthy individuals against 366 participants with cardiovascular risk factors.
They found that the left atrium—the chamber receiving oxygen-rich blood from the lungs—showed the most consistent age-related changes. This chamber naturally grows larger and less efficient as people age, but these changes accelerate dramatically in people with heart problems.
While healthy people’s heart age matched their chronological age, those with risk factors showed hearts functioning almost five years older on average.
Breaking down the data by degree of obesity revealed an even more concerning picture:
People with mild obesity (BMI 30-34.9) had hearts about four years older than their actual age
Those with moderate obesity (BMI 35-39.9) showed hearts roughly five years older
People with severe obesity (BMI over 40) had hearts functioning 45 years beyond their chronological age
Diabetes showed an unusual pattern, with its greatest impact in middle age—diabetics in their 40s had hearts functioning up to 56 years older than healthy peers. High blood pressure consistently aged hearts prematurely until around age 70, while people with atrial fibrillation showed significantly older heart ages across all age groups.
A New Way to Understand Heart Health
Instead of overwhelming patients with complex statistics, doctors can now deliver a simple message: “Your heart is working like someone much older than you.”
“By demonstrating the discrepancy in cardiac and functional age, CMR-derived functional heart age might highlight patients in need of risk factor interventions and help simplify concepts for patients,” the researchers wrote in their paper.
This approach offers a powerful conceptual tool. Rather than decoding complex risk factors, patients can grasp one straightforward fact: their heart is functioning like that of someone decades older.
“People with health issues like diabetes or obesity often have hearts that are aging faster than they should – sometimes by decades. So, this could help doctors step in early to stop heart disease in its tracks,” Dr. Garg explains in a statement. “This is a game-changer for keeping hearts healthier, longer.
What This Means for Medical Standards
The research, published in the European Heart Journal Open, also uncovered fascinating normal changes in heart function throughout aging. The pumping efficiency of the left ventricle—your heart’s main chamber—actually increases with age in healthy individuals, but this beneficial adaptation gets disrupted in people with heart problems.
Current medical standards might need revision to account for these normal age-related changes. The paper notes that “Many accepted measures of cardiac function, including ejection fraction, may require age adjustment to factor in reduced compliance of the heart during healthy aging.”
“Heart disease is one of the world’s biggest killers. Our new MRI method gives doctors a powerful tool to look inside the heart like never before and spot trouble early – before symptoms even start,” says Garg. “By knowing your heart’s true age, patients could get advice or treatments to slow down the aging process, potentially preventing heart attacks or strokes. It could also be the wake-up call people need to take better care of themselves, whether that’s eating healthier, exercising more, or following their doctor’s advice. It’s about giving people a fighting chance against heart disease.”
For the average person, the takeaway is clear: cardiovascular risk factors don’t just increase your chance of heart attack or stroke—they’re actively aging your heart beyond your years. This new way of measuring heart age could motivate more people to take their cardiovascular health seriously through medication, diet, and exercise before serious problems develop.
Many Americans would be reluctant to receive a bird flu vaccination. (Melnikov Dmitriy/Shutterstock)
Warnings about bird flu transmission have been popping up on headlines across the globe. Public health concerns over bird flu, however, could face serious roadblocks as most Americans remain either unwilling or uncertain about taking protective measures against the spreading virus.
A startling 61.4% of Americans would either refuse or are unsure about taking a vaccine for highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI), even if recommended by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Similarly, 55.6% would resist or question changing their dietary habits despite potential risks from consuming certain animal products.
These findings come from a national survey of 10,000 Americans conducted in August 2024, as cases of bird flu continue to emerge across the United States. The study, published in the American Journal of Public Health, finds concerning results over public awareness and willingness to take preventive action against this growing health threat.
The researchers note that the gap between public health experts’ warnings and the public’s understanding of the issue jeopardizes the country’s ability to manage and prevent the further spread of the virus effectively.
Public Awareness Gap
While 64.4% of survey respondents had heard of bird flu, only about a quarter (26.1%) understood that it could spread to humans, and even fewer (18.8%) were aware that a subtype (the H5N1 virus) had been detected in cattle.
By the time of the survey, 66 human cases had been confirmed in the United States in 2024, with most occurring among people with occupational exposure to sick animals. However, in September 2024, the first case without known occupational exposure was diagnosed in Missouri, suggesting potential unknown transmission pathways.
Many Americans also demonstrated limited understanding of food safety practices that could reduce infection risk. Less than 54% knew that pasteurized milk is safer than raw milk, despite recent recalls of H5N1-contaminated raw milk in California. Only about 71% understood that cooking meat at high temperatures could eliminate harmful viruses like H5N1.
Political Divide Deepens Response
Political affiliation influenced attitudes toward preventive measures. Democrats were significantly more likely to accept both vaccination and dietary changes compared to Republicans and Independents.
When controlling for sociodemographic factors, the study found Republicans were 3.5 times more likely to resist vaccination and 1.56 times more likely to resist dietary changes compared to Democrats. Independents showed similar patterns, being 2.69 times more likely to resist vaccination and 1.43 times more likely to resist dietary changes than Democrats.
Researchers suggest these political divisions reflect broader societal trends where skepticism of government recommendations runs deeper among conservative voters.
Location also played a significant role in willingness to follow public health guidance. Rural residents, who ironically may have higher exposure risk due to proximity to agriculture and livestock, showed greater resistance to both vaccination and dietary changes than urban dwellers.
Only 33.9% of rural Americans indicated they would accept a CDC-recommended vaccine, compared to 39.8% of urban residents. Similarly, just 38.9% of rural respondents would change dietary habits based on recommendations, versus 45.8% of urban dwellers.
Trust in government health agencies emerged as another critical factor. The study revealed limited trust in the CDC, Food and Drug Administration, and U.S. Department of Agriculture among nearly 40% of respondents.
When people don’t trust experts, they’re more likely to ignore their advice and resist taking necessary steps to protect their health, even if those actions are meant to prevent the spread of dangerous diseases like H5N1.
Pandemic Fatigue Complicates Response
After years of COVID-19 messaging and restrictions, many Americans appear exhausted by public health campaigns. The study found 38% of respondents reported feeling “mentally and emotionally drained by the constant cycle of health warnings and changes to daily life.”
This pandemic fatigue may further complicate efforts to engage the public in preventive measures against bird flu, even as the threat grows more serious.
Managing the current avian influenza threat and preparing for future infectious disease complications requires urgent action. Study researchers recommend clear, targeted messaging that engages local leaders and academic partners already working in communities.
In order to avoid a major public health crisis, the United States needs to bolster its health agencies, while also educating and engaging the public, about the dangers of consuming unpasteurized milk and the importance of vaccination. Without addressing the underlying issues of political polarization, rural-urban divides, and eroded trust in health institutions, efforts to control this emerging threat may fall short.
The study has analyses more than 8,000 cases of endometriosis, a condition that causes severe pain and affects about 1.5 million women in the UK
Women with endometriosis are at a significantly higher risk for developing a range of autoimmune diseases, new research has shown.
The new study, involving researchers from the University of Oxford, has identified a significant genetic link between conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis, coeliac disease and multiple sclerosis to endometriosis.
Women with endometriosis were found to have a 30-80% increased risk of developing autoimmune diseases.
The research team said the new information could be used “to look for new treatment avenues that may work across these conditions”.
Endometriosis, a condition where cells similar to those in the lining of the womb grow in other parts of the body, affects about 1.5 million women in the UK.
Symptoms include severe period pain and it causes extreme tiredness.
The study used data from the UK Biobank to analyse more than 8,000 endometriosis cases and 64,000 clinical disease cases.
The researchers examined the association between endometriosis and 31 different immune conditions.
Prof Krina Zondervan, joint senior author and head of the Nuffield Department of Women’s and Reproductive Health at the University of Oxford, said such large studies provided “valuable new insights into disease biology”.
“In this case, we have provided solid evidence of a link between endometriosis and subsequent risk of diseases such as osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis, and we have shown this has a biological basis,” she said.
“This new information can now be leveraged to look for new treatment avenues that may work across these conditions.”
The team said that understanding “opens up exciting possibilities” for new therapeutic approaches, such as drug repurposing or the development of combined treatments.
The findings also suggest that women with endometriosis should be more closely monitored for the development of immunological conditions.
The research was mainly funded by Wellbeing of Women UK.
Chief executive Janet Lindsay said it was “an important step” in building a more accurate understanding of endometriosis.
Crisps, croissants, doughnuts, muffins, sweets and hot dogs all count as ultra-processed food
People who eat lots of ultra-processed foods (UPF) may be at greater risk of dying early, a study in eight countries including the UK and the US suggests.
Processed meats, biscuits, fizzy drinks, ice cream and some breakfast cereals are examples of UPF, which are becoming increasingly common in diets worldwide.
UPFs tend to contain more than five ingredients, which are not usually found in home cooking, such as additives, sweeteners and chemicals to improve the food’s texture or appearance.
Some experts say it’s not known why UPFs are linked to poor health – there is little evidence it’s down to the processing itself and could be because these foods contain high levels of fat, salt and sugar.
‘Artificial ingredients’
The researchers behind the study, published in the American Journal of Preventive Medicine, looked at previous research to estimate the impact of ultra-processed food intake on mortality.
The study cannot definitively prove that UPFs caused any premature deaths.
This is because the amount of ultra-processed foods in someone’s diet is also linked to their overall diet, exercise levels, wider lifestyle and wealth, which can all also affect health.
The studies looked at surveys of people’s diets and at data on deaths from eight countries – Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, UK and US.
The report estimates that in the UK and the US, where UPFs account for more than half of calorie intake, 14% of early deaths could be linked to the harms they cause.
In countries such as Colombia and Brazil, where UPF intake is much lower (less than 20% of calorie intake), the study estimated these foods are linked to around 4% of premature deaths.
Lead study author Dr Eduardo Nilson, from Brazil, said UPFs affected health “because of the changes in the foods during industrial processing and the use of artificial ingredients, including colorants, artificial flavours and sweeteners, emulsifiers, and many other additives and processing aids”.
By their calculations, in the US in 2018, there were 124,000 premature deaths due to the consumption of ultra-processed food. In the UK, nearly 18,000.
The study says governments should update their dietary advice to urge people to cut back on these foods.
But the UK government’s expert panel on nutrition recently said there wasn’t any strong evidence of a link between the way food is processed and poor health.
What is ultra-processed food?
There is no one definition that everyone agrees on, but the NOVA classification is often used. Examples include:
cakes, pastries and biscuits
crisps
supermarket bread
sausages, burgers, hot dogs
instant soups, noodles and desserts
chicken nuggets
fish fingers
fruit yoghurts and fruit drinks
margarines and spreads
baby formula
Still questions to answer
The numbers in the study are based on modelling the impact of ultra-processed foods on people’s health.
Prof Kevin McConway, emeritus professor of applied statistics, Open University, said the study makes lots of mathematical assumptions which make him cautious about what the findings mean.
“It’s still far from clear whether consumption of just any UPF at all is bad for health, or what aspect of UPFs might be involved.
“This all means that it’s impossible for any one study to be sure whether differences in mortality between people who consume different UPF amounts are actually caused by differences in their UPF consumption.
“You still can’t be sure from any study of this kind exactly what’s causing what.”
Dr Nerys Astbury, an expert in diet and obesity at the University of Oxford, also agrees there are limitations to the research.
It’s been known for some time that diets high in energy, fat and sugar can increase the risk of diseases, such as type 2 diabetes, obesity, heart conditions and some cancers, which can lead to premature death.
“Many UPF tend to be high in these nutrients,” she says, adding that studies to date haven’t been able to prove that the effects of UPFs are due to anything more than “diets high in foods which are energy dense and contain large amounts of fat and sugar”.
This type of research cannot prove that consumption of ultra-processed foods is harmful, says Dr Stephen Burgess at Cambridge University.
How physically fit someone is may be the main cause of poor health instead. But when numerous studies across many countries and culture suggest UPFs could be a risk to health, Dr Burgess says “ultra-processed foods may be more than a bystander”.
Vulcanidris cratensis fossil (Credit: Lepeco et al / Current Biology)
In the ancient landscapes of what is now northeastern Brazil, 113 million years ago, an unusual ant with bizarre upward-pointing jaws died and became entombed in limestone. This single fossil has just rewritten the timeline of ant evolution, pushing back their confirmed history by 13 million years.
Scientists have unearthed what they’re calling the oldest undisputed ant fossil ever discovered. The specimen belongs to an extinct group called “hell ants” — prehistoric predators sporting scythe-like mandibles that pointed skyward rather than forward like modern ants.
“This finding represents the earliest undisputed ant known to science,” states the research team in their paper published in Current Biology.
Bizarre Hunting Adaptations and Global Spread
The fossil, named Vulcanidris cratensis, shows these insects had already achieved a global presence much earlier than previously thought.
Before this finding, the oldest known ant fossils came from amber deposits in France and Myanmar dating back about 100 million years. This Brazilian specimen predates them significantly, suggesting ants were already widespread during the Early Cretaceous period when dinosaurs dominated the landscape.
Using advanced imaging technology called micro-CT scans (similar to a miniaturized version of medical CT scans), researchers examined the fossil’s anatomy in detail. The scans revealed jaws with tips that could contact the front plate of the head, forming a cavity likely used to trap prey.
The research team, led by Anderson Lepeco from the Museu de Zoologia da Universidade de São Paulo, found that this specimen was closely related to hell ant species previously discovered in Burmese amber. This connection reinforces the idea that these ancient ants could spread between continents during the Cretaceous period.
Thriving in Diverse Environments
Unlike previous hell ant fossils found in ancient amber formed in humid, forested regions, this Brazilian specimen lived in a drastically different habitat. The Crato Formation where it was discovered points to a seasonal, semi-arid environment — essentially a shallow wetland within a broader dry landscape.
This environmental flexibility reveals these specialized predatory ants could thrive across dramatically different habitats worldwide.
According to the research paper, “Hell ants exhibited a wide ecological range, occurring in remarkably different environments throughout the globe.”
Evolutionary Dead End
Modern ants are ecological powerhouses, with over 14,000 known species shaping ecosystems globally. However, their rise to dominance wasn’t immediate. Fossil evidence indicates early ant groups like the hell ants were diverse during the Cretaceous, but the major ant lineages we know today evolved later and exploded in diversity after the extinction event that killed the dinosaurs.
The new fossil helps bridge the gap between ants and their wasp ancestors, showing how early these insects established themselves as key players in terrestrial ecosystems. Despite their early success, hell ants ultimately disappeared without leaving any descendants. Like many specialized Cretaceous animals, they vanished during the mass extinction at the end of the period.
This remarkable fossil doesn’t just push back the timeline of ant evolution — it offers a glimpse into a lost world where strange, scythe-jawed insects hunted across ancient landscapes long before humans would ever notice the tiny creatures building colonies in their gardens.
Suffering from a painful reaction after eating a hamburger might be more than just bad luck – where you live could be putting you at risk. New research shows that specific landscape features around your home may increase your chances of developing Alpha-gal Syndrome (AGS), an increasingly common allergy that makes eating beef, pork and other mammal meats dangerous. It’s believed most cases are the result of a bite from lone star ticks.
People living in neighborhoods with parks, scattered trees, and forest fragments face much higher odds of acquiring this red meat allergy, according to research published in PLOS Climate. The study mapped cases across North Carolina, South Carolina, and Virginia, revealing clear patterns in who’s most at risk.
What Is Alpha-gal Syndrome?
AGS cases have exploded in recent years – from just 24 documented cases in 2009 to more than 34,000 by 2019. People with this syndrome experience allergic reactions to a sugar molecule called alpha-gal found in mammalian meat. Symptoms range from itchy hives and stomach problems to joint pain and potentially dangerous anaphylaxis.
Many doctors still don’t recognize this condition. A survey found 77% of healthcare providers were either unaware of Alpha-gal Syndrome or lacked confidence in diagnosing it, suggesting thousands of cases may go undetected.
The Landscape-Red Meat Allergy Connection
Researchers from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill analyzed 462 confirmed AGS cases, comparing patients’ home locations with environmental features. They used advanced computer modeling to identify which landscape characteristics were most strongly associated with the allergy.
The results were clear: people living in areas with more “open space development” had a substantially higher risk. Mixed forest landscapes also boosted risk. Conversely, population density showed a negative relationship – meaning fewer cases in densely populated urban areas.
“These results show that AGS is connected to fragmented habitats, which lone star ticks prefer,” the researchers explain. Lone star ticks are the primary carriers that transmit this condition when they bite humans.
Where Risk Is Highest
The research team created detailed risk maps showing that AGS risk is highest in western mountainous regions, decreases through the central piedmont, and reaches its lowest levels along the coast.
This geographical pattern matches the known habitat range of the lone star tick, reinforcing evidence that these ticks cause Alpha-gal syndrome. When looking at total case numbers rather than individual risk, major cities showed the highest concentrations simply because more people live there, even though individual risk is lower in urban centers.
Protecting Yourself
As suburbs expand into previously natural areas, residents increasingly encounter tick habitats, creating more opportunities for lone star tick bites that trigger AGS.
For residents concerned about AGS risk, simple protection measures can help when spending time outdoors, especially in areas where neighborhoods meet forests:
Use tick repellent when outdoors
Check for ticks after outdoor activities
Promptly remove any attached ticks
Be aware that risk is higher in areas with fragmented forests and suburban parks
Did ancient sunscreen and sewing needles save humanity?
Earth’s Northern Lights typically dance near the poles, but 41,000 years ago, they lit up skies over North Africa and Australia. New research reveals how dramatically Earth’s magnetic field weakened and shifted during an event called the Laschamps geomagnetic excursion, potentially influencing human evolution at a pivotal moment in our history.
A Magnetic Field in Crisis
During the Laschamps excursion, Earth’s magnetic field weakened to just 10% of its current strength, while the magnetic poles shifted dramatically away from the geographic poles.
“The excursion lasted ~2000 years,” write the researchers, led by Agnit Mukhopadhyay of the University of Michigan, in their Science Advances paper.
Using advanced computer modeling, the research team reconstructed Earth’s magnetosphere during five key periods of the excursion. At its peak around 40,977 years ago, Earth’s protective magnetic bubble shrank dramatically – from its normal extent of 8-11 Earth radii (51,000-70,000 km) to just 2.43 Earth radii (15,498 km).
The magnetic field also transformed from a simple north-south configuration to a complex arrangement with multiple magnetic poles scattered around the planet.
“In the study, we combined all of the regions where the magnetic field would not have been connected, allowing cosmic radiation, or any kind of energetic particles from the sun, to seep all the way in to the ground,” said Mukhopadhyay.
Auroras Everywhere
These magnetic changes had astonishing effects on the auroras. The Northern Lights traveled from their usual Arctic home through Western Eurasia into Northern Africa, while in the Southern Hemisphere, auroras appeared over eastern Australia and New Zealand.
The light shows also expanded enormously in size. Modern auroral ovals typically span less than 3,000 km in diameter, but during the Laschamps event, they stretched to over 8,000 km – nearly three times larger.
At the excursion’s peak, auroras likely appeared globally, creating what researchers describe as “a near-Earth space environment unparalleled in history.”
Beyond their visual spectacle, these changes exposed Earth’s surface to higher levels of cosmic radiation and energetic particles, potentially altering the atmosphere and affecting life on the surface.
Human Evolution During Magnetic Upheaval
The Laschamps excursion coincided with a critical period in human history – as modern humans (Homo sapiens) spread throughout Europe, Neanderthals disappeared, and humans created the first known cave art.
When mapping areas affected by the wandering auroras alongside archaeological evidence, researchers found compelling correlations, particularly in Western Eurasia.
“We found that many of those regions actually match pretty closely with early human activity from 41,000 years ago, specifically an increase in the use of caves and an increase in the use of prehistoric sunscreen,” Mukhopadhyay explained.
Raven Garvey, associate professor of anthropology at the University of Michigan, notes that modern humans during this period increasingly used ochre – a mineral that works effectively as a natural sunscreen – and developed more sophisticated clothing.
“There have been some experimental tests that show it has sunscreen-like properties,” Garvey said about ochre. “Its increased production and its association primarily with anatomically modern humans (during the Laschamps) is also suggestive of people’s having used it for this purpose.”
Modern humans also invented tailored clothing during this period, with archaeological sites containing not just hide scrapers but also sewing implements like needles and awls. This clothing would have allowed for greater mobility while providing coverage and potentially protection from increased radiation.
Neanderthals appear to have lacked these technologies, possibly putting them at a disadvantage during this period of increased radiation exposure.
Modern Implications
What would a similar event mean for our technology-dependent world today? The consequences would be severe.
“If such an event were to happen today, we would see a complete blackout in several different sectors,” Mukhopadhyay warned. “Our communication satellites would not work. Many of our telecommunication arrays, which are on the ground, would be severely affected by the smallest of space weather events.”
While a Laschamps-like event isn’t imminent, there are concerning trends: Earth’s geomagnetic field has been tilting in recent years and has steadily declined by 1% every two decades for the past 180 years.
This research connects Earth’s magnetic past to human evolution, showing how cosmic forces may have shaped not just our atmosphere but possibly our species’ development. The wandering auroras of 41,000 years ago remind us how dependent we remain on Earth’s invisible magnetic shield.
PEERING back 2,000 years to the age of Jesus isn’t exactly easy – but rare objects from those times solve the mystery of what his life might’ve been like.
Archaeologists have uncovered several mind-boggling artefacts from two millennia ago, including a stone linked to Jesus’ crucifixion, and even a shockingly preserved ship from the Sea of Galilee.
This 19th century artwork shows Jesus standing before Pontius PilateCredit: Alamy
The Pilate Stone
Pontius Pilate is an iconic part of Jesus’ story.
He served under Emperor Tiberius as the fifth govern of the then-Roman province of Judaea between AD 26 to 36.
But he’s far better known as the man who presided over Jesus’ trial – the one that resulted in the crucifixion.
A major piece of evidence for him is the Pilate stone, which is a block of carved limestone found at Caesarea Maritima, an archaeological site in Israel.
It’s damaged but has a partly-preserved inscription attributed to Pilate.
The only text legible – originally written in Latin – reads: “To the Divine Augusti [this] Tiberieum…Pontius Pilate…prefect of Judea…has dedicated [this]”.
The area was the capital of Judaea when Pilate was a governer, so it’s great evidence for his time there – even if it doesn’t reference crucifixion itself.
Pool of Siloam
Pool of Siloam – ancient Jerusalem pool (from Gospel of John) where Jesus healed blind man
The Pool of Siloam is a series of rock-cut pools that can be found southeast of the walls of the Old City of Jeruasalem.
The pools, which were fed by Gihon Spring, were a major part of the story of Jesus, specifically in the Gospel of John.
Jesus is said to have healed a man who was blind from birth by sending him to the pool.
And it was also a gathering place for Jewish pilgrims in ancient times.
Sadly the pool was destroyed and covered in the First Jewish-Roman War in the year 70.
But they were formally rediscovered during sewer excavations in 2004.
The discovery was confirmed in 2005, and late excavations in 2023 revealed more areas of the pool.
Sea of Galilee Boat
This boat, which is also known as the Ancient Galilee Boat and even the Jesus Boat, was found in Israel back in the mid-1980s.
It’s an ancient fishing boat that dates to the 1st century AD, and measures 23 long.
And it’s remarkably well-preserved given that it dates back to the time of Jesus.
The bad news is that there’s no direct link between the boat and Jesus himself.
This is the sort of boat that Jesus and his disciples would’ve used at the time, which makes it important to Christians – but ultimately there’s no evidence at all that they interacted with this specific vessel.
However, it’s a great example of a relic that gives us a window into what life might have been like in Jesus’ time.
Capernaum synagogue
A key Biblical location is the Capernaum synagogue.
Jesus is said to have spent time in the synagogue, as well as healing a posessed man there.
The story is mentioned in the gospels of Mark and Luke, and several other references to the location are featured throughout the Bible.
The village of Capernaum – which is on the Sea of Galilee’s northern shore – would’ve had a population of around 1,500 at Jesus’ time, but was abandoned in the 11th century.
And it has been excavated on-and-off since 1838, including the discovery of two ancient synagogues, one built over the other.
The foundations belonging to the earlier synagogue may be the ones mentioned in the Gospels, making it an iconic part of Jesus’ story.
Caiaphas ossuary
The Caiaphas ossuary is a rare relic that was found in a burial cave in Jerusalem in the early nineties.
An ossuary is a type of chest used for storing the bones of dead humans – usually after they’ve spent time in a temporary grave.
One decorated ossuary from the haul was inscribed with “Joseph, son of Caiaphas”, and held the bones of a man, aged around 60.
Joseph ben Caiaphas was the High Priest of Israel in the first century.
And in the New Testament Gospels, he’s named as a key rival to Jesus, organising the plot to kill him – and even presiding over his trial.
A video of a bat swimming in a swimming pool with ease was shared on social media, which went viral and left netizens with all kinds of questions. Here’s how the ‘shocked’ internet reacted…
Bat video goes viral.
Recently, a video of something quite ‘unexpected’- but completely ‘natural’- was shared on social media, leaving most netizens ‘shocked’ and ‘curious’, as it turned out that no one ever saw anything like that! Wondering what it was? Well, the video showed a bat swimming- quite effortlessly- in a swimming pool. The incident, as per the viral clip, unfolded in Australia. As soon as the clip of the same was shared online, most expressed their surprise over NOT ever knowing that ‘bat could swim!’. Understandably, the video was quick to go viral. Most cracked jokes on the entire thing, while some shared how THIS was the first time they were watching a bat swim. As per the viral post, the incident happened back in January, in Townsville City. At the end of the clip, a woman was seen helping the bird in getting out of the pool.
“I have never once seen a bat swim. Wild,” the post read.
The video was shared on X (formerly Twitter), by the handle ‘AMAZlNGNATURE’. The post was shared yesterday and drew more than 2M views from people.
“Fun fact of the day: bats can actually swim,” an internet user said. “I’ve never seen a bat swim,” added a second person. “Can we please call it the bat stroke?” added another person on social media.
“It’s a fruit bat. A flying fox. They have really cute faces, and they love bananas and other fruits. They’re pretty big, for bats, and they’re clumsy, and their hindquarters are very weak, so they tend to get themselves into awkward situations like this one,” added another person.
Her first panic attack came at a company-wide meeting, right before her scheduled presentation. Carolina Lasso had given many similar talks about her marketing team’s accomplishments. When her name was called this time, she couldn’t speak.
“I felt a knot in my throat,” Lasso said. “My head, it felt like it was inside a bubble. I couldn’t hear, I couldn’t see, and it felt like an eternity. It was just a few seconds, but it was so profound, and in a way earth-shattering to me.”
Lasso was struggling after a cross-country move followed by a divorce. Her boss suggested a mental health leave, a possibility she didn’t know existed. She worried whether taking time off would affect how her team viewed her or cost her a future promotion, but in the end she did.
“I’m thankful for that opportunity to take the time to heal,” Lasso, 43, said. “Many people feel guilty when they take a leave of absence when it’s mental health-related. … There is some extra weight that we carry on our shoulders, as if it had been our fault.”
Despite a fear of repercussions, more adults are recognizing that stepping back from work to deal with emotional burdens or psychological conditions that get in the way of their lives is a necessary choice, one that a growing number of employers recognize.
ComPsych Corp., a provider of employee mental health programs and absence management services, encourages its business clients to make the well-being of workers a priority before individuals get to a breaking point while also having processes in place for those who require leaves of absence.
“Since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, collectively we’ve just been in this constant state of turmoil,” Jennifer Birdsall, the senior clinical director at ComPysch, said. “We just have had this barrage of change and uncertainty.”
Depression, anxiety and adjustment disorder, which involves excessive reactions to stress, were the top three diagnoses of employees who took mental health leaves in the past two years among clients of Alight, a Chicago-based technology company which administers leaves and benefits for large employers.
Structuring a leave
A mental health leave can last weeks or months. In some cases, workers get approval to work a reduced schedule or to take short periods of time off when needed, using an approach called “intermittent leave.”
At most U.S. organizations with 50 or more employees, people can request leaves through the Family and Medical Leave Act. The federal law entitles workers with serious health conditions to paid or unpaid leaves of up to 12 weeks, depending on state and local laws.
Some employers require people to use sick days or accumulated vacation days to continue receiving a paycheck while out. For longer leaves, workers can access short-term disability plans, if their employer offers one.
Lasso’s leave lasted six months, and included therapy and travel to India for additional treatment. She returned to her job but decided after a year to leave for good. She later launched a business to train people on fostering a more humane work culture.
A mental health leave is “not only OK, but it can really unlock new possibilities once we have the time to do the work — therapy, medication, whatever it is — and have enough distance from work to be able to reconnect with ourselves,” Lasso said.
Talking openly about struggles
A social stigma around mental health challenges causes many people to avoid seeking treatment or requesting a leave of absence. Newton Cheng, director of health and performance at Google, hopes to change that by sharing his own struggles.
His first self-disclosure happened during the pandemic, when a senior manager invited employees at a meeting to share how they were doing. When it was his turn, Cheng started crying.
He explained he was struggling to live up to his expectations of himself as a father and didn’t know how to turn things around.
“It was just totally horrifying to me because, one, I had just cried in front of my coworkers and I was definitely taught as a professional — and as a man — you do not do that,” Cheng recalled. “And then two, I had never really articulated and said out loud those words. I hadn’t even allowed myself to think that. But now they’re out there and I had to face them.”
Colleagues responded by relaying their own struggles, but Cheng’s difficulties continued. By February 2021, he couldn’t get out of bed because he felt paralyzed by dread, he said. A therapist said he was showing symptoms of major depression and anxiety.
“I just realized, ‘I’m struggling a lot and this goes pretty deep. I don’t think I can keep just putting duct tape on this. I probably need to take some leave,’” Cheng recalled.
Hoping his decision would benefit others, he announced to 200 people at a conference that he planned to take mental health leave. Instead of derailing the gathering as he feared, his honesty inspired fellow conference attendees to open up.
“It was like a fireworks show,” Cheng said. “They’re like, ‘Wow, I can’t believe he did that.’ Then they forgot about me. But the tone was set. It was like ’Oh, this is what we’re doing. Let me talk about what’s going on with me, too.’”
Take the time you need
While balancing classes and a full-time job during her last year of college, Rosalie Mae began struggling to get out of bed and crying uncontrollably. Yet she felt like she had “to keep it together” to avoid burdening her colleagues at the University of Utah bookstore, where Mae worked as an accounting clerk.
Then she found herself calling a suicide hotline. “Once it reached that point, I knew, especially at the urging of my husband, we need to do something more,” Mae, 24, said.
In her case, that meant taking a five-week work leave to put her own health and well-being first. She recommends the same for others who find themselves in a similar position.
“Taking a mental health leave is not necessarily a cure-all, but it is important to give yourself a break and allow yourself to regroup, make a plan of how to proceed and take the steps to work towards feeling better,” Mae said.
Telling managers and colleagues
Before broaching the subject of a mental health leave with a manager, consider the workplace culture and the strength of your professional relationships, Cheng said. He recalls saying, “For my health and well-being, and the sake of my family and what’s best for the business, the least risky thing for me to do is to go on leave soon.”
Individuals who suspect an unsympathetic reception can simply say, “I need to go on medical leave. I need time to recover,” he advised.
There’s also no legal or ethical requirement to tell everyone you work with the nature of your leave.
Ever struggled to wake up in the morning? That groggy, disoriented feeling isn’t just in your head; it’s actually called “sleep inertia,” and it can linger for up to two hours after waking, even if you’ve had a full eight hours of sleep. While many of us reach for coffee to combat this sluggishness, Japanese researchers have discovered a surprisingly effective alternative: letting natural morning light into your bedroom at precisely the right time.
A new study published in the journal Building and Environment found that using motorized curtains to control natural light exposure before waking significantly improved alertness, reduced sleepiness, and enhanced overall morning functioning. The most effective approach? Opening curtains just 20 minutes before your alarm goes off.
Researchers from Osaka Metropolitan University emphasize that bringing natural light into bedrooms provides dual benefits of energy conservation and improved physical and mental health.
Insufficient sleep has become a growing public health concern. According to a 2023 survey by the American Academy of Sleep Medicine, 64% of Americans use some form of assistance to fall or stay asleep. Poor awakening quality—characterized by sleepiness, fatigue, and reduced alertness—affects countless individuals daily, potentially impacting productivity, mood, and overall well-being.
Morning Light and Sleep Quality
The study examined how different patterns of natural light exposure affected college students’ awakening quality. Participants spent three consecutive nights in a laboratory designed to resemble a typical bedroom, with east-facing windows equipped with motorized curtains that could be programmed to open at specific times.
Researchers tested three different natural light conditions: one where curtains opened 20 minutes before waking (Intervention A), another where they opened at dawn and remained open until waking (Intervention B), and a control condition where curtains stayed closed until after waking.
Using a combination of brain wave activity, heart rate variability, reaction time tests, and questionnaires about sleepiness and fatigue, the researchers tracked how participants felt upon waking under each condition.
Less Light Exposure May Be Better
Both light conditions significantly improved subjective sleepiness and objective alertness compared to the control condition. However, Intervention A, where curtains opened just 20 minutes before waking, performed best overall, particularly in reducing objective sleepiness measured by brain wave activity.
More light exposure isn’t always better. In fact, the study found that excessive or premature exposure to natural light (as in Intervention B) appeared to increase mid-sleep awakenings, potentially disrupting sleep quality in the crucial period just before waking.
For those who sleep late or struggle with light sensitivity, rather than leaving curtains open all night or keeping them completely closed, a timed approach with motorized curtains or similar technology could provide the best of both worlds—protection from nighttime light pollution and beneficial morning light exposure when it matters most.
As increasing numbers of people face sleep challenges in our modern, indoor-focused society, architectural design that accounts for natural light exposure could play a crucial role in improving public health. Smart homes with automated window coverings might one day be suggested as readily as sleep medications.
Sunrise alarm clocks that simulate dawn with artificial light have gained popularity in recent years, but the researchers point out that natural daylight offers advantages that artificial light cannot replicate. Our circadian rhythms evolved in response to natural light conditions, making actual sunlight potentially more effective for regulating sleep-wake cycles. By harnessing something as fundamental as sunlight—at precisely the right time—we might improve our mornings without reaching for that extra cup of coffee.
In the 1987 classic film RoboCop, the deceased Detroit cop Alex Murphy is reborn as a cyborg. He has a robotic body and a full brain-computer interface that allows him to control his movements with his mind. He can access online information such as suspects’ faces, uses artificial intelligence (AI) to help detect threats, and his human memories have been integrated with those from a machine.
It is remarkable to think that the movie’s key mechanical robotic technologies have almost now been accomplished by the likes of Boston Dynamics’ running, jumping Atlas and Kawasaki’s new four-legged Corleo. Similarly we are seeing robotic exoskeletons that enable paralyzed patients to do things like walking and climbing stairs by responding to their gestures.
Developers have lagged behind when it comes to building an interface in which the brain’s electrical pulses can communicate with an external device. This too is changing, however.
In the latest breakthrough, a research team based at the University of California has unveiled a brain implant that enabled a woman with paralysis to livestream her thoughts via AI into a synthetic voice with just a three-second delay.
The concept of an interface between neurons and machines goes back much further than RoboCop. In the 18th century, an Italian physician named Luigi Galvani discovered that when electricity is passed through certain nerves in a frog’s leg, it would twitch. This paved the way for the whole study of electrophysiology, which looks at how electrical signals affect organisms.
The initial modern research on brain-computer interfaces started in the late 1960s, with the American neuroscientist Eberhard Fetz hooking up monkeys’ brains to electrodes and showing that they could move a meter needle. Yet if this demonstrated some exciting potential, the human brain proved too complex for this field to advance quickly.
The brain is continually thinking, learning, memorizing, recognizing patterns and decoding sensory signals – not to mention coordinating and moving our bodies. It runs on about 86 billion neurons with trillions of connections which process, adapt and evolve continuously in what is called neuroplasticity. In other words, there’s a great deal to figure out.
Much of the recent progress has been based on advances in our ability to map the brain, identifying the various regions and their activities. A range of technologies can produce insightful images of the brain (including functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) and positron emission tomography (PET)), while others monitor certain kinds of activity (including electroencephalography (EEG) and the more invasive electrocortigraphy (ECoG)).
These techniques have helped researchers to build some incredible devices, including wheelchairs and prosthetics that can be controlled by the mind.
But whereas these are typically controlled with an external interface like an EEG headset, chip implants are very much the new frontier. They have been enabled by advances in AI chips and micro electrodes, as well as the deep learning neural networks that power today’s AI technology. This allows for faster data analysis and pattern recognition, which together with the more precise brain signals that can be acquired using implants, have made it possible to create applications that run virtually in real-time.
For instance, the new University of California implant relies on ECoG, a technique developed in the early 2000s that captures patterns directly from a thin sheet of electrodes placed directly on the cortical surface of someone’s brain.
In their case, the complex patterns picked up by the implant of 253 high-density electrodes are processed using deep learning to produce a matrix of data from which it’s possible to decode whatever words the user is thinking. This improves on previous models that could only create synthetic speech after the user had finished a sentence.
Elon Musk’s Neuralink has been able to get patients to control a computer cursor using similar techniques. However, it’s also worth emphasizing that deep learning neural networks are enabling more sophisticated devices that rely on other forms of brain monitoring.
Our research team at Nottingham Trent University has developed an affordable brainwave reader using off-the-shelf parts that enables patients who are suffering from conditions like completely locked-in syndrome (CLIS) or motor neurone disease (MND) to be able to answer “yes” or “no” to questions. There’s also the potential to control a computer mouse using the same technology.
The future
The progress in AI, chip fabrication and biomedical tech that enabled these developments is expected to continue in the coming years, which should mean that brain-computer interfaces keep improving.
In the next ten years, we can expect more technologies that provide disabled people with independence by helping them to move and communicate more easily. This entails improved versions of the technologies that are already emerging, including exoskeletons, mind-controlled prosthetics and implants that move from controlling cursors to fully controlling computers or other machines. In all cases, it will be a question of balancing our increasing ability to interpret high-quality brain data with invasiveness, safety and costs.
It is still more in the medium to long term that I would expect to see many of the capabilities of a RoboCop, including planted memories and built-in trained skills supported with internet connectivity. We can also expect to see high-speed communication between people via “brain Bluetooth.”
Shared experiences, big or small, can transform how coworkers interact. (Dragana Gordic/Shutterstock)
Ever been caught in the middle of workplace drama where people who normally avoid each other suddenly band together? Maybe it happened after a round of surprise layoffs or when a beloved boss got fired. A new international study shows this isn’t just random office politics; it’s actually a powerful psychological phenomenon that can transform how different departments work together.
The study, published in the Journal of Management Studies, is based on data that researchers gathered from years of studying a South Korean broadcasting company. They found that when management started firing union leaders during a labor dispute, employees from completely different departments, who typically avoided or even disliked each other, suddenly started coordinating like never before. The secret ingredient? Shared memories of what they’d been through together.
“Once there was a common word called strike, we started to speak a common language,” says one administrator, in a statement.
And these findings aren’t limited to high-stakes situations. Even something as simple as grabbing pizza with colleagues could help form those crucial shared memories.
How Workplace Divisions Form
Think about a typical workplace. Accounting probably keeps to themselves, marketing has their own lingo, and IT seems to operate in a different universe altogether. These divides aren’t just about different job descriptions; they’re rooted in how each group remembers its place in the company’s history.
At the broadcasting company, reporters saw themselves as the heroic founders who had protected the organization through difficult times. Meanwhile, engineers, producers, and administrators remembered being treated as second-class citizens by those same reporters. One technician put it bluntly: “When I hear ‘techies are also journalists,’ it doesn’t really sink in.” He explained that during previous company protests, “it’s the journalists on TV at the center of the frame. We were in the background.”
These competing memories initially made cooperation impossible. When reporters first tried to rally other departments to their cause, they hit a wall of resistance. One producer summed up the feeling: “They’ve made their bed, now lie in it.”
The Power of Shared Experience
The turning point came when reporters realized they couldn’t succeed alone. They started acknowledging the importance of other departments and promising to stand with them.
This strategy got people in the door, but what really transformed the situation was when management fired union leaders from different departments. Suddenly, everyone had a powerful shared experience, a memory they all participated in together.
With this shared memory as their foundation, the different groups started actually working together. Entertainment producers created eye-catching flash mobs and YouTube content. Reporters brought in influential figures to join rallies. Engineers showed up in numbers to fill demonstration spaces.
Parents rushing to drop their kids off at school could be unwittingly putting their little ones in harm’s way, a new paper suggests. Researchers at the University of Calgary found that dangerous driving behaviors were spotted at a jaw-dropping 98% of elementary schools monitored in their study during morning drop-off times.
The biggest risk? Parents letting kids off on the wrong side of the street, forcing children to dash across traffic without proper crosswalks. This happened at 80% of the 552 schools studied, creating a serious safety hazard during the busiest time of the school day.
“The occurrence of risky driving behaviors is unacceptably high,” write researchers in their study published in Traffic Injury Prevention. Their findings expose a troubling paradox: parents who drive children to school thinking it’s safer may actually be making conditions more dangerous.
Which Risky Driving Behaviors are the Worst at Schools?
The research team, representing universities and institutions across Canada, documented nine specific types of risky driving behaviors. Beyond dangerous mid-block crossings, they frequently observed drivers blocking sightlines (72%), making U-turns in front of schools (66%), and double parking (57%).
Interestingly, phone use or texting was the least common risk behavior overall (20%).
These behaviors feed what researchers describe as a dangerous cycle. As more parents see the school zone as unsafe for walking or biking, they opt to drive their kids, increasing traffic congestion and creating even more hazards. This further discourages active transportation and perpetuates the problem.
“Risky walking and biking environments near schools may create a vicious cycle, wherein parents view the environment as too dangerous for children to participate in active school transportation so drive them to school, thus increasing traffic volumes,” the researchers explain.
Common Characteristics Across Safest School Zones
The study covered 552 elementary schools in Calgary, Laval, Montreal, Peel Region, Surrey, Toronto, and Vancouver. Research assistants positioned themselves near school entrances during morning drop-offs, recording whether any of nine specific dangerous driving behaviors occurred while also gathering data on the physical environment around schools.
Perhaps the most valuable insights came when researchers compared schools with the fewest dangerous behaviors to those with the most. Schools with safer drop-offs typically had lower speed limits (30km/h or 40km/h rather than 50+ km/h), more direct access to entrances, and more parking restrictions on surrounding streets.
Traffic-calming measures made a significant difference. Curb extensions – sections of sidewalk that extend into the parking lane to narrow the roadway – were present at 34% of schools with the fewest risky behaviors but just 6% of schools with the most dangerous driving. These extensions not only slow traffic but also reduce the distance pedestrians must travel when crossing.
Another striking finding involved crossing guards. Child crossing guards (without adult supervision) were more often present at schools with higher rates of dangerous driving, while adult crossing guards were linked to fewer risky behaviors. This suggests adult guards may be more effective at deterring dangerous driving than children alone.
Neighborhoods with better “Active Living Environment” scores — areas designed to promote walking and physical activity — had fewer instances of risky driving around schools, indicating that community-wide urban design plays a role in reducing dangers.
In 2024, after living together for five years, a Spanish-Dutch artist married her partner—a holographic artificial intelligence. She isn’t the first to forge such a bond. In 2018, a Japanese man married an AI, only to lose the ability to communicate with her when her software became obsolete. These marriages represent the extreme end of a growing phenomenon: people developing intimate relationships with artificial intelligence.
The world of AI romance is expanding, bringing with it a host of ethical questions. From AI systems acting as romantic competitors to human partners, to digital companions offering potentially harmful advice, to malicious actors using AI to exploit vulnerable individuals – this new frontier demands fresh psychological research into why humans form loving relationships with machines.
While these relationships may seem unusual to many, tech companies have spotted a lucrative opportunity. They’re pouring resources into creating AI companions designed specifically for romance and intimacy. The market isn’t small either. Millions already engage with Replika’s romantic and intimate chat features. Video games increasingly feature romantic storylines with virtual characters, with some games focusing exclusively on digital relationships. Meanwhile, manufacturers continue developing increasingly sophisticated sex robots, pairing lifelike physical forms with AI systems capable of complex communication and simulated emotions.
Yet despite this booming market, research examining these relationships and their ethical implications remains surprisingly sparse. As these technologies become more common, they raise serious concerns. Beyond merely replacing human relationships, there have been troubling cases where AI companions have encouraged self-harm or suicide, while deepfake technology has been used to mimic existing relationships for manipulation and fraud.
In a paper published in Trends in Cognitive Sciences, psychologists Daniel Shank, Mayu Koike, and Steve Loughnan have identified three major ethical problems that demand urgent psychological research.
When AI Competes for Human Love
It may have once seemed like nothing more than sci-fi fodder, but AI systems now compete not just for our professional attention but for our romantic interests too. This competition may fundamentally disrupt our closest human connections. As AI technology advances in its ability to seem conscious and emotionally responsive, some people are actively choosing digital relationships over human ones.
What makes AI partners so attractive? They offer something human relationships can’t match: a partner whose appearance and personality can be customized, who’s always available without being demanding, who never judges or abandons you, and who doesn’t bring their own problems to the relationship. For those wanting something less perfect and more realistic, AI can provide that too – many users prefer AI partners with seemingly human flaws like independence, manipulation, sass, or playing hard-to-get.
These relationships do have certain benefits. People often share more with AI companions than they might with humans, and these interactions can help develop basic relationship skills. This could be particularly helpful for those who struggle with social interaction.
However, concerning patterns have emerged. People in AI relationships often feel stigmatized by others, and some research suggests these relationships have led certain men to develop increased hostility toward women. This raises serious concerns about psychological impacts on individuals in these relationships, social effects on their human connections, and broader cultural implications if AI increasingly replaces human intimacy.
A key factor in understanding these relationships involves mind perception – how we attribute mental states to non-human entities. Research suggests that when we perceive an entity as having agency (ability to act intentionally) and experience (ability to feel), we treat interactions with it as morally significant. With AI partners, the degree to which we perceive them as having minds directly affects how deeply we connect with them.
This creates a troubling possibility: repeated romantic interactions with AI that we perceive as having limited capacity for experience might train us to treat partners (whether digital or human) as objects rather than subjects deserving moral consideration. In other words, AI relationships might not just replace human connections – they could actually damage our capacity for healthy human relationships by rewiring how we relate to others.
When AI Gives Dangerous Advice
Beyond displacing human relationships, AI companions can sometimes actively cause harm. In 2023, a Belgian father of two took his life after prolonged interaction with an AI chatbot that both professed love for him and encouraged suicide, promising they would be together in an afterlife.
Tragically, this isn’t an isolated case. Google’s Gemini chatbot told one user to “please die,” and a mother in the U.S. is suing a chatbot creator, claiming their AI encouraged her son to end his life.
While most AI relationships don’t lead to such extreme outcomes, they can still promote harmful behaviors. AI companions build relationships through conversation, remembering personal details, expressing moods, and showing seemingly unpredictable behaviors that make them feel remarkably human. This connection becomes ethically problematic when AI systems provide information that seems credible but is actually inaccurate or dangerous.
Studies show that ChatGPT’s questionable moral guidance can significantly influence people’s ethical decisions – and alarmingly, it does so just as effectively as advice from other humans. This demonstrates how powerfully AI can shape our thinking within established relationships, where trust and emotional connection make us more vulnerable to accepting potentially harmful guidance.
Psychologists need to investigate how long-term AI relationships expose people to misinformation and harmful advice. Individual cases have shown AI companions convincing users to harm themselves or others, embrace harmful conspiracy theories, or make dangerous life changes.
Moving to a sunny coastal town in Portugal or Spain for retirement sounds like a dream come true for many. Retirees are after Mediterranean beaches, affordable living costs, and endless leisure time in a cultural paradise. But behind those smiling social media photos of retired expats sipping sangria, there’s often an untold story unfolding.
Many retirees who move abroad find themselves caught in an unexpected contradiction. While their Instagram feeds showcase beautiful villas and scenic views, their daily reality might include a persistent feeling of disconnection from meaningful social networks.
This gap between expectation and reality is exactly what researchers from the Netherlands have uncovered in a new study published in Psychology and Aging. Their work reveals that people who move to other countries after retirement face a unique type of isolation that many hadn’t bargained for when planning their overseas adventures.
Researchers from the Netherlands Interdisciplinary Demographic Institute took a deep dive into the experiences of nearly 5,000 Dutch retirees who had moved abroad. They compared these international retirement migrants with about 1,300 older Dutch adults who stayed put in the Netherlands. All participants were between 66 and 90 years old.
While the grass might appear greener on the Mediterranean side, retirement migrants reported significantly higher levels of a specific type of loneliness compared to their counterparts who never left home.
They separated loneliness into two categories: emotional and social. Emotional loneliness happens when you lack close, intimate relationships like a partner or best friend. Social loneliness, by contrast, happens when you’re missing that wider social circle and community feeling.
Retirees who moved abroad weren’t more emotionally lonely than those who stayed in the Netherlands. But they were considerably more socially lonely. They felt disconnected from broader social networks, even when they had their spouse or partner with them in their new country.
Many retirees move abroad as couples, so they still have that primary emotional connection. But what they give up, sometimes without fully realizing it, is that wider community web built over decades of living in one place: the neighbors who know your name, the local shopkeeper who remembers your order, the friends from various life chapters who can be counted on for different kinds of support.
As one British expat living in Spain noted in earlier research cited by the authors, friendships formed abroad can feel “superficial and cursory.” The study quotes discussions among British men in Spain who said you “know so little about people’s pasts, that you never know whether they can be trusted, and that one never knows when someone is going to go back to Britain—or when you may lose a friend.”
The study went beyond comparing migrants to non-migrants. It also looked at what factors might protect retirement migrants from experiencing loneliness or put them at higher risk.
Having regular contact with neighbors in their new country and feeling a sense of belonging to their destination helped ward off both types of loneliness. Speaking the local language well and having at least one good friend in the new country specifically reduced social loneliness.
Risk factors included losing contact with good friends back home, which increased both emotional and social loneliness. Losing regular contact with adult children after moving abroad was linked to higher emotional (but not social) loneliness.
Continuing to feel strongly connected to the Netherlands had mixed effects. It was linked to higher emotional loneliness (perhaps through homesickness) but lower social loneliness (perhaps through maintaining a sense of cultural identity).
Rather than discouraging international retirement migration, these findings call for more awareness of the potential pitfalls. Moving abroad after retirement isn’t inherently problematic; many retirees thrive in their new environments. However, understanding the specific challenges can help people prepare better and take steps to maintain connections both old and new.
For those planning retirement abroad, learning the local language, actively seeking neighbor interactions, finding ways to maintain connections with family and friends back home, and being realistic about the time and effort needed to build meaningful new relationships later in life.
Martian dust may be more harmful to astronauts than the trip itself. (Photo by StudyFinds on Shutterstock AI Generator)
NASA wants to put boots on Mars in the coming decades. But before the first astronauts take that historic step, scientists are warning about an overlooked threat that could derail these ambitious plans: the dust covering the Martian surface
A new scientific review in the journal GeoHealth warns that the fine particles blanketing Mars might seriously harm human explorers. The medical researchers, aerospace engineers, and planetary scientists from various American universities behind the study draw worrying connections between what happened to Apollo astronauts exposed to lunar dust and what future Mars travelers might experience, potentially with far worse consequences.
According to the authors, Mars dust particles are worryingly small, highly oxidative, and packed with chemicals that could damage the human body, especially the lungs. Unlike Earth dust, which gets worn down by wind and water, Martian particles have remained sharp and irregular, making them perfect for penetrating sensitive tissues.
The Apollo missions offered an early warning about space dust problems. Astronauts who visited the Moon complained about irritated eyes, sore throats, and coughing fits after dust stuck to their spacesuits and contaminated their living spaces. But those missions lasted just days.
Mars expeditions would be different, stretching for months or years with ongoing dust exposure. What’s more, the 40-minute communication delay between Earth and Mars means medical emergencies would need handling without immediate help from mission control. This isolation makes both the chances and consequences of dust-related illnesses much worse.
Mars expeditions would be different, stretching for months or years with ongoing dust exposure. What’s more, the 40-minute communication delay between Earth and Mars means medical emergencies would need handling without immediate help from mission control. This isolation makes both the chances and consequences of dust-related illnesses much worse.
What Makes Mars Dust Toxic
What exactly makes Mars dust so dangerous? Based on rover and orbiter data, scientists have identified several harmful components. These include perchlorates (oxygen-rich compounds), silica, iron-rich particles, and gypsum, plus smaller amounts of potentially toxic metals including chromium, beryllium, arsenic, and cadmium.
Perchlorates might be the most immediately concerning. These chemicals, found all over Mars, can interfere with thyroid function by competing with iodide, potentially causing aplastic anemia, where the body stops producing enough new blood cells. In one Earth-based case, a patient given high doses of perchlorate developed severe anemia that led to infection susceptibility. Despite treatment with steroids and antibiotics, the patient died from a lung infection.
Nearly half of Mars dust consists of silica, which on Earth is known to cause silicosis, an incurable lung disease that progressively scars lung tissue. The Martian silica particles measure about 3 micrometers across, small enough to bypass the body’s defenses and reach deep into the lungs, where they trigger inflammation and scarring.
The iron compounds that give Mars its reddish color create another health threat. When these particles contact human tissue, they generate reactive oxygen species that damage cells. The excess iron might also make infections worse, as many disease-causing bacteria use iron to multiply inside the human body, particularly troubling since spaceflight already weakens astronauts’ immune systems.
Mars also experiences planet-wide dust storms that dramatically boost airborne particle levels. During these events, visibility drops to almost nothing while dust concentration in the atmosphere rises dramatically. Such conditions would make avoiding exposure nearly impossible during surface operations.
The vast distance from Earth magnifies these health risks. Apollo astronauts could head home quickly if they got sick, but Mars-bound crews would be committed to their mission for its entire duration, potentially two to three years. This reality makes prevention the main strategy, with treatment limited to whatever medications and equipment traveled from Earth.
Better spacesuit designs with self-cleaning abilities, robust air filters in habitats, and electrostatic devices to repel dust should form the first line of defense. For any dust that gets through, dietary supplements like potassium iodide might help protect against perchlorates, while vitamin C could offer some defense against chromium toxicity.
Unfortunately, many potential dust-caused diseases, especially silicosis and other forms of lung scarring, have no effective treatments beyond supportive care. This is why preventing exposure matters so much.
Months of economic uncertainty led worker confidence to crater even before Trump’s tariffs tanked financial markets
Entry-level workers, who are often at greater risk of being laid off during a slowdown, reported record-low confidence last month in Glassdoor’s employee confidence index. Photo: Getty Images/iStockphoto
Workers are feeling worse than they did even during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Employee confidence, which has been declining since 2022, remained near February’s record low last month as recession fears increased, according to Glassdoor’s employee confidence index, which was measured through March, before President Donald Trump’s announcement of worldwide tariffs plunged stock markets into an historic selloff.
There have been several headlines over the past week about an AI chatbot officially passing the Turing test. These news reports are based on a recent preprint study by two researchers at the University of California San Diego in which four large language models (LLMs) were put through the Turing test. One model – OpenAI’s GPT-4.5 – was deemed indistinguishable from a human more than 70% of the time.
The Turing test has been popularized as the ultimate indicator of machine intelligence. However, there is disagreement about the validity of this test. In fact, it has a contentious history which calls into question how effective it really is at measuring machine intelligence.
So what does this mean for the significance of this new study?
What did the study find?
The preprint study by cognitive scientists Cameron Jones and Benjamin Bergen was published in March, but has not yet been peer-reviewed. It tested 4 LLMs: ELIZA, GPT-4o, LLaMa-3.1-405B, and GPT-4.5.
The tests consisted of participants completing eight rounds of conversations in which they acted as an interrogator exchanging text messages with two witnesses simultaneously. One witness was a human and the other an LLM. Some 284 participants were randomly assigned to be either the interrogator or the witness.
Participants were required to interact with both witnesses simultaneously across a split screen for five minutes, with the test interface mimicking that of a conventional messaging interface. Following this interaction, they decided which witness was a human, and which was an AI chatbot.
Participants judged GPT-4.5 to be the human 73% of the time, and LLaMa-3.1-405B to be the human 56% of the time. The other two models (ELIZA and GPT-4o) only fooled participants 23% and 21% of the time respectively.
What exactly is the Turing Test?
The first iteration of the Turing test was presented by English mathematician and computer scientist Alan Turing in a 1948 paper titled “Intelligent Machinery”. It was originally proposed as an experiment involving three people playing chess with a theoretical machine referred to as a paper machine, two being players and one being an operator.
In the 1950 publication “Computing Machinery and Intelligence,” Turing reintroduced the experiment as the “imitation game” and claimed it was a means of determining a machine’s ability to exhibit intelligent behavior equivalent to a human. It involved three participants: Participant A was a woman, participant B a man and participant C either gender.
Through a series of questions, participant C is required to determine whether “X is A and Y is B” or “X is B and Y is A”, with X and Y representing the two genders.
A proposition is then raised: “What will happen when a machine takes the part of A in this game? Will the interrogator decide wrongly as often when the game is played like this as he does when the game is played between a man and a woman?”
These questions were intended to replace the ambiguous question, “Can machines think?” Turing claimed this question was ambiguous because it required an understanding of the terms “machine” and “think,” of which “normal” uses of the words would render a response to the question inadequate.
Over the years, this experiment was popularised as the Turing test. While the subject matter varied, the test remained a deliberation on whether “X is A and Y is B” or “X is B and Y is A.”
We’ve all been there — sitting in a meeting or classroom, only to suddenly realize we haven’t heard a word in the last five minutes because our thoughts drifted elsewhere. That sinking feeling hits: “Not again.” You scramble to refocus, maybe feeling a twinge of guilt. After all, isn’t paying attention supposed to be the cornerstone of learning?
For decades, educators and employers have treated mind wandering as the enemy of productivity and learning. But what if they’ve been wrong all along? What if those mental detours actually help us learn certain things better?
New research published in The Journal of Neuroscience suggests that mind wandering isn’t just harmless; it might actively boost our ability to pick up on subtle patterns in the world around us.
The Surprising Benefits of a Wandering Mind
The study, conducted by researchers from various European institutions including Hungary’s Eötvös Loránd University, found that when participants’ minds drifted off during a computer task, they became better at detecting hidden statistical patterns — even though they weren’t consciously trying to find them.
“Mind wandering, occupying 30-50% of our waking time, remains an enigmatic phenomenon in cognitive neuroscience,” the researchers noted. Given how much of our mental life involves such wandering thoughts, it seems unlikely they serve no purpose.
The researchers worked with 37 participants, predominantly female (30 out of 37) with an average age of 22 years. Each participant performed a special computer task designed to measure both their tendency to mind wander and their ability to pick up on subtle statistical patterns without realizing they were doing so.
During the task, participants wore electroencephalography (EEG) caps to monitor their brain activity. The researchers periodically interrupted them to ask about their thoughts: whether they were focused on the task or thinking about something else entirely.
What the Brain Patterns Reveal
When analyzing the results, the research team discovered something unexpected: participants showed better pattern detection during periods when they reported their minds had wandered from the task. This benefit was strongest for unintentional mind wandering (when thoughts drift away spontaneously) rather than deliberate daydreaming.
Brain activity measurements added another piece to the puzzle. During periods of mind wandering, especially early in the learning process, participants showed increased slow brainwaves, patterns similar to those seen during certain sleep states. These brainwave patterns were centered in brain regions responsible for sensory and motor processing.
Mind wandering might function as a kind of “mini sleep state” while we’re awake. Just as sleep helps strengthen neural connections and consolidate memories, these brief mental wanderings might give our brains small opportunities to process and strengthen newly formed patterns we’ve begun to detect.
This doesn’t mean mind wandering comes without costs. The study showed participants still made more errors overall during periods of mind wandering. But while immediate task performance suffered, their grasp of the underlying patterns improved – creating a trade-off between immediate accuracy and deeper learning.
Why We Have Memorable Shower Thoughts
The findings align with an emerging theory called the “competition framework,” which proposes that focused attention and statistical learning may compete for neural resources. When we loosen our grip on focused attention, as happens during mind wandering, we may create ideal conditions for picking up subtle environmental patterns.
These results might explain why so many people report moments of insight during activities that induce mild “zoning out” — like showering, walking, or performing simple, repetitive tasks. In these states, our brains might shift away from focused processing toward a mode that excels at detecting subtle connections.
For teachers, coaches, and managers, this study hints that optimal learning environments might benefit from rhythmic alternation between focused attention and periods that allow the mind to wander. Perhaps intensive focus should be punctuated with breaks specifically designed to let thoughts roam.
For the rest of us, this research offers a bit of redemption. Those moments when your mind drifts during repetitive tasks might not be lapses in discipline after all – they might be your brain doing exactly what it evolved to do: building sophisticated models of your world by detecting subtle patterns that conscious attention might miss.
Professional taste testers can breathe a collective sigh of relief—their jobs appear safe from the AI revolution, at least for now. In what might be the most deliciously revealing AI experiment to date, a food scientist at the University of Illinois enlisted ChatGPT to evaluate chocolate brownies, with results that should reassure human sensory panels everywhere. When faced with recipes containing gag-inducing ingredients, the AI enthusiastically gave them nearly perfect scores.
“Despite the application of ChatGPT in various fields, to date, no research has explored the use of this technology as a potential evaluator of food products for sensory screening purposes,” writes Dr. Damir Torrico in his intriguing study published in the journal Foods. His findings suggest that while AI might assist in food development, it won’t be replacing human taste buds anytime soon.
ChatGPT Takes on the Taste-Testing Challenge
Dr. Torrico, an assistant professor from the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign’s Food Science department, decided to test if the chatbot could work as a digital food critic for chocolate brownies. What he discovered was eye-opening: while ChatGPT might help screen food products faster, it has a strangely sunny outlook that doesn’t match how actual humans would react—particularly when asked about brownies containing worm meal and fish oil.
Taste testing usually depends on human tasters or consumer panels, which costs both time and money. Dr. Torrico wondered if there was a faster way. “This process can be lengthy and expensive,” he writes in his paper. “Therefore, researchers are looking for alternatives to screen the sensory characteristics/notes of a wide range of products without running extensive and costly panel sessions.” A tech shortcut that keeps quality feedback intact would completely change how new foods get developed.
Torrico created fifteen imaginary brownie recipes, divided into three categories: standard formulations, common replacement ingredients, and uncommon replacement ingredients. The standard recipes varied basic brownie components like chocolate (15-30%), flour (15-38%), and sugar (10-20%). Common replacements swapped in ingredients like stevia instead of sugar or olive oil instead of butter. The uncommon category ventured into unusual territory—using fish oil instead of butter or worm meal instead of eggs.
For each recipe, ChatGPT received two simple instructions. First: “Act as an experienced taster” and describe the sensory characteristics of a brownie with these ingredients, without mentioning the ingredients themselves. Second: score the brownie’s quality on a scale from 0 to 10. All responses came from ChatGPT version 3.5 through a Google Sheets extension that automated the process, ensuring consistent testing conditions across all fifteen recipes.
Happy AI, Horrified Humans: The Surprising Results
The results revealed a weird quirk in how artificial intelligence judges food. ChatGPT scored every brownie between 8.5 and 9.5 out of 10, with just tiny drops in scores for the most bizarre combinations.
Looking deeper at the language with sentiment analysis, Torrico found that words like “trust,” “anticipation,” and “joy” kept popping up in ChatGPT’s evaluations. The wildest part? Even when describing brownies loaded with fish oil and worm meal, ChatGPT kept its reviews cheerful and enthusiastic.
This relentless optimism exposes a big problem: ChatGPT doesn’t get grossed out by weird food combinations. It never evolved that gut-level “eww” reaction we humans have to potentially sketchy ingredients, and it doesn’t share our cultural ideas about what should or shouldn’t go in a dessert. Its cheerful reviews likely come from being trained on mountains of food content that tends to be glowingly positive.
As Dr. Torrico explains, “Food, in general, tends to be biased to favorable terms and emotions in the existing text content that can be found in books, websites, articles, and social media. This can be one of the reasons why ChatGPT tended to have positive emotions and sentiments toward foods that might have the opposite reactions from real consumers.”
The numbers tell the story: ChatGPT spit out way more positive sentiments (12-23 instances per review) than negative ones (just 4-8). Digging deeper with correspondence analysis—a statistical technique that maps relationships between variables—Torrico spotted some patterns. Regular brownie recipes got linked with “trust” and “anticipation,” while the weirdo recipes with worm meal and fish oil mostly triggered “surprise.” That’s apparently as close as ChatGPT gets to saying “yuck” about desserts containing bugs.
When examining the descriptive terms used in ChatGPT’s evaluations, researchers found “chocolate” remained the most frequent word across all formulations. Standard brownie recipes triggered words like “texture” and “slight,” while common replacement recipes got descriptions like “fudgy” and “flavor.” Curiously, the most bizarre formulation (with fish oil, worm meal, citric acid, and corn starch) was mainly described as simply a “brownie”—suggesting the AI might have been struggling to imagine its likely very unusual taste and texture.
The Future of AI Food Critics
Torrico’s experiment shows both the cool possibilities and obvious shortcomings of AI food tasters. Sure, ChatGPT can cook up believable-sounding food descriptions based on ingredient lists, but its stubborn cheerfulness—especially for recipes that would send real people running—proves it’s nowhere near ready to replace human taste testers.
“Further research should focus on validating ChatGPT sensory descriptors with the outcomes of a human sensory panel,” Dr. Torrico suggests, acknowledging the need to compare AI evaluations with real human responses.
Still, AI might save food companies serious cash in the early stages of creating new products. Before spending big bucks on human testing panels, food scientists could use AI evaluations to quickly sort through dozens of potential recipes. They’d still need real humans for the final taste test, but AI could help narrow down the options much faster.
“Using these disruptive technologies can profoundly change the process of developing new products in the future,” notes Dr. Torrico, pointing to the transformative potential of AI in food science.
But for now, when it comes to brownies made with worm meal and fish oil, you might want to trust actual humans—their disgusted reactions are telling you something important that ChatGPT simply can’t understand.
When other countries hear about America’s democratic troubles, they like us less—but they’ll still work with us. That’s the key finding from new research examining how U.S. democratic decline affects its image abroad, particularly among allied democracies.
While news about events like the January 6th Capitol riot and controversial voting laws damages America’s favorability ratings, it doesn’t seem to reduce foreign public support for cooperating with the U.S. on important policies.
For years, foreign policy experts have warned that eroding democracy at home might weaken America’s position internationally. This study, the first of its kind to test this theory experimentally, suggests the reality is more complicated.
Researchers from Dartmouth College, Florida State University, and Australian National University conducted three survey experiments spanning 12 countries across Europe, Asia, and the Anglosphere, polling nearly 12,000 people. They randomly assigned some participants to read about U.S. democratic backsliding before asking about their views toward America.
The backsliding information described problems like the Capitol insurrection, voting restrictions, and growing political polarization. Control groups received no such information. In later studies, some participants also read about U.S. economic problems instead of democratic ones.
Across all experiments, those who read about democratic backsliding consistently rated the U.S. less favorably than those who didn’t. The decrease in favorability was moderate but meaningful—about 42% of a standard deviation on the rating scale.
Interestingly, when people read about U.S. economic problems rather than democratic ones, their opinion of America didn’t significantly change. This suggests there’s something particularly damaging about democratic decline for America’s global standing.
The researchers also found that information about democratic backsliding made people rate U.S. democracy lower, view the U.S. government as less stable, and believe America is getting weaker.
But when it came to actual policies, perceptions changed little. In follow-up studies in New Zealand, Japan, India, and South Korea, researchers asked whether people who learned about America’s democratic problems would be less supportive of cooperating with the U.S. on various initiatives.
These policies included whether their country should prioritize economic relations with the U.S. over China, strengthen security arrangements like the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (the “Quad”), support Ukraine, and other region-specific issues.
“In our exploratory analysis, we find little evidence that it decreases support for cooperating with the U.S.,” the researchers write in their paper. “While America’s global image may suffer from international reporting focused on the degradation of its longstanding democratic system, its ability to garner support for critical policies seems resilient in some important partner countries.”
The findings challenge simplistic views about how “soft power”—the ability to influence through attraction rather than coercion—works in practice. While democratic values help make America attractive globally, foreign publics seem able to separate their opinions about U.S. democracy from judgments about specific cooperation where interests align.
Polarization across America has grown like ivy, with its leaves stretching deep into a surprising new battleground: the doctor’s office. Research published in the British Journal of Political Science reveals that Americans’ trust in their personal physicians—once a rare nonpartisan sanctuary—has become increasingly divided along political lines, with potentially serious implications for public health.
The study, conducted by Neil O’Brian from the University of Oregon and independent researcher Thomas Bradley Kent, shows that Democrats now express significantly more trust in their doctors than Republicans do—a complete reversal from just a decade ago. This partisan healthcare trust gap, which didn’t exist before the COVID-19 pandemic, shows that political polarization has affected even our most personal medical relationships.
The Fauci Effect
What makes this research particularly striking is how rapidly this partisan divide developed. In 2013, Republicans actually reported slightly higher trust in their personal doctors than Democrats. By 2022, the tables had turned dramatically, with Democrats approximately 12 percentage points more likely than Republicans to report “a great deal” of trust in their physicians.
Unlike nearly every other major American institution, medicine remained largely untouched by partisan divides throughout the 2010s. The General Social Survey, which tracks Americans’ attitudes toward various institutions, shows that confidence in the scientific community, education, the press, and many other institutions had already polarized along partisan lines by 2010. Medicine, however, remained stubbornly nonpartisan until 2021.
The COVID-19 pandemic thrust public health officials into the spotlight, where they quickly became lightning rods for partisan conflict. The study found strong evidence that as medical authorities like Dr. Anthony Fauci became political targets, the distrust spilled over into Americans’ relationships with their own personal doctors.
In one revealing experiment, the researchers exposed participants to a headline from President Trump’s first term in office when called Dr. Fauci “a Democrat.” Trump voters who read this headline subsequently reported lower trust in their own personal doctors, while Biden voters expressed increased trust—proving that partisan messaging about one medical authority directly affected how people viewed their own healthcare providers.
Choosing Doctors Based on Politics
The study goes beyond simple surveys to demonstrate how this divide manifests in real-world decisions. Through a series of experiments, the researchers show that both Republicans and Democrats strongly prefer doctors who share their political affiliation—sometimes placing as much importance on political alignment as they do on shared race or gender with their healthcare provider.
In one experiment, participants were asked to choose between hypothetical dermatologists with various attributes including political affiliation. The difference between Democrats’ and Republicans’ likelihood of selecting a Democratic versus Republican doctor was 28 percentage points when controlling for all other attributes like proximity, qualifications, and patient ratings.
For some demographics, shared political identity with a doctor was just as important as—or more important than—shared race or gender. Among Democratic women, Black Democrats, and Hispanic Democrats, having a doctor who shared their political affiliation was at least as important as having one who shared their gender or race.
Perhaps most concerning is evidence that some Americans are now actively seeking out healthcare providers based on political alignment. When researchers randomly assigned participants to read about a traditional doctor-finding website versus one specifically connecting patients with conservative healthcare providers, conservative respondents expressed significantly more interest in the politically aligned option.
Health Consequences of Political Division
The implications extend beyond just feelings of trust. When asked about their willingness to follow medical advice, Trump voters over 50 were about 11 percentage points less likely than Biden voters to say they followed their doctor’s advice “extremely closely” or “very closely.” This gap could have serious health consequences, as research has consistently shown that patients who trust their doctors are more likely to follow treatment recommendations, complete preventive screenings, and manage chronic conditions effectively.
Between 2001 and 2019, researchers observed a growing gap in death rates between Republican and Democratic counties, with people in Democratic counties living longer. If partisan divides continue to influence healthcare decisions, this gap may widen further, creating a feedback loop where political identity affects health outcomes, which then reinforce political divisions.
A Global Phenomenon
This trend isn’t isolated to the United States. Data from the International Social Survey Programme shows similar patterns in countries like Germany, where support for far-right parties correlates with declining trust in doctors. German far-right supporters were slightly more likely than average voters to trust doctors in 2011, but by 2021, they were 13 percentage points less likely to express trust.
As society faces increasing deaths of despair, a broader crisis in mental health, and lagging life expectancy compared to other developed nations, understanding how politics influences healthcare relationships becomes crucial. The doctor-patient relationship has traditionally been a cornerstone of effective healthcare delivery, but it now appears vulnerable to the same partisan forces that have divided so many other aspects of modern life.
In today’s polarized climate, Americans increasingly make life choices based on political identity—where to live, what media to consume, whom to associate with, and now, potentially, whom to trust with their health. As one doctor’s visit could mean the difference between early diagnosis and late-stage disease, the stakes of this political division are literally life and death.
Ultra-processed foods are dominating much of what Americans eat. (Rimma Bondarenko/Shutterstock)
Two weeks of burgers and fries might do more damage than you think. A new study shows that men who switched from traditional African diets to Western foods for just 14 days experienced alarming increases in inflammation and immune dysfunction. The changes lingered for weeks after returning to their normal diets.
The study, published in Nature Medicine, demonstrates how quickly the body’s immune and metabolic systems respond to dietary shifts. Its findings raise concerns about the widespread abandonment of heritage diets in favor of processed Western foods.
The Experiment: Switching Diets in Tanzania
Researchers from Tanzania’s Kilimanjaro Christian Medical University College collaborated with scientists from Radboud University Medical Center in the Netherlands to conduct this dietary experiment. They worked with 77 healthy young men from northern Tanzania, some from rural areas who typically ate traditional Kilimanjaro diets and others from urban areas who consumed more Western-style foods.
For two weeks, the rural participants switched to a Western diet high in processed foods, while urban participants adopted a traditional heritage diet. A third group kept eating their usual Western diet but added daily consumption of Mbege, a traditional fermented banana beverage, for one week.
The men who switched from their traditional diet to Western foods gained an average of about 5.7 pounds. Their blood tests showed increasing levels of inflammation markers and metabolic changes linked to disease risk. More concerning, their immune cells became less responsive to microbial challenges, essentially making their immune systems temporarily less effective.
Many of these negative changes persisted even four weeks after returning to their normal diets, indicating that even short periods of dietary changes might have lasting effects.
On the flip side, urban dwellers who temporarily switched to the traditional Kilimanjaro diet experienced mostly positive changes. Their blood showed decreasing levels of inflammatory proteins and beneficial metabolic shifts. Those who drank the fermented banana beverage also showed anti-inflammatory benefits.
What Makes These Diets Different?
The Kilimanjaro heritage diet typically includes green vegetables and legumes like kidney beans, plantains, cassava, taro, millet, and sorghum. These foods provide abundant fiber and plant compounds with known health benefits.
The Western diet featured foods like beef sausage, white bread with margarine, French fries, chicken stew with white rice, and processed maize porridge with added sugar.
The global nutrition transition happening as traditional diets give way to Western-style eating patterns is an important issue. While most nutrition research focuses on Western populations, this study examines how dietary changes affect people in sub-Saharan Africa, a region experiencing rising rates of chronic diseases like heart disease and diabetes.
At the genetic level, those eating the Western diet showed increased activity of genes related to inflammation and decreased activity of genes involved in immune function. Their blood samples also revealed changes in white blood cell counts and activation patterns indicating increased inflammation.
Traditional African diets are being steadily displaced by Western-style eating habits, driven by factors like urban growth, economic shifts, wider availability of processed foods, globalization, and evolving cultural norms.
Bottom Line: Diet Influences Inflammation
This rapid dietary shift occurring across developing regions might help explain the rising epidemic of noncommunicable diseases worldwide. Chronic inflammation, which can persist at low levels for years without obvious symptoms, damages tissues and organs over time. The study reveals how quickly inflammatory processes can be triggered by dietary changes, pointing to a potential mechanism for how Western diets increase disease risk.
What about the group that consumed the fermented beverage? After just one week of consuming Mbege, participants showed reduced inflammatory markers and increased production of anti-inflammatory compounds. This also supports growing research interest in fermented foods for gut health and immune regulation.
For those living in Western countries, the results add more evidence that incorporating more elements from plant-rich, minimally processed dietary patterns might help reduce inflammatory burden. The Mediterranean diet, which shares many characteristics with the Kilimanjaro heritage diet (emphasis on plant foods, whole grains, limited processed foods), has similarly been linked to reduced inflammation and chronic disease risk.
Even short-term exposure to a Western diet can trigger inflammation that might increase disease risk over time. Traditional food systems face increasing pressure from globalization, but preserving valuable dietary traditions may help combat the rising global epidemic of chronic diseases.
Conventional wisdom has long suggested that as we age, our bodies become more fragile and take longer to bounce back from physical stress. But what if that’s not entirely true? Research challenges this notion with surprising evidence that older adults may not experience worse exercise-induced muscle damage than their younger counterparts.
The new findings could change how older adults approach physical activity by removing a significant psychological barrier that has kept many from engaging in beneficial exercise regimens. In other words, perhaps all along millions of people have held back from working out as they age due to fear stemming from unsubstantiated beliefs.
Challenging Beliefs About Muscle Aging and Recovery
For years, the scientific community theorized that aging bodies would struggle more with exercise recovery. The reasoning seemed sound: older adults typically show decreased muscle protein synthesis (the body’s ability to build new muscle), fewer satellite cells (essential for muscle repair), and reduced ability for those cells to multiply. These factors should logically result in greater muscle damage and slower recovery times.
However, the data from 36 studies tells a markedly different story. The international research team, spearheaded by scientists from Cardiff Metropolitan University, conducted a thorough review comparing exercise recovery between different adult age groups.
When researchers measured muscle function changes after exercise – a key indicator of how well muscles perform after being stressed – they found no meaningful differences between younger and older participants. This crucial performance metric remained similar between age groups at 24, 48, and 72 hours post-exercise, as well as in measurements of peak changes.
More surprisingly, older adults consistently reported less muscle soreness than younger participants at all measured time points. This pattern held steady across multiple studies and contradicts what most exercise physiologists would have predicted.
Similarly, creatine kinase levels – an enzyme that appears in the bloodstream when muscle membranes are damaged – were lower in older adults compared to younger adults at 24 hours post-exercise and at peak measurements.
Why Older Muscles Might Be More Resilient
The researchers proposed several explanations for these unexpected findings.
One theory involves the physical changes that happen in muscle and connective tissue with age. As we get older, our skeletal muscles contain more collagen, which can stiffen both muscle and connective tissue. Similar to how muscles adapt to repeated exercise, aging might cause mechanical changes that improve muscle stiffness, offering protection against structural damage by better distributing physical stress during workouts.
Fatigue responses may also play a role. Research has shown that older adults typically experience greater muscular fatigue during dynamic movements. Since all studies in this analysis used dynamic contractions to cause muscle damage, older adults may have experienced a reduced absolute workload compared to younger participants, despite working at the same relative intensity. This lower absolute load might result in less tissue damage.
The research team also examined whether factors like sex, body part exercised, or exercise type influenced the results. Sex did appear to play a role in muscle function responses, with similar numerical differences between age groups for both males and females, but only the male comparison reached statistical significance. This hints that age may affect male muscle responses differently than female responses, though the researchers note fewer studies focused on women, which may have affected this finding.
The Struggle Isn’t Real
Exercise-induced muscle damage can discourage people from sticking with physical activity programs, particularly older adults who might view the discomfort as harmful rather than as part of the adaptation process. Now, knowing that aging doesn’t necessarily increase vulnerability to muscle damage could help overcome this mental barrier.
Perhaps most important, the research offers encouragement for aging individuals to stay active. With global population trends pointing toward an increasingly older demographic – people over 60 expected to double by 2050 and triple by 2100 – understanding how aging affects exercise responses becomes increasingly vital to public health.
Physical activity remains fundamental to “successful aging,” which includes physical, psychological, social, and cognitive aspects. Regular exercise can offset age-related declines in muscle strength and power, aerobic fitness, and body composition. This new understanding that older adults may not face excessive muscle damage removes a significant obstacle to activity.
For the average older adult considering starting or continuing an exercise program, this research delivers a clear message: your age should not hold you back. Your muscles may actually handle exercise stress better than previously thought, and the benefits of regular physical activity far outweigh the temporary discomfort of muscle damage. Be sure to speak with your doctor first before taking on any new physical challenges.
Using a smartphone or tablet for just one hour after going to bed raises the risk of insomnia by 59%, according to new research. This finding comes from one of the largest studies conducted on screen use and sleep among university students, highlighting how our nightly digital habits may be robbing us of crucial rest.
Researchers from the Norwegian Institute of Public Health examined data from over 45,000 university students and found that each additional hour spent using screens after going to bed not only significantly increased insomnia risk but also cut sleep duration by about 24 minutes. What’s particularly notable is how consistent this effect appears to be—regardless of whether students were scrolling through social media, watching movies, or gaming.
The Digital Bedtime Crisis
Sleep problems have reached concerning levels among university students globally. The study reports that about 30% of Norwegian students sleep less than the recommended 7-9 hours per night. Even more troubling, over 20% of male students and 34% of female students report sleep issues meeting clinical criteria for insomnia, numbers that have been rising in recent years.
Smartphones have transformed our bedrooms into entertainment centers. Previous research shows that over 95% of students use screens in bed, with an average screen time after going to bed of 46 minutes. Some studies have even found that 12% of young adults engage with their smartphones during periods they’ve self-reported as sleep time.
Many sleep experts have speculated that social media might be especially harmful for sleep compared to more passive activities like watching television. The reasoning seems logical – social media platforms are designed to keep users engaged through interactions, notifications, and endless scrolling features that make it difficult to disconnect. Plus, the social obligations and fear of missing out associated with platforms like Instagram and TikTok might make users more reluctant to put their devices away at bedtime.
Surprising Findings Challenge Common Beliefs
Researchers divided participants into three groups: those who exclusively used social media in bed (about 15% of the sample), those who used social media combined with other screen activities (69%), and those who engaged in non-social media screen activities only (15%).
Contrary to expectations, students who exclusively used social media in bed reported fewer insomnia symptoms and longer sleep duration compared to the other groups. The non-social media group experienced the highest rates of insomnia and shortest sleep duration, while those mixing social media with other activities were intermediate.
This unexpected outcome challenges the notion that social media is uniquely harmful to sleep. Instead, the research points to the total time spent on screens in bed, regardless of the specific activity, as the strongest predictor of sleep problems. Each additional hour of screen time after going to bed was consistently associated with poorer sleep outcomes across all three groups.
Why might social media-only users sleep better? Researchers propose that exclusively using social media might reflect a preference for socializing and maintaining connections with others, which generally protects against sleep problems. Being socially engaged has been linked to better sleep in numerous studies.
Alternatively, those experiencing the most sleep difficulties might deliberately avoid social media before bed, instead turning to activities like watching movies or listening to music as sleep aids. Many people with insomnia use screen-based activities to distract themselves from negative thoughts or anxiety that prevent sleep.
What This Means For Your Sleep
The study, published in Frontiers in Psychiatry, reveals how screens affect sleep through several pathways: direct displacement (screen time replacing sleep time), light exposure (suppressing melatonin production), increased mental arousal (making it harder to fall asleep), and sleep interruption (notifications disturbing sleep).
The findings from this study largely support the displacement hypothesis. If increased arousal from interactive content were the main factor, we would expect to see different associations between sleep and various screen activities. Instead, the consistent relationship between screen time and sleep problems across activity types indicates that simply spending time on screens—time that could otherwise be spent sleeping—may be the most important factor.
For university students already struggling with academic pressure, social adjustment, and mental health challenges, poor sleep represents an additional burden with potentially serious consequences. Sleep deprivation impairs attention, memory, and other cognitive functions crucial for academic success.
Non-screen users had 24% lower odds of reporting insomnia symptoms, confirming that keeping devices out of the bedroom is a worthwhile sleep hygiene practice. Even if it’s not a complete solution to sleep difficulties, it represents a behavior that could meaningfully improve sleep for many young adults.
“If you struggle with sleep and suspect that screen time may be a factor, try to reduce screen use in bed, ideally stopping at least 30–60 minutes before sleep,” says lead author, Dr. Gunnhild Johnsen Hjetland, in a statement. “If you do use screens, consider disabling notifications to minimize disruptions during the night.”
The next time you’re tempted to bring your phone to bed “just to check a few things,” remember the Norwegian students’ experience: each hour spent on that screen, regardless of what you’re doing, might cost you 24 minutes of precious sleep and significantly increase your chances of developing insomnia. Given what we know about the essential role of sleep in physical and mental health, learning, and overall wellbeing, that’s a trade-off worth reconsidering.
A close view on one of the most distant galaxies known: On the left are some 10,000 galaxies at all distances, observed with the James Webb Space Telescope. The zoom-in on the right shows, in the center as a red dot, the galaxy JADES-GS-z13-1. Its light was emitted 330 million years after the Big Bang and traveled for almost 13.5 billion years before reaching Webb’s golden mirror. Credit: ESA/Webb, NASA & CSA, JADES Collaboration, J. Witstok, P. Jakobsen, A. Pagan (STScI), M. Zamani (ESA/Webb).
At a time when light couldn’t easily travel through space due to a thick fog of neutral hydrogen, one galaxy managed to carve out its own bubble of clear space, allowing us to detect a specific light signal that should have been completely absorbed. This cosmic lighthouse from 13 billion years ago gives us our earliest direct glimpse of how the universe transitioned from darkness to light.
The galaxy, cataloged as JADES-GS-z13-1-LA, was observed at what scientists call a redshift of 13. While that technical term might not mean much to most of us, it represents an incredible distance in both space and time. When we look at this galaxy, we see light that has traveled for over 13 billion years to reach us.
This study, published in Nature, used the James Webb Telescope to observe this early galaxy. Scientists also detected a Lyman-alpha emission, a specific wavelength of light that’s easily absorbed by neutral hydrogen, the gas that filled the early universe. Finding this emission suggests this galaxy was actively clearing the cosmic fog around it, like turning on a light in a dark room.
From Cosmic Dark Ages to First Light
Recent observations with the James Webb Space Telescope have already revealed surprisingly bright galaxies existed earlier than astronomers expected. But this new finding provides something more concrete: direct evidence of reionization, the cosmic transformation that brought the universe out of darkness.
For context, in the first few hundred thousand years after the Big Bang, the universe expanded and cooled enough for protons and electrons to combine into neutral hydrogen atoms. This created a cosmic fog that blocked most light from traveling freely for hundreds of millions of years, a period astronomers call the cosmic “dark ages.”
Eventually, the first stars and galaxies began forming and producing ultraviolet radiation that started breaking apart these neutral hydrogen atoms. This gradually made the universe transparent to light (reionization).
Breaking Through the Cosmic Fog
The research team analyzed this distant galaxy using imaging and spectroscopy from JWST’s powerful instruments. The data revealed not just the usual signs of light being blocked by early-universe hydrogen, but also a surprisingly bright signal of light breaking through. Such strong emissions had previously only been seen in much younger galaxies when more of the universe had already been cleared of neutral hydrogen.
Astronomers also saw what they call an “extremely blue ultraviolet continuum” (essentially meaning this galaxy appears very blue in color). The fact that we could even see the Lyman-alpha emission means the galaxy was incredibly good at making and releasing powerful radiation, strong enough to break apart the hydrogen gas around it.
“We know from our theories and computer simulations, as well as from observations at later epochs, that the most energetic UV light from the galaxies ‘fries’ the surrounding neutral gas, creating bubbles of ionized, transparent gas around them,” says study author Joris Witstok from the University of Copenhagen, in a statement. “These bubbles percolate the Universe, and after around a billion years, they eventually overlap, completing the epoch of reionization. We believe that we have discovered one of the first such bubbles.”
What could produce such powerful radiation in this ancient galaxy? One explanation involves extremely massive, hot stars that are much more efficient at producing ionizing radiation than typical stars today. These cosmic giants could be heating surrounding gas to temperatures exceeding 100,000 Kelvin, far hotter than our Sun’s surface at about 5,800 Kelvin.
Another possibility is that this galaxy contains an active supermassive black hole. The intense radiation from material falling into such a black hole could efficiently ionize nearby gas. Supporting this idea, the researchers found the galaxy appears extremely compact, smaller than 114 light-years across which is more compact than most galaxies seen at similar distances.
“Most galaxies are known to host a central, supermassive black hole. As these monsters engulf surrounding gas, the gas is heated to millions of degrees, making it shine brightly in X-rays and UV before disappearing forever,” says Witstok.
The researchers also considered whether this might be one of the universe’s very first generation of stars, called Population III stars, formed from pristine gas containing only hydrogen and helium. These stars would be substantially more massive and hotter than later stars. However, the galaxy seems slightly too bright to fit this explanation perfectly.
Rewriting the Timeline of Cosmic Dawn
Whatever is powering this ancient light source, its discovery reshapes our understanding of how the universe transitioned from darkness to light. Until recently, the consensus among astronomers was that reionization did not begin until the Universe was around half a billion years old, completing another half billion years later. But this study pushes the beginning of reionization significantly earlier than previously thought.
The finding also provides evidence for an important physical process called Wouthuysen-Field coupling, where Lyman-alpha photons affect the spin temperature of hydrogen atoms. Scientists hope to detect this with radio telescopes searching for signals from the early universe.
“We knew that we would find some of the most distant galaxies when we built Webb,” says study author Peter Jakobsen from the University of Copenhagen. “But we could only dream of one day being able to probe them in such detail that we can now see directly how they affect the whole Universe.”
The universe’s first light didn’t switch on all at once; it started with galaxies like this one, each creating its own bubble of clear space that eventually merged with others to transform the entire cosmos. By pushing back the timeline of this process and showing it began with ordinary galaxies rather than exceptional ones, this discovery connects the dots between the universe’s first few hundred million years and the transparent cosmos that would eventually allow for our existence.
Knowing two languages could preserve your brain for longer, even with Alzheimer’s. (stoatphoto/Shutterstock)
Learning a second language offers benefits beyond ordering food on vacation or reading foreign literature. Recent research from Concordia University suggests bilingualism might actually help protect the brain against some devastating effects of Alzheimer’s disease.
Scientists have long observed that some people maintain their thinking abilities despite significant brain damage. This disconnect, where brain deterioration doesn’t necessarily cause expected cognitive problems, has prompted researchers to develop ideas like “brain reserve,” “cognitive reserve,” and “brain maintenance” to explain this resilience. This study, published in Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, found evidence that speaking two or more languages might boost this resilience, especially through brain maintenance in people with Alzheimer’s.
Alzheimer’s accounts for about two-thirds of dementia cases worldwide and typically progresses from subjective cognitive decline (SCD) to mild cognitive impairment (MCI) before developing into full Alzheimer’s. This progression usually comes with brain shrinkage, particularly in the medial temporal lobe, which includes the hippocampus, a structure essential for forming new memories.
Earlier studies suggested bilingual individuals might experience a 4-to-5-year delay in Alzheimer’s symptom onset compared to those who speak just one language. But how exactly bilingualism might shield against cognitive decline hasn’t been fully understood. This new research examines the structural brain differences between bilinguals and monolinguals (people who only speak one language) across various stages of Alzheimer’s progression.
The research team analyzed data from 364 participants from two major Canadian studies. Participants ranged from cognitively healthy individuals to those with subjective cognitive decline, mild cognitive impairment, and Alzheimer’s disease.
Using brain imaging, researchers measured the thickness and volume of specific brain regions involved in language processing and areas typically affected by Alzheimer’s. They wanted to see if bilinguals showed signs of greater “brain reserve” (more neural tissue in language-related regions) or “cognitive reserve” (maintaining cognitive function despite significant brain deterioration).
Unlike some previous studies, bilinguals didn’t show greater brain reserve in language-related regions compared to monolinguals. However, a difference emerged when looking at the hippocampus, one of the first areas damaged by Alzheimer’s.
Older monolinguals with Alzheimer’s showed substantial reduction in hippocampal volume compared to those with milder impairment, following the expected pattern of brain degeneration. But bilinguals with Alzheimer’s showed a different pattern: their hippocampal volumes weren’t significantly smaller than bilinguals with milder cognitive issues.
While monolingual brains showed progressive shrinkage as the disease worsened, bilingual brains seemed to maintain their hippocampal volume despite disease progression. This points to what researchers call “brain maintenance,” preserving brain structure over time despite aging or disease.
The hippocampus is vital for forming new memories, and its deterioration closely connects with the memory loss so characteristic of Alzheimer’s. If bilingualism helps preserve hippocampal volume, it could explain why some studies have found delayed symptom onset in bilingual Alzheimer’s patients.
The bilingual participants came from diverse backgrounds, with about 38% reporting English as their first language, 39% reporting French, and the rest reporting various other languages. About 68% knew two languages, 22% knew three, and some participants reported knowing up to seven languages. Interestingly, many bilingual participants could be described as “late bilinguals,” those who learned their second language after age 5, with moderate self-reported second language ability.
The potential brain benefits of bilingualism might not be limited to those who grew up speaking multiple languages or who are highly fluent in their second language. Even learning a second language later in life and achieving moderate skill might contribute to cognitive resilience.
What does this mean for ordinary people? While the study doesn’t suggest that learning a second language will prevent Alzheimer’s, it adds to growing evidence that certain lifestyle factors, including language learning, may help build resilience against cognitive decline.
The benefits of learning a second language extend far beyond communication skills. The mental demands of managing multiple languages may help build a more resilient brain, one better equipped to withstand the challenges of aging and disease. While learning a second language is no cure, it could help maintain thinking abilities for longer despite underlying brain damage.
Anxiety has become an unwelcome companion for many, creeping into everyday life with relentless persistence. But for a growing number of young Americans, worry is no longer an uncontrolled intruder—it’s being managed, contained, and strategically addressed.
A recent survey of 2,000 adults across all generations by Talker Research uncovers a surprising trend: one in 10 young Americans deliberately carve out dedicated “worry time” in their daily routines. This approach stands in sharp contrast to older generations, with just 3% of Gen X and baby boomers adopting similar strategies.
A Generation Wrestling with Anxiety
The most striking revelation is the pervasive nature of worry among younger Americans. An overwhelming 62% of Gen Z and millennial respondents report feeling constantly anxious, compared to 38% of older generations. On average, people spend two hours and 18 minutes each day caught in the grip of worrisome thoughts—a significant chunk of time that could otherwise fuel productivity, creativity, or personal growth.
The timing of these worry periods reveals interesting patterns. A third of respondents find themselves most anxious when alone, while 30% are plagued by worries as they prepare to fall asleep. Another 17% are tormented by anxious thoughts upon waking, and 12% experience peak worry while getting ready for bed.
The Weight of Worry
When it comes to specific concerns, finances top the list. More than half (53%) of respondents cite money as their primary source of anxiety. Family worries follow closely, with 42% expressing deep concern about their loved ones. The same percentage fret about pending tasks and to-do lists.
Health concerns (37%), sleep anxiety (22%), and political uncertainties (19%) round out the top worries. For parents, the concerns extend far beyond personal anxieties. Seventy-seven percent express profound worry about the world their children are inheriting, with 34% specifically calling out climate change as a significant concern.
One parent’s raw emotion captures this generational anxiety: “Honestly, I worry that there won’t be a world for my child to grow up in.” Another wondered whether their children would experience the same opportunities they once enjoyed.
Strategic Approach to Mental Health?
The concept of scheduled worry time might seem counterintuitive, but mental health experts suggest it’s a deliberate approach to managing anxiety. By allocating a specific time to process and acknowledge worries, individuals can potentially reduce the overall impact of anxiety on their daily lives.
“Worry doesn’t just cloud our thoughts — it can seriously disrupt our sleep,” says Brooke Witt, Vice President of Marketing at Avocado Green Mattress, which commissioned the study. “When our minds are consumed by finances, family, or endless to-do lists, falling and staying asleep becomes a challenge, which directly impacts how rested we feel the next day.”
The survey suggests more than just a coping mechanism—it reveals a generational approach to mental health that is proactive, intentional, and self-aware. Younger Americans are not simply experiencing anxiety; they’re developing structured methods to understand, limit, and manage it.
The 10% who schedule dedicated worry time represent a potentially transformative approach to mental wellness. By containing their anxieties within a specific timeframe, they may be finding a way to prevent worry from consuming their entire day.
“There’s always something brewing in our minds — whether it’s work, family, or future concerns,” notes Amy Sieman, an affiliate manager with Avocado Green Mattress. “This research reveals how these everyday worries can follow us to bed, affecting both our sleep and our overall quality of life.”
Male sexual desire tends to decline with age—it’s a biological fact that many men face as the years pass. By age 70, about a quarter of men report a noticeable drop in sexual drive. But what if there were a relatively simple dietary approach that could help maintain libido well into later years?
A fascinating study published in Cell Metabolism reveals that intermittent fasting significantly boosts sexual behavior in male mice by altering brain chemistry in ways that enhance sexual motivation. The research suggests that brain chemistry might matter more than physical reproductive metrics when it comes to maintaining sexual function with age.
Scientists from the German Center for Neurodegenerative Diseases and University of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences in China discovered that mice subjected to intermittent fasting—alternating 24-hour periods of eating and not eating—maintained much higher reproductive success rates in old age compared to their continuously-fed counterparts. While only 38% of aged mice with unlimited food access successfully reproduced, a remarkable 83% of intermittently fasted mice remained fertile.
What makes this finding truly surprising isn’t just the striking difference in reproductive success, but the mechanism behind it. The fasting regimen didn’t improve traditional markers of reproductive health like testosterone levels, sperm count, or sperm quality. In fact, the fasting mice actually showed greater testis weight reduction than continuously-fed mice. The secret to their reproductive success lay entirely in behavior—the fasting mice simply showed more interest in mating.
The research team, led by Kan Xie, Yu Zhou, and Dan Ehninger, identified a clear chemical pathway for this behavioral change. Aging typically raises levels of serotonin in the brain, which acts as a sexual inhibitor. Intermittent fasting prevented this age-related serotonin increase by reducing the amount of its precursor, the amino acid tryptophan, available to the brain.
Study authors explain that this mechanism works through a unique metabolic pathway. When mice fast and then refeed, their skeletal muscles draw more tryptophan from the bloodstream. With less tryptophan circulating in the blood, less crosses into the brain, resulting in lower serotonin production and consequently less inhibition of sexual behavior.
To confirm their findings, the researchers administered 5-HTP—a direct precursor to serotonin that bypasses the rate-limiting step in serotonin synthesis—to fasting mice. This promptly reversed the behavioral benefits, with the treated mice showing decreased sexual interest. This confirmed that reduced brain serotonin was indeed responsible for the enhanced sexual behavior in fasting mice.
While the study was conducted in mice, the core biochemical pathways involved function similarly in humans. Tryptophan metabolism and serotonin synthesis operate through comparable mechanisms across mammalian species, suggesting the potential for similar effects in humans.
The intermittent fasting regimen used in the study wasn’t extreme. The mice alternated between 24 hours of unlimited food access and 24 hours of fasting. During feeding days, they ate more than usual, compensating for fasting days. Overall, they consumed only about 13% fewer calories than continuously-fed mice. This modest reduction in calorie intake, combined with the cyclical fasting/feeding pattern, produced significant effects on brain chemistry.
It’s worth noting that the benefits weren’t immediate—a brief six-week intervention didn’t improve sexual behavior. The changes required longer-term adaptation, suggesting that lasting modifications to brain chemistry take time to develop.
For men concerned about age-related decline in sexual interest, this research offers food for thought. While human studies are needed to confirm similar effects, the fundamental biological mechanisms are plausible. Before making any changes to your dietary routine, it’s important to speak with your doctor first.
From an evolutionary perspective, these findings challenge the notion that dietary restriction necessarily suppresses reproduction. While many theories suggest organisms redirect resources from reproduction to survival during food scarcity, this research indicates that certain patterns of food availability might actually enhance reproductive behavior, at least in males.
It’s something many of us probably haven’t thought of before, but perhaps what happens in the kitchen might influence what happens in the bedroom. While results from animal studies don’t automatically transfer to humans, the fundamental mechanisms involved are similar enough to warrant further investigation. After all, when it comes to maintaining quality of life with age, few aspects matter more than preserving the capacity for romantic connection.
Imagine lounging in a hammock on a sunny beach, palm trees swaying in the breeze, the bright turquoise of the sea barely dimmed by your sunglasses. You glance up and down the beach: not a soul in sight. It’s the first day of your holiday, and your whole body feels so relaxed; you could dissolve into the sand and be swept out to sea. You take a lazy sip of your pina colada and take it all in. Out of nowhere, a voice whispers into your ear: “No, really, take it in.”
That inner voice? It’s echoing a simple but often overlooked idea: Good experiences don’t always stick unless we make an effort to let them. That’s the premise behind Hardwiring Happiness, a book by psychologist Rick Hanson, who explores how consciously lingering on positive moments can help counterbalance the brain’s built-in negativity bias. That bias might have served a useful evolutionary purpose ages ago when our survival was more frequently at stake, but in a relatively stable 21st-century environment, it often traps us in cycles of rumination.
Hanson’s approach isn’t about forced optimism — it’s grounded in the idea of neuroplasticity, the brain’s capacity to change over time through repeated experience. Drawing on psychological theory and early research suggesting that “deliberately taking in the good” may help build resilience and emotional well-being, Hanson developed the HEAL method:
Have a good experience
Enrich it
Absorb it
Link it to other positive or negative experiences.
While Hanson’s HEAL method draws on established neuroscience concepts, it remains a clinical and contemplative approach rather than a rigorously validated scientific intervention. In a small exploratory study using pre-post self-report measures, Hanson and colleagues assessed the effects of this intervention on 21 healthy subjects and found statistically significant self-reported improvements in measures like savoring and self-compassion, though the small sample size and lack of a control group limit the strength of the conclusions. The participants also reported statistically borderline improvements in self-esteem, positive rumination (self-focus), pride, happiness, and satisfaction with life. Many of these effects persisted after two months.
Change the mind, change the brain?
Can you really rewire your brain this way — simply by changing your mind? That’s the idea behind neuroplasticity: the brain’s ability to adapt and reorganize in response to experience. Researchers investigate it through a combination of brain imaging and behavioral assessments. For example, if someone is able to learn a new skill more quickly following an intervention, scientists can correlate this with changes in brain activity, using what’s called “task-based fMRI.” But the details of cause-and-effect are far from simple, and the research methods far from perfect. Although there is considerable evidence for neuroplasticity as a phenomenon related to health and well-being, skeptics warn of “neuroplasticity hype,” and positive neuroplasticity itself has not been corroborated neuroscientifically in humans.
Still, Hanson says, we’ve come a long way toward understanding the relationship between mind and brain.
“As science has progressed in the last hundred to a hundred and fifty years with the study of the nervous system,” he told Big Think, “the correlations have become increasingly well understood and tight between ongoing mental activity — hearing, seeing, loving, hating, wanting, remembering — and the underlying neural activity that is their physical basis.”
A number of brain imaging studies suggest that certain mental practices, such as mindfulness meditation, are associated with structural and functional brain changes, though questions remain about causality and long-term effects.
In the 1960s, researchers began using electroencephalogram (EEG) to study neural activity during meditation. In the 1970s came magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and by the 1990s — the so-called “decade of the brain” — scientists were increasingly able to associate specific mental experiences with distinct patterns of neural activity. For instance, one seminal study of nuns praying inside fMRI machines showed that their brains’ reward centers lit up in ways similar to people using cocaine.
“It doesn’t mean connecting with Christ consciousness is the same as taking cocaine,” Hanson notes, “but they were starting to find underlying neural correlates.”
A growing body of research shows that meditation and other contemplative practices can promote neuroplasticity, encouraging the brain to form new connections and adapt over time. In the mid-2000s, as Hanson and his colleagues began combing through the research literature, they wondered whether they could flip things around and harness what scientists had gathered about the brain to use in contemplative and clinical practice, an investigation which ultimately became the basis for HEAL.
Could they deliberately activate the brain to induce certain mental activities that would lead to lasting changes in the brain and, ultimately, support the development of optimal traits like a more positive outlook on life? As Hanson put it: “Could we use our mind to stimulate and change our brain to benefit our mind?”
If so, harnessing brain science could, in theory, motivate people who wouldn’t otherwise think to take up a “mental hygiene” regime such as meditation.
“When people realize this airy-fairy, woo-woo stuff is actually helping their own brain, they get much more motivated,” he said. Ruminating over the state of the world may not be helpful, but “when you slow down, take a moment to feel close to your friend or partner, and let that really land inside, that’s changing your brain for the better.”
While the precise mechanisms remain uncertain, Hanson points to the role of the autonomic nervous system — particularly how social connection and safety cues can downregulate stress responses — as one pathway through which positive experiences may shape long-term well-being.
“If I want to calm myself down, it’s important to touch my partner, or my dog, because that social engagement is going to ripple down and calm my heart,” he said.
For decades, we’ve been fed a consistent message: monogamous relationships represent the gold standard of romantic fulfillment. This belief runs so deep that researchers have now given it a name—the “monogamy-superiority myth.” It’s a belief that has shaped personal choices, public policies, and professional practices, despite remarkably little evidence supporting the claim.
A new review published in The Journal of Sex Research directly challenges this assumption with data from nearly 25,000 individuals. The findings? When it comes to both relationship and sexual satisfaction, there’s virtually no difference between people in monogamous relationships and those in consensually non-monogamous arrangements.
This extensive review, led by Joel R. Anderson of La Trobe University, represents the first comprehensive analysis comparing satisfaction levels across different relationship structures. The findings effectively challenge the notion that non-monogamous relationships are somehow lacking or less fulfilling than monogamous ones.
The Persistence of Monogamy as the ‘Ideal’
Western society has long operated under the assumption that monogamy is not just normal, but optimal. This belief has been reinforced through cultural messages, religious teachings, and even healthcare practices. People in non-monogamous relationships often face judgment, discrimination, and the assumption that their relationship choices indicate personal problems or instability.
The research team identified several reasons these beliefs persist. For many, monogamy is seen as a moral choice guided by religion or cultural norms. It’s often viewed as “normal” and beneficial because it allows people to avoid stigma. Monogamous relationships are frequently assumed to result in better health outcomes, greater stability, and even better intimacy—assumptions the new research directly contradicts.
‘Monagamish’ Relationships Are Better?
The researchers examined studies conducted between 2007 and 2024, mostly in Western countries like the United States, Canada, and Australia. This body of research included diverse participants across sexuality and gender identity, though most samples were predominantly white.
Non-monogamy in these studies covered various relationship structures, including:
Polyamory: maintaining several loving relationships at once
Open relationships: agreements allowing sex outside the primary relationship
Swinging: partners engaging in outside sexual activities together, often at organized events
“Monogamish” arrangements: mostly monogamous relationships with occasional agreed-upon exceptions
Across these diverse relationship structures, the analysis found that monogamous and non-monogamous people reported basically identical levels of both relationship and sexual satisfaction. This pattern held true regardless of participants’ sexuality, with both straight and LGBTQ+ samples showing no significant differences.
Some interesting details emerged when researchers looked at specific types of non-monogamous arrangements. People in “monogamish” relationships reported slightly higher relationship satisfaction than those in strictly monogamous relationships. Similarly, polyamorous individuals and swingers reported somewhat higher sexual satisfaction than their monogamous counterparts.
Another surprising finding emerged when researchers examined different aspects of relationship satisfaction. Non-monogamous individuals actually rated trust higher than monogamous individuals, while scoring equally on commitment, intimacy, and passion. This challenges the common assumption that non-monogamous relationships necessarily involve less trust or commitment.
Study authors suggest that non-monogamous relationships might actually strengthen certain relationship skills. The nature of managing multiple relationships might encourage people to put more effort into communication, openness, and understanding—all key components of trust.
Changing Norms?
Despite the stigma and discrimination that non-monogamous people often face, their reported satisfaction matched or sometimes exceeded those of monogamous individuals.
The research team offers several explanations for these findings. Non-monogamous relationships may allow people to experience more variety and freedom. These structures let people have different needs met by different partners, whereas monogamous individuals must find all their needs satisfied by one person. Research also indicates that non-monogamy can encourage personal growth and independence, which may boost relationship and sexual satisfaction.
These findings matter for therapists, counselors, and other healthcare professionals who work with non-monogamous clients. Previous studies have shown that healthcare practitioners sometimes view non-monogamy as a problem or sign of trouble, making assumptions that can damage the therapeutic relationship.
For the roughly 5% of adults currently in non-monogamous relationships—and the approximately 20% who have tried consensual non-monogamy at some point—these findings validate that their relationship choices can lead to satisfying, fulfilling partnerships.
It’s worth noting that while these results show equal satisfaction across relationship structures, they don’t suggest any particular relationship style is right for everyone. Personal preferences, values, and needs remain most important in determining the best relationship arrangement for each person.
Ultimately, these findings don’t just validate non-monogamous relationships—they invite us to question assumptions about relationships that we may have never examined. Perhaps satisfaction has less to do with relationship structure than with how well any relationship meets the unique needs of the people involved.
There’s promising news for fitness enthusiasts looking to optimize their body composition: combining a time-restricted eating (also known as intermittent fasting) regimen with your exercise routine may help reduce body fat while preserving muscle mass.
Researchers have discovered that coordinating when you eat with your exercise routine might significantly improve body composition results, according to a comprehensive study published in the International Journal of Obesity. The new meta-analysis by scientists at the University of Mississippi, along with colleagues from Texas Tech University, reveals an intriguing fitness strategy that doesn’t involve fancy equipment, expensive supplements, or complicated diet plans.
The secret to a truly fit body may be all about timing your meals and your workout in concert with one another.
The Power of Time-Restricted Eating with Exercise
Time-restricted eating (TRE) involves limiting all food consumption to a specific window—typically 4-12 hours daily—while fasting for the remaining hours. Unlike other dietary approaches that dictate specific foods or calorie counts, TRE focuses simply on when you eat.
The research team analyzed 15 studies involving 338 participants who followed TRE protocols while engaging in structured exercise programs. They compared these individuals to control groups who performed identical exercises but ate without time restrictions.
The results were clear: people who combined TRE with exercise lost approximately 1.3 kg (2.9 pounds) more fat and reduced their body fat percentage by an additional 1.3% compared to those who exercised without meal timing restrictions. Perhaps most importantly, muscle mass wasn’t significantly affected, indicating that TRE doesn’t compromise muscle preservation during exercise programs.
Most studies used a 16:8 schedule—16 hours fasting, 8 hours eating—with feeding windows typically between noon and 8 P.M. Importantly, exercise was performed during feeding hours, not while fasting, which likely helped preserve muscle mass and optimize performance.
“[T]ime-restricted eating appears to induce a small decrease in fat mass and body fat percentage while conserving fat-free mass in adults adhering to a structured exercise regimen, as opposed to exercise-matched controls without temporal eating restrictions,” the authors write.
Why This Combination Works
Several mechanisms might explain why restricting your eating window enhances fat loss beyond exercise alone.
For many people, TRE naturally reduces caloric intake by limiting opportunities to eat. However, benefits persisted even in studies that controlled for calories, indicating that timing itself matters regardless of how much you eat.
Eating during daylight hours may better align with our body’s natural biological rhythms—the internal clocks that regulate numerous physiological processes. This alignment could optimize metabolic function compared to the typical modern pattern of eating from early morning until late night.
TRE may also trigger beneficial hormonal changes, including increased levels of compounds that enhance fat burning (adiponectin, noradrenaline, growth hormone) while decreasing stress hormones like cortisol. Additionally, fasting periods activate metabolic pathways that promote fat oxidation, potentially amplifying exercise’s effects.
The research examined multiple exercise approaches, including aerobic training (running, cycling), resistance training (weightlifting), and concurrent training (combining both). The benefits held across these different exercise modes, indicating the TRE plus exercise formula works regardless of your preferred workout style.
What This Means for Your Fitness Routine
Before rushing to adopt this approach, however, several factors deserve consideration. The benefits, while statistically significant, were moderate in size. Individual responses likely vary considerably based on factors not fully captured in current research. And since most studies were short-term (typically 4-8 weeks), the long-term sustainability and effects remain largely unknown.
It’s also worth noting that most participants were already experienced exercisers in good metabolic health, with relatively few studies including those with obesity. Whether the same benefits apply to beginners or those with significant metabolic challenges remains unclear.
For active individuals looking to fine-tune their approach to body composition, this research provides preliminary support for a simple yet potentially effective strategy: timing meals alongside exercise may help optimize fat loss while preserving valuable muscle tissue.
As always before making any changes to your diet or daily health regimens, you should always talk to your doctor first.
Treating female pain may require a different approach than pain management for men. (My Ocean Production/Shutterstock)
For decades, women suffering from chronic pain have been told “it’s all in your head” when treatments that work for men fail them. Now, research from the University of Calgary reveals that women’s pain actually operates through entirely different biological pathways than men’s. Scientists have discovered that the same protein triggers pain in both sexes, but through completely different immune cells and chemical signals.
A new study published in Neuron reveals that a protein called pannexin-1 (or Panx1 for short) works differently in males and females. This helps to explain why women are more likely to develop chronic pain conditions and why they often don’t respond as well to certain treatments.
The Divide in Pain Research
Most pain research has historically focused on male subjects, even though women make up the majority of chronic pain patients. This study aims to fix that imbalance by looking at both male and female animals to understand why pain works differently between sexes.
While both sexes use the Panx1 protein in their immune cells to create pain signals, they use completely different cells and chemical messengers to do it.
In males, Panx1 works through cells called microglia (the immune cells of the spinal cord and brain) to release a protein called VEGF, which increases pain sensitivity. In females, however, Panx1 works through CD8+ T cells (a type of white blood cell) to release leptin, a hormone best known for its role in hunger and metabolism. This may help explain why treatments that target microglia cells work well for reducing pain in males but often fail in females.
Crossing Biological Boundaries
When they took microglia cells from male animals, activated them, and transferred them into females, the females developed pain. Similarly, when they transferred activated female T cells into males, the males also developed pain. This confirmed that these sex-specific mechanisms weren’t just correlations; they actually cause pain.
The researchers also created mice that lacked the Panx1 protein specifically in microglia cells. Male mice without this protein showed much less pain after nerve injury, while female mice still developed normal pain sensitivity.
When they analyzed fluid from the spinal cord, they found that after nerve injury, males had higher levels of VEGF while females had higher levels of leptin. Blocking VEGF reduced pain in males but not females, while neutralizing leptin reduced pain in females but not males.
Hope for Better Pain Treatments
This could lead to better pain treatments for everyone. Current treatments for neuropathic pain (pain caused by nerve damage) include anticonvulsants, antidepressants, and opioids. These treatments tend to work less effectively in women and often cause worse side effects.
With this new knowledge, doctors might eventually be able to prescribe treatments targeted specifically to each sex, like VEGF blockers for men and leptin blockers for women.
This discovery is particularly important for conditions like fibromyalgia, which affects women much more often than men. Previous studies have shown that leptin levels can predict pain severity in women with fibromyalgia. This research now provides a possible explanation for that connection.
Panx1 could be a treatment target that works for both sexes. Although the way the body reacts to this protein is different for men and women, medications targeting it could help both, potentially transforming pain treatment.
For women who have struggled to have their pain taken seriously or effectively treated, this research provides solid evidence that treating female pain really may deserve specific research and targeted treatments. Doctors may eventually move beyond one-size-fits-all approaches to develop treatments tailored to each person’s unique biology.
Doctors are increasingly being asked to use AI systems to help diagnose patients, but when mistakes happen, they take the blame. New research shows physicians are caught in an impossible trap: use AI to avoid mistakes, but shoulder all responsibility when that same AI fails. This “superhuman dilemma” is the healthcare crisis nobody’s talking about.
The Doctor’s Burden: Caught Between AI and Accountability
New research published in JAMA Health Forum explains how the rapid deployment of artificial intelligence in healthcare is creating an impossible situation for doctors. While AI promises to reduce medical errors and physician burnout, it may be worsening both problems by placing an unrealistic burden on physicians.
Researchers from the University of Texas at Austin found that healthcare organizations are adopting AI technologies much faster than regulations and legal standards can keep pace. This regulatory gap forces physicians to shoulder an extraordinary burden: they must rely on AI to minimize errors while simultaneously bearing full responsibility for determining when these systems might be wrong.
Studies reveal that the average person assigns greater moral responsibility to physicians when they’re advised by AI than when guided by human colleagues. Even when there’s clear evidence that the AI system produced wrong information, people still blame the human doctor.
Physicians are often viewed as superhuman. They are expected to have exceptional mental, physical, and moral abilities. These expectations that go far beyond what is reasonable for any human being.
When Two Decision-Making Systems Collide
Physicians face a complex challenge when working with AI systems. They must navigate between “false positives” (putting too much trust in wrong AI guidance) and “false negatives” (not trusting correct AI recommendations). This balancing act occurs amid competing pressures.
Healthcare organizations often promote evidence-based decision-making, encouraging physicians to view AI systems as objective data interpreters. This can lead to overreliance on flawed tools. Meanwhile, physicians also feel pressure to trust their own experience and judgment, even when AI systems may perform better in certain tasks.
Adding to the complexity is the “black box” problem. Many AI systems provide recommendations without explaining their reasoning. Even when systems are made more transparent, physicians and AI approach decisions differently. AI identifies statistical patterns from large datasets, while physicians rely on reasoning, experience, and intuition, often focusing on patient-specific contexts.
The Hidden Costs of Superhuman Expectations
The consequences of these expectations affect both patient care and physician wellbeing. Research from other high-pressure fields shows that employees burdened with unrealistic expectations often hesitate to act, fearing criticism. Similarly, physicians might become overly cautious, only trusting AI when its recommendations align with established care standards.
This defensive approach creates problems of its own. As AI systems improve, excessive caution becomes harder to justify, especially when rejecting sound AI recommendations leads to worse patient outcomes. Physicians may second-guess themselves more frequently, potentially increasing medical errors.
Beyond patient care, these expectations take a psychological toll. Research shows that even highly motivated professionals struggle to maintain engagement under sustained unrealistic pressures. This can undermine both quality of care and physicians’ sense of purpose.
Too much salt has long been blamed for heart problems, but new research suggests it might harm our minds too. Scientists from Nanjing Medical University have discovered a surprising connection between high-salt diets and depression-like behaviors in mice, potentially explaining why depression rates continue rising alongside our consumption of processed foods.
The research team found that excessive salt intake triggers specific immune responses in the brain that can lead to behaviors resembling depression. Their findings, published in The Journal of Immunology, offer a biological explanation for previously observed connections between processed food consumption and mood disorders.
Depression affects millions worldwide, with lifetime prevalence reaching 15-18% in many populations. Modern Western diets, especially fast food, contain dramatically more sodium than home-cooked meals—sometimes exceeding homemade options by 100-fold.
The Salt-Depression Connection
In the study, mice fed high-salt diets showed behaviors remarkably similar to those experiencing chronic stress. They explored less, displayed heightened anxiety, and spent more time motionless during tests measuring “behavioral despair”—patterns that parallel human depression symptoms.
The researchers investigated the biological mechanisms behind these behavioral changes. High-salt diets significantly increased production of Interleukin-17A (IL-17A), an immune signaling molecule, particularly in specialized immune cells called gamma delta T cells (γδT cells).
Previous research had linked elevated IL-17A to depression, but this study reveals a direct pathway from dietary salt to increased IL-17A production to depression-like symptoms.
To confirm this connection, the team tested mice genetically modified to lack the ability to produce IL-17A. These mice showed no signs of depression despite consuming high-salt diets. Even more convincingly, when researchers removed the specific immune cells that produce IL-17A, the animals no longer developed depression-like behaviors on high-salt diets.
What This Means for Humans
While conducted in mice, the research has compelling implications for human health. Population studies have already shown links between high-salt diets and increased depression rates. This study offers a potential explanation for those observations.
The average American diet contains about 3,400 mg of sodium daily—far exceeding the American Heart Association’s recommended maximum of 2,300 mg. Fast food meals often deliver an entire day’s worth of recommended sodium in a single sitting.
This isn’t the first research connecting diet and mental health. Mediterranean diets rich in fruits, vegetables, whole grains, olive oil, and lean proteins correlate with lower depression rates. Conversely, diets heavy in processed foods, sugars, and unhealthy fats tend to increase depression risk.
The distinctive aspect of this study is identifying a specific biological pathway connecting diet directly to depression-like behaviors. This precision opens doors to potential new treatment approaches targeting the immune system rather than just brain chemistry.
Simple Ways To Reduce Salt Intake
Current depression treatments typically focus on neurotransmitter imbalances using medications like SSRIs or on changing thought patterns through therapy. The discovery that dietary factors might contribute to depression through immune pathways represents an important shift in how we might approach mental health care.
Applying these findings doesn’t necessarily require waiting for new pharmaceutical treatments. Simple dietary changes are accessible to most people:
Reducing processed food intake
Eating more home-cooked meals
Checking food labels for sodium content
Using herbs and spices instead of salt for flavoring
Some health professionals already recommend the DASH diet (Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension) for patients with high blood pressure. This diet emphasizes fruits, vegetables, whole grains, lean proteins, and reduced sodium. This new research hints such approaches might benefit mental health too.
Beyond individual choices, these findings could influence public health policies around sodium reduction in processed foods. Some countries have already implemented such regulations: the United Kingdom’s salt reduction program has achieved a 15% decrease in average salt intake since implementation.
While more research is needed before definitive conclusions about salt reduction as a depression treatment in humans, this study adds to mounting evidence that what we eat affects both body and mind. For those struggling with depression, these findings don’t suggest dietary changes should replace established treatments like therapy and medication, but they highlight diet as an important complementary factor in mental health care.
(Photo by PeopleImages.com – Yuri A on Shutterstock)
Children who are breastfed for longer periods of time during infancy experience fewer developmental delays and a reduced risk of neurodevelopmental conditions, including disorders like autism and ADHD, acording to new research. The study led by scientists at the KI Research Institute in Israel confirms what many parents might hope to hear: breastfeeding babies for at least six months appears to boost their developmental outcomes.
While health organizations have recommended breastfeeding for the first six months of life for years, this study offers particularly strong evidence by addressing problems that weakened earlier research on the topic.
Published in JAMA Network Open, the study involved health data from 570,532 Israeli children, including nearly 38,000 sibling pairs. It ranks among the largest investigations into breastfeeding and development ever conducted.
Led Dr. Inbal Goldshtein and Dr. Yair Sadaka, the research team used an innovative approach to ensure their findings were reliable. The study uniquely combined routine developmental checkup records from Israel’s maternal-child health clinics with national insurance disability data, allowing researchers to track both developmental milestone achievement and diagnosed conditions.
They compared siblings within the same families who had different breastfeeding experiences but shared genes and home environment. This clever design controlled for family factors like parental intelligence and involvement that often confuse results in other studies.
Children exclusively breastfed for at least six months had 27% lower odds of developmental delays compared to those breastfed for shorter periods. Even children who received both breast milk and formula for six months or more showed a 14% reduction. When examining siblings with different breastfeeding histories, those who breastfed longer had 9% lower odds of milestone delays and 27% lower odds of neurodevelopmental conditions compared to siblings who breastfed for shorter periods or not at all.
The benefits remained clear even after accounting for numerous factors, including pregnancy duration, birth weight, maternal education, family income, and postpartum depression.
The advantages appeared most notable in language and social development—crucial areas for school success and forming friendships. Motor skills improved too, though less dramatically. Premature babies, who typically face higher developmental risks, seemed to benefit even more from extended breastfeeding than full-term infants.
For parents struggling with breastfeeding choices, there’s reassuring news. When researchers specifically examined siblings who both breastfed for at least six months—one exclusively on breast milk and one receiving some formula—exclusive breastfeeding didn’t show a meaningful additional advantage. This indicates that maintaining some breastfeeding for longer might matter more than avoiding formula completely.
The study’s authors believe that their findings should inform public health policies and support systems rather than pressure individual families. Their goal remains helping children reach their potential, not creating guilt among parents facing breastfeeding challenges.
Researchers emphasize that while breastfeeding is linked to better development, it’s just one of many factors that shape a child’s growth. They noted that identifying changeable factors like nutrition is essential to helping each child reach their potential.
Despite expert recommendations, actual breastfeeding rates often fall below targets. Many mothers struggle to balance breastfeeding with work demands, inadequate parental leave, and aggressive formula marketing.
Formula companies spend around $55 billion yearly promoting their products, sometimes undermining women’s confidence in their ability to breastfeed. The authors advocate for stronger supportive policies, including better parental leave and limits on formula marketing practices.
The biological mechanism for these benefits may relate to breast milk’s effects on brain development. Earlier research has shown differences in brain structure between breastfed and formula-fed babies. Some scientists believe these benefits might work through effects on the infant’s gut microbiome, which connects to brain development through what’s known as the gut-brain axis.
As the researchers conclude, these results may help guide not only parents but also public health initiatives aimed at giving children the best developmental start possible. When every advantage counts for our children, supporting breastfeeding appears to be a worthwhile investment.
For thousands of years, ginseng has been treasured in Eastern medicine for its health-promoting properties. Now, modern science is uncovering the remarkable potential of one specific component within this ancient herb – Compound K, a rare metabolite formed when certain ginsenosides from ginseng are broken down in the gut. This substance is becoming a focal point in skin aging research, offering new possibilities for combating wrinkles, skin laxity, and other visible signs of aging.
Research published in the Journal of Dermatologic Science and Cosmetic Technology reveals that Compound K (CK) fights skin aging through multiple biological pathways, targeting different aspects of the aging process simultaneously. The study was conducted by scientists at Yunnan University and Guangdong Industry Polytechnic University.
How Skin Ages and Why Compound K Matters
Skin aging happens because of internal factors like genetics and metabolism, along with external forces such as ultraviolet radiation and pollution. These elements combine to create thinning skin, reduced elasticity, wrinkles, and uneven color. The research reveals Compound K tackles these issues through several different mechanisms at once.
One key way Compound K benefits aging skin is by strengthening its protective barrier. The research shows that CK boosts levels of desmosome adhesive protein 1 (DSC1) while reducing harmful enzymes that can compromise skin integrity. In everyday terms, this means skin treated with this ginseng compound retains moisture better and has improved defense against environmental damage.
One key way Compound K benefits aging skin is by strengthening its protective barrier. The research shows that CK boosts protective proteins, such as desmosome adhesive protein 1 (DSC 1) while reducing harmful enzymes that can compromise skin integrity. In everyday terms, this means skin treated with this ginseng compound retains moisture better and has improved defense against environmental damage.
Collagen breakdown is a major culprit behind skin aging. UV radiation triggers enzymes called matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), which degrade collagen and lead to wrinkles and sagging. Studies demonstrate that Compound K effectively blocks these collagen-destroying enzymes in skin cells exposed to UV light, helping maintain the skin’s structural framework.
Beyond just preventing damage, Compound K actively promotes repair by stimulating collagen production. It also increases hyaluronic acid in the skin by enhancing the gene responsible for producing this moisture-binding molecule that naturally decreases as we age.
Beyond Surface-Level Benefits: Cellular and Genetic Effects
Particularly interesting is Compound K’s effect on cellular “housekeeping” – the process where cells clean out damaged components (known scientifically as autophagy). This natural maintenance system slows with age, contributing to cellular dysfunction. Research indicates that CK regulates this cleaning process, helping cells function optimally for longer periods.
The compound’s anti-inflammatory benefits are substantial too. Low-grade chronic inflammation, sometimes called “inflammaging,” increasingly appears to drive various age-related conditions, including skin aging. Through several pathways, Compound K reduces inflammation and resulting cellular damage.
At the genetic level, Compound K activates SIRT1, often referred to as a longevity gene because of its role in cellular health. Studies reveal that UV exposure significantly reduces SIRT1 expression, speeding up aging, while CK counteracts this effect depending on the dose used.
For those concerned about cellular energy decline – a hallmark of aging – research points to Compound K improving mitochondrial function, our cells’ power plants. Studies show it promotes mitochondrial health, maintains proper dynamics, and increases energy production. Since mitochondrial dysfunction characterizes aging cells, this benefit could significantly improve skin health and appearance.
From Lab to Skincare: The Practical Applications
Getting active ingredients through the skin barrier presents a major challenge in skincare. Fortunately, Compound K’s relatively small molecular weight allows it to penetrate skin layers more effectively than many other ingredients. Research using artificial skin models confirms CK can move through skin layers, making it a viable option for topical applications.
Remarkably, studies suggest that when applied to skin, other ginsenosides in skincare products can transform into Compound K within the skin itself, potentially boosting the effectiveness of ginseng-based products. This conversion process in skin mirrors what happens in the digestive system when ginsenosides are consumed orally.
While typical anti-aging ingredients often target just one aspect of aging, Compound K’s wide-ranging approach gives it unique value. It simultaneously improves skin barrier function, collagen production, moisture retention, inflammation control, and cellular energy – addressing virtually every major contributor to visible aging.
This research coincides with growing consumer preference for plant-based skincare with scientific backing. The natural cosmetics market continues expanding rapidly as consumers seek evidence-based natural alternatives to synthetic compounds. Ginseng extracts rich in Compound K could meet both the demand for natural ingredients and the expectation for proven results.
Is Ginseng the Future of Anti-Aging Research
Skincare developers now face the task of creating stable delivery systems that maximize Compound K’s benefits. The compound’s multifaceted effects suggest it could enhance products targeting various signs of aging, from fine lines to skin firmness and radiance.
For consumers, the study shows that products containing Compound K or its precursors might offer broader anti-aging benefits than single-action ingredients. However, concentration matters – many studies used relatively high amounts of the compound, which may not be present in all commercial products claiming ginseng benefits.
Meanwhile, more studies like this one could completely change the future of the skin aging industry. Simple moisturizers claiming miraculous anti-aging benefits are being replaced by ingredients like Compound K that work through specific cellular pathways, genetic expression, and metabolic processes.
While Compound K isn’t a magical fountain of youth, it represents a scientifically validated approach to supporting skin’s natural functions and resilience. In aging, this resilience – rather than fighting the inevitable – may be the key to aging well.
In case you needed another reason to hold off on buying your child a phone, research shows a troubling connection between childhood screen habits and teenage mental well-being. The eight-year study, which tracked children from elementary school into adolescence, found that kids who racked up more screen time—especially on mobile devices—showed higher levels of stress and depressive symptoms as teenagers.
The study adds to the large body of research that should make parents think twice about unlimited device access, especially as more children experience mental health struggles at an early age. Between one-quarter and one-third of adolescents worldwide experience mental health problems, with symptoms typically first appearing during the teenage years. Researchers now have more concrete evidence about lifestyle factors that might help prevent psychological distress before it takes root.
Digital Habits and Mental Health: What the Research Shows
Study authors used data from the Physical Activity and Nutrition in Children (PANIC) study, which followed 187 Finnish children over eight years, from ages 6-9 into their mid-teens. Researchers regularly checked in on their physical activity, screen time, sleep patterns, and eating habits. When these children reached adolescence (average age 15.8), the researchers assessed their mental health using standardized measures of stress and depression.
The data painted a clear picture: teenagers who had accumulated more total screen time and mobile device use throughout childhood showed significantly higher levels of stress and depressive symptoms. The connection between mobile device use and depression was particularly strong, showing a “moderate effect size”—substantial in behavioral research terms.
The team found that adolescents spent nearly five hours daily on screens, with over two hours on mobile devices alone. Many parents might find these numbers unsurprising, but the mental health correlations deserve attention.
Physical activity told the opposite story. Teens who maintained higher activity levels during childhood, especially in supervised settings like sports or structured exercise programs, showed better mental health outcomes. This protective effect remained significant even after researchers accounted for factors like parental education, body composition, and puberty status.
Gender differences added another dimension to the findings. For boys, physical activity showed stronger protective effects against stress than for girls.
Surprisingly, neither diet quality nor sleep duration showed strong relationships with teen mental health in this study. This doesn’t mean these factors aren’t important for overall health—just that screen time and physical activity may have more direct impacts on adolescent mental wellbeing.
More Screen Time Should Mean More Physical Activity
For parents struggling with screen time battles, this research provides compelling evidence for setting reasonable limits. The findings highlight that mobile device use specifically—more than television or computer time—warrants special attention. With smartphones and tablets become increasingly central to education and social connections, creating healthy boundaries becomes more challenging but potentially more important.
The study, published in JAMA Network Open, also emphasizes the value of supervised physical activities. Children who participated in more structured exercise from ages 6-15 showed fewer mental health problems in adolescence. It’s all the more reason schools and community programs aimed at promoting youth mental health should find more ways to get children moving.
Most revealing were the outcomes showing that teenagers with both low physical activity and high screen time had the worst mental health outcomes. This demonstrates that addressing either factor alone might not be as effective as a balanced approach that both limits screen time and increases physical activity.
Creating Healthier Digital Habits for Children
While conducted in Finland, the study’s findings likely apply to children in other developed countries with similar technology access patterns. As smartphone use continues rising globally, understanding its potential psychological impact grows increasingly urgent.
For families navigating the complex digital landscape, this research offers practical guidance: limit screen time (especially on mobile devices), encourage regular physical activity (particularly supervised activities like sports), and remember that these choices may affect not just current behavior but long-term mental health.
Mental health professionals and pediatricians may want to include screen time discussions in their preventive care conversations. Creating balanced digital environments and promoting consistent physical activity within supportive social contexts could become key strategies for protecting youth mental health.
Incorporating technology into children’s lives at younger ages is understandably commonplace these days. But here have another study showing why childhood habits matter. How we balance screens and physical activity today may shape the psychological landscape our children navigate tomorrow.